Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

(Mark One)

¨ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

¨ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report: Not applicable

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission file number 001-36581

 

 

Vascular Biogenics Ltd.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

N/A

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

Israel

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

6 Jonathan Netanyahu St.

Or Yehuda

Israel 60376

(Address of principal executive offices)

Dror Harats, Chief Executive Officer

6 Jonathan Netanyahu St.

Or Yehuda

Israel 60376

Tel: +972 3 634 6450

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on which Registered

Ordinary Shares, par value NIS 0.01 each   The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act. None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act. None

 

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

As of December 31, 2014, the Registrant had 19,898,674 Ordinary Shares outstanding.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

If this report is an annual report or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer.

Large accelerated filer   ¨                          Accelerated filer   ¨                          Non-accelerated filer   x

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP   ¨      International Financing Reporting Standards as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board   x
   Other   ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

Item 17   ¨     Item 18   ¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

  3   

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

  3   

Item 3. Key Information

  3   

Item 4. Information on the Company

  45   

Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments

  62   

Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

  63   

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

  73   

Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

  93   

Item 8. Financial Information

  98   

Item 9. The Offer and Listing

  98   

Item 10. Additional Information

  99   

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

  115   

Item 12. Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities

  115   

PART II

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

  116   

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

  116   

Item 15. Controls and Procedures

  116   

Item 16. [Reserved]

Item 16A. Audit committee financial expert

  117   

Item 16B. Code of Ethics

  117   

Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

  118   

Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

  118   

Item 16E. Purchase of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

  118   

Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

  118   

Item 16G. Corporate Governance

  118   

Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure

  119   

PART III

Item 17. Financial Statements

  F-1   

Item 18. Financial Statements

  F-1   

Item 19. Exhibits


Table of Contents

In this Annual Report on Form 20-F (“Annual Report”), unless the context indicates otherwise, references to “NIS” are to the legal currency of Israel, “U.S. dollars,” “$” or “dollars” are to United States dollars, and the terms “we,” “us,” “our company,” “our,” and “Vascular Biogenics” refer to Vascular Biogenics Ltd.

This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements that relate to future events or our future financial performance, which express the current beliefs and expectations of our management. Such statements involve a number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause our actual future results, performance or achievements to differ materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts and can be identified by words such as, but not limited to, “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “targets,” “likely,” “will,” “would,” “could,” and similar expressions or phrases. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our management’s current expectations and future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operation, business strategy and financial needs. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

    the initiation, timing, progress and results of our pre-clinical and clinical trials, and our research and development programs;

 

    our expectations about the availability of data from our clinical trials;

 

    our ability to advance product candidates into, and successfully complete, clinical trials;

 

    our plans for future trials;

 

    our ability to manufacture our product candidates in sufficient quantities for clinical trials;

 

    the timing or likelihood of regulatory filings and approvals;

 

    the commercialization of our product candidates, if approved;

 

    potential advantages of our product candidates;

 

    the pricing and reimbursement of our product candidates, if approved;

 

    our ability to develop and commercialize additional product candidates based on our platform technologies;

 

    our business strategy;

 

    the implementation of our business model, strategic plans for our business, product candidates and technology;

 

    the scope and duration of protection we are able to establish and maintain for intellectual property rights covering our product candidates and technology;

 

    estimates of our expenses, future revenues, capital requirements and our needs for additional financing;

 

    our ability to establish and maintain collaborations and the benefits of such collaborations;

 

    our ability to maintain our level of grant funding or obtain additional grant funding;

 

    developments relating to our competitors and our industry; and

 

    other risks and uncertainties, including those listed under the caption “Risk Factors.”

All forward-looking statements involve risks, assumptions and uncertainties. You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictors of future events. The occurrence of the events described, and the achievement of the expected results, depend on many events, some or all of which are not predictable or within our control. Actual results may differ materially from expected results. See the sections “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors,” “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospectus” and elsewhere in this

 

1


Table of Contents

Annual Report for a more complete discussion of these risks, assumptions and uncertainties and for other risks and uncertainties. These risks, assumptions and uncertainties are not necessarily all of the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements. Other unknown or unpredictable factors also could harm our results.

All of the forward-looking statements we have included in this Annual Report are based on information available to us on the date of this Annual Report. We undertake no obligation, and specifically decline any obligation, to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed in this Annual Report might not occur.

The audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 in this Annual Report have been prepared in accordance with the international financial reporting standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the international accounting standards board (“IASB”).

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

Not applicable.

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

Not applicable.

Item 3. Key Information

A. Selected Financial Data

The following table summarizes our financial data. We have derived the summary statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and the balance sheets data as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 is derived from audited financial statements not included in this Annual Report.

The summary of our financial data set forth below should be read together with our financial statements and the related notes, as well as the section entitled “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

 

           December 31,
(in thousands,

except share
and per-share
data)
       
     2014     2013     2012  

Research and development expenses, net

   $ 10,974      $ 13,058      $ $10,572   

General and administrative expenses

     3,804        2,452        1,897   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

  14,778      15,960      12,469   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial income

  (15   (240   (295

Financial expenses:

Loss from change in fair value of convertible loan

  2,342      1,638      —     

Other financial expenses

  302      12      51   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial expenses (income), net

  2,629      1,410      (244
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

  (10   (22   (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive Loss

$ 17,397      17,348    $ 12,218   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss per ordinary share, basic and diluted (1)

$ 3.09    $ 15.82    $ 11.13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding, basic and diluted (1)

  5,627,324      1,098,248      1,098,248   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive Loss

$ 17,397    $ 17,348    $ 12,218   

Loss from change in fair value of convertible loan

  (2,342   (1,638   —     

Onetime expense related to the IPO grant of options to the CEO.

  (2,249
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP loss

$ 12,806    $ 15,710    $ 12,218   

Non-GAAP loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders, basic and diluted (2)

$ 0.64    $ 1.34    $ 1.09   

(2) Pro-forma ordinary shares on as-converted basis

  19,898,674      11,708,932      11,167,814   

 

3


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP quarterly loss per share (2)

           
     Three months ended  
     March 31,
2014
     June 30,
2014
     September 30,
2014
     December 31,
2014
 

Loss per share

   $ 4.47       $ 3.36       $ 2.86       $ 0.25   

Non-GAAP loss per share

   $ 0.23       $ 0.29       $ 0.27       $ 0.14   

We present non-GAAP loss and non-GAAP loss per share because we use these financial measures to assess our operational performance, for financial and operational decision-making, and as a means to evaluate period-to-period comparisons on a consistent basis. Management believes these financial measures are useful to investors because: (1) they allow for greater transparency with respect to key metrics used by management in its financial and operational decision-making; and (2) they exclude the impact of one-time items that are not directly attributable to our core operating performance and that may obscure trends in the core operating performance of the business.

Non-GAAP financial measures have limitations as an analytical tool and should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, our financial results. Non-GAAP loss and Non-GAAP loss per share are not recognized terms under IFRS and do not purport to be an alternative to IFRS comprehensive loss and IFRS comprehensive loss per share as indicators of operating performance or any other IFRS measure. Moreover, because not all companies use identical measures and calculations, the presentation of non-GAAP loss and non-GAAP loss per share may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

Non-GAAP loss is defined as comprehensive loss, minus a one-time non-cash management compensation payment consisting of a share option grant associated with our initial public offering, and plus or minus expense or income in respect of revaluation of our convertible loan to fair value. Our management believes that excluding the one-time non-cash management compensation payment consisting of a share option grant associated with our initial public offering is useful to investors because of the extraordinary, non-recurring nature of the expense. Similarly, our management believes that excluding the non-cash expense in respect of revaluation of our convertible loan to fair value is useful to investors because the valuation of our convertible loan is based on a number of subjective assumptions, the amount of the loss or gain is derived from market forces outside management’s control, and it enables investors to compare our performance with other companies that have different capital structures. Additionally, the revaluation of the fair value of our convertible loan is not expected to recur in future periods, as the convertible loan was converted in the second quarter of 2014.

 

     December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  
     (in thousands)  

Statement of financial position data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits

   $ 36,783       $ 10,871       $ 13,959   

Total assets

     37,744         11,827         15,224   

Total liabilities

     3,036         35,410         2,552   

Total equity (capital deficiency)

     35,102         (23,583      12,672   

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

 

4


Table of Contents

D. Risk Factors

You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this Annual Report, including the financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that adversely affect our business. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Financial Condition and Capital Requirements

We have incurred significant losses since our inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future.

We are a clinical-stage biotechnology company, and we have not yet generated any revenue. We have incurred losses in each year since our inception in 2000, including net losses of $17.4 million, $17.4 million and $12.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 respectively. As of December 31, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $127.2 million.

We have devoted most of our financial resources to research and development, including our clinical and pre-clinical development activities. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through the sale of equity securities and convertible debt and, to a lesser extent, through grants from governmental agencies. The amount of our future net losses will depend, in part, on the rate of our future expenditures and our ability to obtain funding through equity or debt financings, strategic collaborations or additional grants. We have not completed pivotal clinical trials for any product candidate and it will be several years, if ever, before we have a product candidate ready for commercialization. Even if we obtain regulatory approval to market a product candidate, our future revenues will depend upon the size of any markets in which our product candidates have received approval, and our ability to achieve sufficient market acceptance, reimbursement from third-party payors and adequate market share for our product candidates in those markets.

We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for the foreseeable future. We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially if and as we:

 

  continue our research and pre-clinical and clinical development of our product candidates;

 

  expand the scope of our current clinical trials for our product candidates;

 

  initiate additional pre-clinical, clinical or other studies for our product candidates;

 

  seek regulatory and marketing approvals for any of our product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials;

 

  further develop the manufacturing process for our product candidates;

 

  change or add additional manufacturers or suppliers;

 

  establish a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure to commercialize any products for which we may obtain marketing approval;

 

  seek to identify and validate additional product candidates;

 

  acquire or in-license other product candidates and technologies;

 

  make milestone or other payments under any in-license or other intellectual property related agreements, including our agreement with Tel Hashomer—Medical Research, Infrastructure and Services Ltd. and our license from Crucell Holland B.V., or Crucell, and any other licensing arrangements we may enter into the future;

 

  maintain, protect and expand our intellectual property portfolio;

 

5


Table of Contents
  attract and retain skilled personnel;

 

  create additional infrastructure to support our operations as a public company; and

 

  experience any delays or encounter issues with any of the above.

The net losses we incur may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year, such that a period-to-period comparison of our results of operations may not be a good indication of our future performance. In any particular quarter or quarters, our operating results could be below the expectations of securities analysts or investors, which could cause our share price to decline.

We have never generated any revenue from product sales and may never be profitable.

Our ability to generate revenue and achieve profitability depends on our ability, alone or with strategic collaboration partners, to successfully complete the development of, obtain the regulatory approvals of, and commercialize our product candidates. We do not anticipate generating revenues from product sales for the foreseeable future, if ever. Our ability to generate future revenues from product sales depends heavily on our success in:

 

  completing research and pre-clinical and clinical development of our product candidates;

 

  seeking and obtaining regulatory and marketing approvals for product candidates for which we complete clinical trials;

 

  developing a sustainable, scalable, reproducible, and transferable manufacturing process for our product candidates;

 

  establishing and maintaining supply and manufacturing relationships with third parties that can provide products and services adequate, in amount and quality, to support clinical development and the market demand for our product candidates, if approved;

 

  launching and commercializing any product candidates for which we obtain regulatory and marketing approval, either by collaborating with a partner or, if launched independently, by establishing a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure;

 

  obtaining market acceptance of any product candidates that receive regulatory approval as viable treatment options;

 

  addressing any competing technological and market developments;

 

  implementing additional internal systems and infrastructure, as needed;

 

  identifying and validating new product candidates;

 

  negotiating favorable terms in any collaboration, licensing or other arrangements into which we may enter;

 

  maintaining, protecting and expanding our portfolio of intellectual property rights, including patents, trade secrets and know-how; and

 

  attracting, hiring and retaining qualified personnel.

Even if one or more of our product candidates is approved for commercial sale, we anticipate incurring significant costs associated with commercializing any approved product candidate. Our expenses could increase beyond expectations if we are required by the FDA, the European Medicines Agency, or the EMA, or other regulatory agencies, domestic or foreign, to perform clinical and other studies in addition to those that we currently anticipate. Even if we are able to generate revenues from the sale of any approved products, we may not become profitable and may need to obtain additional funding to continue operations.

We will need to raise additional funding, which may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed may force us to delay, limit or terminate our product development efforts or other operations.

We are currently advancing VB-111 for rGBM and ovarian cancer. We intend to advance this current clinical product candidate through clinical development and other product candidates through pre-clinical and clinical

 

6


Table of Contents

development. Developing pharmaceutical products is expensive, and we expect our research and development expenses to increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we advance our product candidates in clinical trials. For instance, in order to complete our Phase 3 trial of VB-111, we will need to obtain additional funding.

As of December 31, 2014, our cash and cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits were $36.8 million. As of the date of this report, we estimate that our existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 22 months. However, our operating plan may change as a result of many factors currently unknown to us, and we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned through public or private equity or debt financings, government or other third-party funding, marketing and distribution arrangements and other collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements or a combination of these approaches. In any event, we will require additional capital to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, and to commercialize any that receive regulatory approval. Raising funds in the current economic environment may present additional challenges. Even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans, we may seek additional capital if market conditions are favorable or if we have specific strategic considerations.

Any additional fundraising efforts may divert our management from their day-to-day activities, which may compromise our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates. In addition, we cannot guarantee that future financing will be available in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Moreover, the terms of any financing may adversely affect the holdings or the rights of our shareholders, and the issuance of additional securities, whether equity or debt, by us, or the possibility of such issuance, may cause the market price of our ordinary shares to decline. The sale of additional equity or convertible securities would dilute all of our shareholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed payment obligations and we may be required to agree to certain restrictive covenants such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, limitations on our ability to acquire, sell or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. We could also be required to seek funds through arrangements with collaborative partners or otherwise at an earlier stage than otherwise would be desirable, and we may be required to relinquish rights to some of our technologies or product candidates or otherwise agree to terms unfavorable to us.

If we are unable to obtain funding on a timely basis, we may be required to significantly curtail, delay or discontinue one or more of our research or development programs or the commercialization of any product candidates, and we may be unable to expand our operations or otherwise capitalize on our business opportunities, as desired.

We have received and may continue to receive Israeli governmental grants to assist in the funding of our research and development activities. If we lose our funding from these research and development grants, we may encounter difficulties in the funding of future research and development projects and implementing technological improvements, which would harm our operating results.

Through December 31, 2014 we had received an aggregate of $16.1 million in the form of grants from the Israeli Office of the Chief Scientist, or OCS. The requirements and restrictions for such grants are found in the Israel Encouragement of Research and Development in Industries, or the Research Law. Under the Research Law, royalties of 3% to 3.5% on the revenues derived from sales of products or services developed in whole or in part using these OCS grants are payable to the Israeli government. We developed both of our platform technologies, at least in part, with funds from these grants, and accordingly we would be obligated to pay these royalties on sales of any of our product candidates that achieve regulatory approval. The maximum aggregate royalties paid generally cannot exceed 100% of the grants made to us, plus annual interest equal to the 12-month LIBOR applicable to dollar deposits, as published on the first business day of each calendar year. As of December 31, 2014, the balance of the principal and interest in respect of our commitments for future payments to the OCS totaled approximately $19.2 million. As of December 31, 2014, we had not paid any royalties to the OCS. As

 

7


Table of Contents

part of funding our current and planned product development activities, we plan to submit follow-up grant applications totaling between $1.5 million and $3.0 million for 2015 and 2016 in connection with our oncology program. We do not intend to submit any further application in support of the development of VB-201/Lecinoxoid project.

These grants have funded some of our personnel, development activities with subcontractors and other research and development costs and expenses. However, if these awards are not funded in their entirety or if new grants are not awarded in the future, due to, for example, OCS budget constraints or governmental policy decisions, our ability to fund future research and development and implement technological improvements would be impaired, which would negatively impact our ability to develop our product candidates. For example, in August 2012, the OCS rejected our Lecinoxoid project application due to budgetary constraints and their view of the status of our Lecinoxoid program at that time.

The Israeli government grants we have received for research and development expenditures restrict our ability to manufacture products and transfer technologies outside of Israel and require us to satisfy specified conditions. If we fail to satisfy these conditions, we may be required to refund grants previously received together with interest and penalties.

Our research and development efforts have been financed, in part, through the grants that we have received from the OCS. We, therefore, must comply with the requirements of the Research Law.

Under the Research Law, we are prohibited from manufacturing products developed using these grants outside of the State of Israel without special approvals. We may not receive the required approvals for any proposed transfer of manufacturing activities. Even if we do receive approval to manufacture products developed with government grants outside of Israel, the royalty rate may be increased and we may be required to pay up to 300% of the grant amounts plus interest, depending on the manufacturing volume that is performed outside of Israel. This restriction may impair our ability to outsource manufacturing or engage in our own manufacturing operations for those products or technologies. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Financial Overview—Research and Development Expenses” for additional information.

Additionally, under the Research Law, we are prohibited from transferring, including by way of license, the OCS-financed technologies and related intellectual property rights and know-how outside of the State of Israel, except under limited circumstances and only with the approval of the OCS Research Committee. We may not receive the required approvals for any proposed transfer and, even if received, we may be required to pay the OCS a portion of the consideration that we receive upon any sale of such technology to a non-Israeli entity up to 600% of the grant amounts plus interest. The scope of the support received, the royalties that we have already paid to the OCS, the amount of time that has elapsed between the date on which the know-how or the related intellectual property rights were transferred and the date on which the OCS grants were received and the sale price and the form of transaction will be taken into account in order to calculate the amount of the payment to the OCS. Approval of the transfer of technology to residents of the State of Israel is required, and may be granted in specific circumstances only if the recipient abides by the provisions of applicable laws, including the restrictions on the transfer of know-how and the obligation to pay royalties. No assurance can be made that approval to any such transfer, if requested, will be granted.

These restrictions may impair our ability to sell our technology assets or to perform or outsource manufacturing outside of Israel, engage in change of control transactions or otherwise transfer our know-how outside of Israel and may require us to obtain the approval of the OCS for certain actions and transactions and pay additional royalties and other amounts to the OCS. In addition, any change of control and any change of ownership of our ordinary shares that would make a non-Israeli citizen or resident an “interested party,” as defined in the Research Law, requires prior written notice to the OCS, and our failure to comply with this requirement could result in criminal liability.

 

8


Table of Contents

These restrictions will continue to apply even after we have repaid the full amount of royalties on the grants. For the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we recorded grants totaling $1.6 million, $0.6 million and $2.4 million from the OCS, respectively. The grants represented 12.7%, 4% and 18%, respectively, of our gross research and development expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. If we fail to satisfy the conditions of the Research Law, we may be required to refund certain grants previously received together with interest and penalties, and may become subject to criminal charges.

Risks Related to the Discovery and Development of Our Product Candidates

We currently depend heavily on the future success of our lead product candidate, VB-111. Any failure to successfully develop, obtain regulatory approval for and commercialize VB-111 for rGBM, independently or in cooperation with a third party collaborator, or the experience of significant delays in doing so, would compromise our ability to generate revenue and become profitable.

We have invested a significant portion of our efforts and financial resources in the development of VB-111 for rGBM, for which we are completing our Phase 2 clinical trial and intend to commence a Phase 3 pivotal trial, and VB-201 for psoriasis and ulcerative colitis for which we have recently completed Phase 2 clinical trials in which it did not meet its primary endpoints. Our ability to generate product revenue from our product candidate depends heavily on the successful development and commercialization of our products, which, in turn, depends on several factors, including the following:

 

  our ability to continue and support the lecinoxoids platform technology in light of the negative results in psoriasis and ulcerative colitis;

 

  our ability to continue and support the VTS platform technology and its lead candidate VB-111 in light of the negative results in the clinical development of the VB-201 in psoriasis and ulcerative colitis;

 

  successfully completing our ongoing and future trials of VB-111 for rGBM;

 

  our ability to raise additional funding sufficient to complete the planned Phase 3 clinical trial of VB-111 for rGBM and other future clinical trials, especially as we might suffer from the loss of trust from the investors and financial institutions community due to the negative results of the VB-201 in psoriasis and ulcerative colitis;

 

  demonstrating that VB-111 for rGBM is safe and effective at a sufficient level of statistical or clinical significance and otherwise obtaining marketing approvals from regulatory authorities;

 

  establishing successful manufacturing arrangements with third-party manufacturers that are compliant with current good manufacturing practices, or cGMP, and which will ensure the development of a large scale manufacturing process and adequate facilities or being able to conduct such manufacturing ourselves;

 

  establishing a facility as a second source for the manufacture of commercial quantities of VB-111, if approved;

 

  establishing successful sales and marketing arrangements for VB-111, if approved;

 

  maintaining an acceptable safety and efficacy profile for VB-111;

 

  the availability of coverage and reimbursement to patients from healthcare payors for VB- 111, if approved; and

 

  other risks described in these “Risk Factors.”

Our product candidates are based on novel technologies, which makes it difficult to predict the time and cost of product candidate development and potential regulatory approval.

We have concentrated our product research and development efforts on our two distinct platform technologies, and our future success depends on the successful development of these technologies. We could experience

 

9


Table of Contents

development problems in the future related to our technologies, which could cause significant delays or unanticipated costs, and we may not be able to solve such development problems. We may also experience delays in developing a sustainable, reproducible and scalable manufacturing process or transferring that process to commercial partners, if we decide to do so, which may prevent us from completing our clinical trials or commercializing our products on a timely or profitable basis, if at all.

In addition, the clinical trial requirements of the FDA, the EMA and other regulatory agencies and the criteria these regulators use to determine the safety and efficacy of a product candidate vary substantially according to the type, complexity, novelty and intended use and market of the potential products. The regulatory approval process for novel product candidates such as ours can be more expensive and take longer than for other, better known or extensively studied pharmaceutical or other product candidates. Approvals by the FDA may not be indicative of what the EMA or other regulatory agencies may require for approval, and vice versa.

Regulatory requirements governing pharmaceutical products have changed frequently and may continue to change in the future. Also, before a clinical trial can begin at an institution funded by the U.S. National Institutes of Health, or the NIH, that institution’s institutional review board, or IRB, and its Institutional Biosafety Committee will have to review the proposed clinical trial to assess the safety of the trial. In addition, adverse developments in clinical trials of pharmaceutical products conducted by others may cause the FDA or other regulatory bodies to change the requirements for approval of any of our product candidates.

These regulatory agencies and review committees and the new requirements and guidelines they promulgate may lengthen the regulatory review process, require us to perform additional studies, increase our development costs, lead to changes in regulatory positions and interpretations, delay or prevent approval and commercialization of these treatment candidates or lead to significant post-approval limitations or restrictions. As we advance our product candidates, we will be required to consult with these regulatory groups, and comply with applicable requirements and guidelines. If we fail to do so, we may be required to delay or discontinue development of our product candidates. Delay or failure to obtain, or unexpected costs in obtaining, the regulatory approval necessary to bring a potential product candidate to market could impair our ability to generate product revenue and to become profitable.

We may find it difficult to enroll patients in our clinical trials, and patients could discontinue their participation in our clinical trials, which could delay or prevent clinical trials of our product candidates.

Identifying and qualifying patients to participate in clinical trials of our product candidates is critical to our success. The timing of our clinical trials depends on the speed at which we can recruit patients to participate in testing our product candidates. We have experienced delays in some of our clinical trials, and we may experience similar delays in the future. If patients are unwilling to participate in our clinical trials because of negative publicity from adverse events in the biotechnology or pharmaceutical industries or for other reasons, including competitive clinical trials for similar patient populations, the timeline for recruiting patients, conducting trials and obtaining regulatory approval of potential products may be delayed. These delays could result in increased costs, delays in advancing our product development, delays in testing the effectiveness of our technology or termination of the clinical trials altogether.

We may not be able to identify, recruit and enroll a sufficient number of patients, or those with required or desired characteristics to achieve diversity in a trial, to complete our clinical trials in a timely manner. Patient enrollment is affected by factors including:

 

  severity of the disease under investigation;

 

  design of the trial protocol;

 

  size of the patient population;

 

  eligibility criteria for the trial in question;

 

  perceived risks and benefits of the product candidate under study;

 

10


Table of Contents
  proximity and availability of clinical trial sites for prospective patients;

 

  availability of competing therapies and clinical trials;

 

  efforts to facilitate timely enrollment in clinical trials;

 

  patient referral practices of physicians; and

 

  ability to monitor patients adequately during and after treatment.

In particular, VB-111 for rGBM is intended for a rare disorder with limited patient pools from which to draw for clinical trials. The eligibility criteria of our clinical trials will further limit the pool of available trial participants. Additionally, the process of finding and diagnosing patients may prove costly.

We plan to seek initial marketing approval in Europe in addition to the United States. We may not be able to initiate or continue clinical trials if we cannot enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in the clinical trials required by the EMA or other foreign regulatory agencies. Our ability to successfully initiate, enroll and complete a clinical trial in any foreign country is subject to numerous risks unique to conducting business in foreign countries, including:

 

  difficulty in establishing or managing relationships with contract research organizations, or CROs, and physicians;

 

  different standards for the conduct of clinical trials;

 

  our inability to locate qualified local consultants, physicians and partners; and

 

  the potential burden of complying with a variety of foreign laws, medical standards and regulatory requirements, including the regulation of pharmaceutical and biotechnology products and treatment.

If we have difficulty enrolling a sufficient number of patients to conduct our clinical trials as planned, we may need to delay, limit or terminate ongoing or planned clinical trials.

In addition, patients enrolled in our clinical trials may discontinue their participation at any time during the trial as a result of a number of factors, including withdrawing their consent or experiencing adverse clinical events, which may or may not be judged related to our product candidates under evaluation. The discontinuation of patients in any one of our trials may cause us to delay or abandon our clinical trial, or cause the results from that trial not to be positive or sufficient to support a filing for regulatory approval of the applicable product candidate.

We may encounter substantial delays in our clinical trials or we may fail to demonstrate safety and efficacy to the satisfaction of applicable regulatory authorities.

We are currently in Phase 2 clinical trials for VB-111 for rGBM and ovarian cancer. Before obtaining marketing approval from regulatory authorities for the sale of our product candidates, we must conduct extensive clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the product candidates in humans. Clinical testing is expensive, time-consuming and uncertain as to outcome. We cannot guarantee that any clinical trials will be conducted as planned or completed on schedule, if at all. A failure of one or more clinical trials can occur at any stage of testing. Events that may prevent successful or timely completion of clinical development include:

 

  delays in reaching a consensus with regulatory agencies on trial design;

 

  delays in reaching agreement on acceptable terms with prospective CROs and clinical trial sites;

 

  delays in obtaining required IRB approval at each clinical trial site;

 

  delays in recruiting suitable patients to participate in our clinical trials including in particular for those trials for rare diseases such as rGBM;

 

  imposition of a clinical hold by regulatory agencies, including after an inspection of our clinical trial operations or trial sites;

 

11


Table of Contents
  failure by our CROs, other third parties or us to adhere to clinical trial requirements;

 

  failure to perform in accordance with the FDA’s good clinical practices, or GCP, or applicable regulatory requirements in other countries;

 

  delays in the testing, validation, manufacturing and delivery of our product candidates to the clinical sites;

 

  delays in having patients complete participation in a trial or return for post-treatment follow-up;

 

  clinical trial sites or patients dropping out of a trial;

 

  occurrence of serious adverse events associated with the product candidate that are viewed to outweigh its potential benefits; or

 

  changes in regulatory requirements and guidance that require amending or submitting new clinical trial protocols.

Any inability to successfully complete pre-clinical and clinical development could result in additional costs to us or impair our ability to generate revenue from product sales. In addition, if we make manufacturing or formulation changes to our product candidates, we may need to conduct additional studies to bridge our modified product candidates to earlier versions. Clinical trial delays could also shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates or allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do, which could impair our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates.

If the results of our clinical trials are inconclusive or if there are safety concerns or adverse events associated with our product candidates, we may:

 

  fail to obtain, or be delayed in obtaining, marketing approval for our product candidates;

 

  obtain approval for indications or patient populations that are not as broad as intended or desired;

 

  obtain approval with labeling that includes significant use or distribution restrictions or safety warnings;

 

  need to change the way the product is administered;

 

  be required to perform additional clinical trials to support approval or be subject to additional post-marketing testing requirements;

 

  have regulatory authorities withdraw their approval of the product or impose restrictions on its distribution in the form of a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, or modified REMS;

 

  be subject to the addition of labeling statements, such as warnings or contraindications;

 

  be sued; or

 

  experience damage to our reputation.

Any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of our product candidates and impair our ability to commercialize our product candidates.

Side effects may occur following treatment with our product candidates, which could make it more difficult for our product candidates to receive regulatory approval.

Treatment with our product candidates may cause side effects or adverse events. In addition, since our product candidates are in some cases administered in combination with other therapies, patients or clinical trial participants may experience side effects or other adverse events that are unrelated to our product candidate, but may still impact the success of our clinical trials. Additionally, our product candidates could potentially cause other adverse events that have not yet been predicted. The inclusion of critically ill patients in our clinical trials may result in deaths or other adverse medical events due to other therapies or medications that such patients may

 

12


Table of Contents

be using or the severity of the medical condition treated. The experience of side effects and adverse events in our clinical trials could make it more difficult to achieve regulatory approval of our product candidates or, if approved, could negatively impact the market acceptance of such products.

Success in early clinical trials may not be indicative of results obtained in later trials.

There is a high failure rate for drugs and biologics proceeding through clinical trials. A number of companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in later stage clinical trials even after achieving promising results in earlier stage clinical trials. Data obtained from pre-clinical and clinical activities are subject to varying interpretations, which may delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval. In addition, regulatory delays or rejections may be encountered as a result of many factors, including changes in regulatory policy during the period of product development.

Although we have reached agreement with the FDA on the SPA relating to our proposed pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial of VB-111 for rGBM, the agency’s concurrence does not guarantee any particular outcome with respect to regulatory review of the pivotal trial or with respect to regulatory approval of VB-111.

The FDA normally requires two pivotal clinical trials to approve a biologic or drug product. The FDA typically does not consider a single clinical trial to be adequate to serve as a pivotal trial unless it is, among other things, well-controlled and demonstrates a clinically meaningful effect on mortality, irreversible morbidity, or prevention of a disease with potentially serious outcome, and a confirmatory trial would be practically or ethically impossible. Although we have reached agreement with the FDA on an SPA and even if we believe that the data from the pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial are supportive, an SPA is not a guarantee of approval, and we cannot be certain that the design of, or data collected from, the pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial will be adequate to demonstrate the safety, purity and potency of VB-111 for the potential treatment of rGBM, or will otherwise be sufficient to support FDA or any foreign regulatory approvals. Indeed, while the FDA has accepted our planned safety database, the agency has stated that the adequacy of such database will depend on the magnitude of the clinical benefit and the adverse event profile.

Further, an SPA is not binding on the FDA if public health concerns unrecognized at the time the SPA is entered into become evident, other new scientific concerns regarding product safety or efficacy arise, or if we fail to comply with the agreed upon trial protocol. In addition, an SPA may be changed on written agreement of both parties, and the FDA retains significant latitude and discretion in interpreting the terms of an SPA and the data and results of clinical trials conducted under an SPA. Therefore, significant uncertainty remains regarding the clinical development of, and regulatory approval process for, VB-111 for rGBM, and it is possible that we might never receive any regulatory approvals for VB-111.

The results from our clinical trials may not be sufficiently robust to support the submission for marketing approval for our product candidates. Before we submit our product candidates for marketing approval, the FDA and the EMA may require us to conduct additional clinical trials, or evaluate subjects for an additional follow-up period.

It is possible that, even if we achieve favorable results in our clinical trials, the FDA may require us to conduct additional clinical trials, possibly involving a larger sample size or a different clinical trial design, particularly if the FDA does not find the results from our completed clinical trials to be sufficiently persuasive to support a Biologics License Application, or BLA, or a New Drug Application, or NDA. For example, because the dose we used in our Phase 2 trial was limited by our production capacity, the dose of VB-111 that we intend to use in our Phase 3 pivotal trial may not be the maximum efficacious dose. If the FDA requires data on higher doses of VB-111, this will likely delay development or prevent approval of VB-111 for rGBM. The FDA may also require that we conduct a longer follow-up period of subjects treated with our product candidates prior to accepting our BLA or NDA.

It is possible that the FDA or the EMA may not consider the results of our clinical trials to be sufficient for approval of our product candidates for their target indications. If the FDA or the EMA requires additional studies

 

13


Table of Contents

for any reason, we would incur increased costs and delays in the marketing approval process, which may require us to expend more resources than we have available. In addition, it is possible that the FDA and the EMA may have divergent opinions on the elements necessary for a successful BLA or NDA and Marketing Authorization Application, which is the equivalent of a BLA, respectively, which may cause us to alter our development, regulatory or commercialization strategies.

Even if we complete the necessary pre-clinical studies and clinical trials, we cannot predict when or if we will obtain regulatory approval to commercialize a product candidate or the approval may be for a more narrow indication than we expect.

We cannot commercialize a product until the appropriate regulatory authorities have reviewed and approved the product candidate. Even if our product candidates demonstrate safety and efficacy in clinical trials, the regulatory agencies may not complete their review processes in a timely manner, or we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval. Additional delays may result if an FDA Advisory Committee or other regulatory authority recommends non-approval or restrictions on approval. In addition, we may experience delays or rejections based upon additional government regulation from future legislation or administrative action, or changes in regulatory agency policy during the period of product development, clinical trials and the review process. Regulatory agencies also may approve a treatment candidate for fewer or more limited indications than requested or may grant approval subject to the performance of post-marketing studies. In addition, regulatory agencies may not approve the labeling claims that are necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of our treatment candidates.

A fast track designation by the FDA may not actually lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process.

If a drug is intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and the drug demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for this disease or condition, the drug sponsor may apply for FDA fast track designation. If fast track designation is obtained, the FDA may initiate review of sections of a new drug application, or NDA, before the application is complete. This “rolling review” is available if the applicant provides, and the FDA approves, a schedule for submission of the individual sections of the application.

We have received fast track designation from the FDA for VB-111 for prolongation of survival in patients with glioblastoma that has recurred following treatment with temozolomide, a chemotherapeutic agent commonly used to treat newly diagnosed glioblastoma, and radiation. We may seek fast track designation for other product candidates and other indications. Even though we have received fast track designation, we may not experience a faster development process, review or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. The FDA may withdraw fast track designation if it believes that the designation is no longer supported by data from our clinical development program. Our fast track designation does not guarantee that we will qualify for or be able to take advantage of the expedited review procedures or that we will ultimately obtain regulatory approval of VB-111.

Even though we have obtained orphan drug designation for VB-111 for treatment of malignant glioma in the United States and glioma in Europe, we may not be able to obtain orphan drug exclusivity for this drug or for any of our other product candidates.

Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States and Europe, may designate drugs for relatively small patient populations as orphan drugs. Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a product as an orphan drug if it is a drug intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally defined as a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals annually in the United States. For VB-111, we have obtained orphan drug designation from the FDA for the treatment of malignant glioma and the EMA for the treatment of glioma, and we may seek orphan drug designation for other drug candidates.

Generally, if a product with an orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first marketing approval for the indication for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to a period of marketing exclusivity,

 

14


Table of Contents

which precludes the EMA or the FDA from approving another marketing application for the same drug for the same use or indication for that time period. The applicable period is seven years in the United States and ten years in Europe. The European exclusivity period can be reduced to six years if a drug no longer meets the criteria for orphan drug designation or if the drug is sufficiently profitable so that market exclusivity is no longer justified. Orphan drug exclusivity may be lost if the FDA or EMA determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantity of the drug to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition.

Even if we obtain orphan drug exclusivity for a product, that exclusivity may not effectively protect the product from competition because different drugs can be approved for the same condition. Even after an orphan drug is approved, the FDA can subsequently approve the same drug for the same condition if the FDA concludes that the later drug is clinically superior in that it is shown to be safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care.

Even if we obtain regulatory approval for a product candidate, our products will remain subject to regulatory scrutiny.

Even if we obtain regulatory approval in a jurisdiction, the regulatory authority may still impose significant restrictions on the indicated uses or marketing of our product candidates, or impose ongoing requirements for potentially costly post-approval studies or post-market surveillance. For example, the holder of an approved BLA is obligated to monitor and report adverse events and any failure of a product to meet the specifications in the BLA. The holder of an approved BLA must also submit new or supplemental applications and obtain FDA approval for certain changes to the approved product, product labeling or manufacturing process. Advertising and promotional materials must comply with FDA rules and are subject to FDA review, in addition to other potentially applicable federal and state laws.

In addition, product manufacturers and their facilities are subject to payment of user fees and continual review and periodic inspections by the FDA and other regulatory authorities for compliance with cGMP, and adherence to commitments made in the BLA or NDA as the case may be. If we or a regulatory agency discover previously unknown problems with a product such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured, a regulatory agency may impose restrictions relative to that product or the manufacturing facility, including requiring recall or withdrawal of the product from the market or suspension of manufacturing.

If we fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements following approval of any of our product candidates, a regulatory agency may:

 

  issue a warning letter asserting that we are in violation of the law;

 

  seek an injunction or impose civil or criminal penalties or monetary fines;

 

  suspend or withdraw regulatory approval;

 

  suspend any ongoing clinical trials;

 

  refuse to approve a pending BLA or NDA or supplements to a BLA or NDA submitted by us for other indications or new drug products;

 

  seize our product; or

 

  refuse to allow us to enter into supply contracts, including government contracts.

Any government investigation of alleged violations of law could require us to expend significant time and resources in response and could generate negative publicity. The occurrence of any event or penalty described above may inhibit our ability to commercialize our product candidates and generate revenues.

 

15


Table of Contents

We have only limited experience in regulatory affairs and intend to rely on consultants and other third parties for regulatory matters, which may affect our ability or the time we require to obtain necessary regulatory approvals.

We have limited experience in filing and prosecuting the applications necessary to gain regulatory approvals for drug and biologics candidates. Moreover, the product candidates that are likely to result from our development programs are based on new technologies that have not been extensively tested in humans. The regulatory requirements governing these types of product candidates may be less well defined or more rigorous than for conventional products. As a result, we may experience a longer regulatory process in connection with obtaining regulatory approvals of any products that we develop. We intend to rely on independent consultants for purposes of our regulatory compliance and product development and approvals in the United States and elsewhere. Any failure by our consultants to properly advise us regarding, or properly perform tasks related to, regulatory compliance requirements could compromise our ability to develop and seek regulatory approval of our product candidates.

In addition to the level of commercial success of our product candidates, if approved, our future prospects are also dependent on our ability to successfully develop a pipeline of additional product candidates, and we may not be successful in our efforts in using our platform technologies to identify or discover additional product candidates.

The success of our business depends primarily upon our ability to identify, develop and commercialize products based on our two platform technologies. Our research programs may fail to identify other potential product candidates for clinical development for a number of reasons. Our research methodology may be unsuccessful in identifying potential product candidates or our potential product candidates may be shown to have harmful side effects or may have other characteristics that may make the products unmarketable or unlikely to receive marketing approval.

If any of these events occur, we may be forced to abandon our development efforts for a program or programs. Research programs to identify new product candidates require substantial technical, financial and human resources. We may focus our efforts and resources on potential programs or product candidates that ultimately prove to be unsuccessful.

Risks Related to Our Reliance on Third Parties

We expect to rely on third parties to conduct some or all aspects of our product manufacturing, protocol development, research and pre-clinical and clinical testing, and these third parties may not perform satisfactorily.

We do not expect to independently conduct all aspects of our product manufacturing, protocol development, research and pre-clinical and clinical testing. We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties with respect to these items.

Any of these third parties may terminate their engagements with us at any time. If we need to enter into alternative arrangements, it could delay our product development activities. Our reliance on these third parties for research and development activities will reduce our control over these activities but will not relieve us of our responsibility to ensure compliance with all required regulations and study protocols. For example, for product candidates that we develop and commercialize on our own, we will remain responsible for ensuring that each of our Investigational New Drug, or IND, enabling studies and clinical trials are conducted in accordance with the study plan and protocols.

If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, meet expected deadlines or conduct our studies in accordance with regulatory requirements or our stated study plans and protocols, we will not be able to complete, or may be delayed in completing, the pre-clinical studies and clinical trials required to support future IND submissions and approval of our product candidates.

 

16


Table of Contents

Reliance on third-party manufacturers entails risks to which we would not be subject if we manufactured the product candidates ourselves, including:

 

  the inability to negotiate manufacturing agreements with third parties under commercially reasonable terms;

 

  reduced control as a result of using third-party manufacturers for all aspects of manufacturing activities;

 

  termination or nonrenewal of manufacturing agreements with third parties in a manner or at a time that is costly or damaging to us; and

 

  disruptions to the operations of our third-party manufacturers or suppliers caused by conditions unrelated to our business or operations, including the bankruptcy of the manufacturer or supplier.

Any of these events could lead to clinical trial delays or failure to obtain regulatory approval, or impact our ability to successfully commercialize future products. Some of these events could be the basis for FDA action, including injunction, recall, seizure or total or partial suspension of production.

We and our contract manufacturers are subject to significant regulation with respect to manufacturing our product candidates. The manufacturing facilities on which we rely may not continue to meet regulatory requirements and have limited capacity.

We currently have relationships with a limited number of suppliers for the manufacturing of our product candidates. Each supplier may require licenses to manufacture components of our product candidates or to utilize certain processes for the manufacture of our product candidates. If such components or licenses are not owned by the supplier or in the public domain, we may be unable to transfer or sublicense the intellectual property rights we may have with respect to such activities.

All entities involved in the preparation of therapeutics for clinical trials or commercial sale, including our existing contract manufacturers for our product candidates, are subject to extensive regulation. Components of a finished therapeutic product approved for commercial sale or used in late-stage clinical trials must be manufactured in accordance with cGMP. These regulations govern manufacturing processes and procedures (including record keeping) and the implementation and operation of systems to control and assure the quality of investigational products and products approved for sale. Poor control of production processes can lead to the introduction of contaminants, or to inadvertent changes in the properties or stability of our product candidates that may not be detectable in final product testing. We or our contract manufacturers must supply all necessary documentation in support of a BLA or NDA, as applicable, on a timely basis and must adhere to the FDA’s good laboratory practices, or GLP, and cGMP regulations enforced by the FDA through its facilities inspection program. Our contract manufacturer for VB-111 has not produced a commercially approved product based on viral vectors and therefore has not yet obtained the requisite FDA approvals to do so. Our facilities and controls and the facilities and controls of some or all of our third-party contractors must pass a pre-approval inspection for compliance with the applicable regulations as a condition of regulatory approval of our product candidates or any of our other potential products. In addition, the regulatory authorities may, at any time, audit or inspect a manufacturing facility involved with the preparation of our product candidates or our other potential products or the associated controls for compliance with the regulations applicable to the activities being conducted. If these facilities do not pass a pre-approval plant inspection, FDA approval of the products will not be granted.

The regulatory authorities also may, at any time following approval of a product for sale, audit our manufacturing facilities or those of our third-party contractors. If any such inspection or audit identifies a failure to comply with applicable regulations or our product specifications or if a violation of applicable regulations, including a failure to comply with the product specifications, occurs independent of such an inspection or audit, we or the relevant regulatory authority may require remedial measures that may be costly and/or time-consuming for us or a third party to implement and that may include the temporary or permanent suspension of a clinical trial or commercial sales or the temporary or permanent closure of a facility.

 

17


Table of Contents

If we or any of our third-party manufacturers fail to maintain regulatory compliance, the FDA can impose regulatory sanctions including, among other things, refusal to approve a pending application for a new drug product or biologic product, or revocation of a pre-existing approval.

Additionally, if supply from one approved manufacturer is interrupted, there could be a significant disruption in commercial supply. An alternative manufacturer would need to be qualified through a BLA or NDA supplement which could result in further delay. The regulatory agencies may also require additional studies if a new manufacturer is relied upon for commercial production. Switching manufacturers may involve substantial costs and is likely to result in a delay in our desired clinical and commercial timelines.

These factors could cause the delay of clinical trials, regulatory submissions, required approvals or commercialization of our product candidates, cause us to incur higher costs and prevent us from commercializing our products successfully. Furthermore, if our suppliers fail to meet contractual requirements, and we are unable to secure one or more replacement suppliers capable of production at a substantially equivalent cost, our clinical trials may be delayed or we could lose potential revenue.

We expect to rely on third parties to conduct, supervise and monitor our clinical trials, and if these third parties perform in an unsatisfactory manner, it may harm our business.

We expect to rely on CROs and clinical trial sites to ensure our clinical trials are conducted properly and on time. While we will have agreements governing their activities, we will have limited influence over their actual performance. We will control only some aspects of our CROs’ activities. Nevertheless, we will be responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol, legal, regulatory and scientific requirements and standards, and our reliance on the CROs does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities.

We and our CROs are required to comply with the FDA’s GCPs for conducting, recording and reporting the results of IND-enabling studies and clinical trials to assure that the data and reported results are credible and accurate and that the rights, integrity and confidentiality of clinical trial participants are protected. The FDA enforces these GCPs through periodic inspections of study sponsors, principal investigators and clinical trial sites. If we or our CROs fail to comply with applicable GCPs, the clinical data generated in our future clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving any marketing applications. Upon inspection, the FDA may determine that our clinical trials did not comply with GCPs. In addition, our future clinical trials will require a sufficient number of test subjects to evaluate the safety and effectiveness of our product candidates. Recruitment may be challenging in the event of rare diseases and may require the performance of trials in a significant number of sites which may be harder to monitor. Accordingly, if our CROs fail to comply with these regulations or fail to recruit a sufficient number of patients, we may be required to repeat such clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process.

Our CROs are not our employees, and we are therefore unable to directly monitor whether or not they devote sufficient time and resources to our clinical and nonclinical programs. These CROs may also have relationships with other commercial entities, including parties developing potentially competitive products, for whom they may also be conducting clinical trials or other drug development activities that could harm our competitive position. If our CROs do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations, fail to meet expected deadlines, or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols or regulatory requirements, or for any other reason, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for, or successfully commercialize our product candidates. As a result, the commercial prospects for our product candidates would be harmed, our costs could increase, and our ability to generate revenues could be delayed.

We also expect to rely on other third parties to store and distribute our product candidates for any clinical trials that we may conduct. Any performance failure on the part of our distributors could delay clinical development or marketing approval of our product candidates or commercialization of our products, if approved, producing additional losses and depriving us of potential product revenue.

 

18


Table of Contents

Our reliance on third parties requires us to share our trade secrets, which increases the possibility that a competitor will discover them or that our trade secrets will be misappropriated or disclosed.

Because we rely on third parties to manufacture our product candidates, and because we collaborate with various organizations and academic institutions on the advancement of our technology, we must, at times, share trade secrets with them. We seek to protect our proprietary technology in part by entering into confidentiality agreements and, if applicable, material transfer agreements, collaborative research agreements, consulting agreements or other similar agreements with our collaborators, advisors, employees and consultants prior to beginning research or disclosing proprietary information. These agreements typically limit the rights of the third parties to use or disclose our confidential information, such as trade secrets. Despite these contractual provisions, the need to share trade secrets and other confidential information increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by potential competitors, are inadvertently incorporated into the technology of others, or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. Given that our proprietary position is based, in part, on our know-how and trade secrets, discovery by a third party of our trade secrets or other unauthorized use or disclosure would impair our intellectual property rights and protections in our product candidates.

In addition, these agreements typically restrict the ability of our collaborators, advisors, employees and consultants to publish data potentially relating to our trade secrets. Our academic collaborators typically have rights to publish data, provided that we are notified in advance and may delay publication for a specified time in order to secure our intellectual property rights arising from the collaboration. In other cases, publication rights are controlled exclusively by us, although in some cases we may share these rights with other parties. Despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets, our competitors may discover our trade secrets, either through breach of these agreements, independent development or publication of information including our trade secrets in cases where we do not have proprietary or otherwise protected rights at the time of publication.

Our development of VB-111 for the treatment of rGBM relies upon the continued availability of bevacizumab for the treatment of rGBM, and any interruption in availability or supply of bevacizumab, or negative results concerning the use of bevacizumab in rGBM or otherwise, may delay our planned Phase 3 clinical trial or, if approved, adversely affect commercial utilization of VB-111.

Our planned Phase 3 trial of VB-111 for the treatment of rGBM is designed for use of VB-111 in combination with bevacizumab. Any shortage in supply of bevacizumab or any change in its availability for use in patients with rGBM would delay enrollment or completion of our planned Phase 3 trial, or if approved, adversely affect commercial utilization of VB-111. We have no control over the availability of bevacizumab, which is a sole source product and which may encounter manufacturing or other problems that adversely affect its availability. While bevacizumab is standard of care treatment for rGBM in the United States, cost and other factors have adversely impacted its availability elsewhere, and may similarly adversely impact the availability of VB-111 to be investigated or used in combination with bevacizumab. Clinical trials of bevacizumab in rGBM have achieved mixed results, and any negative future clinical results for bevacizumab in rGBM may undermine the reliability of our current Phase 3 trial design and require that we revise our development program and conduct additional trials, or prevent us from obtaining approval for VB-111 for use in combination with bevacizumab.

Risks Related to Commercialization of Our Product Candidates

We intend to rely on third-party manufacturers to produce commercial quantities of any of our product candidates that receives regulatory approval, but we have not entered into binding agreements with any such manufacturers to support commercialization. Additionally, these manufacturers do not have experience producing our product candidates at commercial levels and may not achieve the necessary regulatory approvals or produce our product candidates at the quality, quantities, locations and timing needed to support commercialization.

We have not yet secured manufacturing capabilities for commercial quantities of our product candidates or established facilities in the desired locations to support commercialization of our product candidates. Although

 

19


Table of Contents

we intend to rely on third-party manufacturers for commercialization, we have only entered into agreements with such manufacturers to assist in the scaling up of the manufacturing process of VB-111. We may be unable to negotiate binding agreements with the manufacturers to support our commercialization activities on commercially reasonable terms, which agreements will further be required to comply with the restrictions imposed under the Research Law.

We may encounter technical or scientific issues related to manufacturing or development that we may be unable to resolve in a timely manner or with available funds. Although we currently have process development and small-scale manufacturing capabilities for VB-111 internally, we do not have the capacity to manufacture our product candidates on a commercial scale. In addition, our product candidates are novel, and no manufacturer currently has the experience or ability to produce our product candidates at commercial levels. If we are unable to engage manufacturing partners to produce our product candidates on a larger scale on reasonable terms, our commercialization efforts will be harmed.

Even if we timely develop a manufacturing process and successfully transfer it to the third- party manufacturers of our product candidates, if such third-party manufacturers are unable to produce the necessary quantities of our product candidates, or in compliance with cGMP or with pertinent regulatory requirements, and within our planned time frame and cost parameters, the development and sales of our product candidates, if approved, may be impaired.

In addition, any significant disruption in our supplier relationships could harm our business. We source key materials from third parties, either directly through agreements with suppliers or indirectly through our manufacturers who have agreements with suppliers. There are a small number of suppliers for certain key materials that are used to manufacture our product candidates. Such suppliers may not sell these key materials to our manufacturers at the times we need them or on commercially reasonable terms. We do not have any control over the process or timing of the acquisition of these key materials by our manufacturers. Moreover, we currently do not have any agreements for the commercial production of these key materials.

If we are unable to establish sales and marketing capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market and sell any of our product candidates that obtain regulatory approval, we may be unable to generate any revenue.

We have no experience selling and marketing our product candidates or any other products. To successfully commercialize any products that may result from our development programs and obtain regulatory approval, we will need to develop these capabilities, either on our own or with others. We may seek to enter into collaborations with other entities to utilize their marketing and distribution capabilities, but we may be unable to do so on favorable terms, if at all. If any future collaborative partners do not commit sufficient resources to commercialize our future products, if any, and we are unable to develop the necessary marketing capabilities on our own, we will be unable to generate sufficient product revenue to sustain our business. We will be competing with many companies that currently have extensive and well-funded marketing and sales operations. Without an internal team or the support of a third party to perform marketing and sales functions, we may be unable to compete successfully against these more established companies or successfully commercialize any of our product candidates.

We face intense competition and rapid technological change and the possibility that our competitors may develop therapies that are more advanced or effective than ours, which could impair our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates.

We are engaged in pharmaceutical development, which is a rapidly changing field. We have competitors both in the United States and internationally, including major multinational pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies and universities and other research institutions.

 

20


Table of Contents

Many of our potential competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and other resources, such as larger research and development staff and experienced marketing and manufacturing organizations. Competition may increase further as a result of advances in the commercial applicability of technologies and greater availability of capital for investment in these industries. Our potential competitors may succeed in developing, acquiring or licensing on an exclusive basis, products that are more effective or less costly than any product candidate that we may develop, or achieve earlier patent protection, regulatory approval, product commercialization and market penetration than us. Additionally, technologies developed by others may render our potential product candidates uneconomical or obsolete, and we may not be successful in marketing our product candidates against competitors.

In particular, VB-111 may face competition from currently approved drugs and drug candidates under development by others to treat rGBM. In May 2009, the FDA granted accelerated approval to Avastin (bevacizumab), which is an angiogenesis inhibitor, to treat patients with rGBM at progression after standard first-line therapy. In addition to bevacizumab, a number of companies are conducting late-stage clinical trials to test targeted drugs focused on angiogenesis inhibition for the treatment of ovarian cancer, including, among others, Amgen’s trebananib, Boehringer Ingelheim’s nintedanib and GlaxoSmithKline’s Votrient.

Even if we are successful in achieving regulatory approval to commercialize a product candidate faster than our competitors, we may face competition from biosimilars. In the United States, the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009 created an abbreviated approval pathway for biological products that are demonstrated to be “highly similar,” or biosimilar, to or “interchangeable” with an FDA-approved biological product. This pathway could allow competitors to reference data from biological products already approved after 12 years from the time of approval. In Europe, the European Commission has granted marketing authorizations for several biosimilars pursuant to a set of general and product class-specific guidelines for biosimilar approvals issued over the past few years. In Europe, a competitor may reference data from biological products already approved, but will not be able to market a biosimilar until ten years after the time of approval. This 10-year period will be extended to 11 years if, during the first eight of those 10 years, the marketing authorization holder obtains an approval for one or more new therapeutic indications that bring significant clinical benefits compared with existing therapies. In addition, companies may be developing biosimilars in other countries that could compete with our products. If competitors are able to obtain marketing approval for biosimilars referencing our products, our products may become subject to competition from such biosimilars, with the attendant competitive pressure and consequences. Expiration or successful challenge of our applicable patent rights could also trigger competition from other products, assuming any relevant exclusivity period has expired.

In addition, although VB-111 has been granted orphan drug status by the FDA and EMA for a specified indication, there are limitations to the exclusivity. In the United States, the exclusivity period for orphan drugs is seven years, while pediatric exclusivity adds six months to any existing patents or exclusivity periods. In Europe, orphan drugs may be able to obtain 10 years of marketing exclusivity and up to an additional two years on the basis of qualifying pediatric studies. However, orphan exclusivity may be reduced to six years if the drug no longer satisfies the original designation criteria. Additionally, a marketing authorization holder may lose its orphan exclusivity if it consents to a second orphan drug application or cannot supply enough drug. Orphan drug exclusivity also can be lost when a second applicant demonstrates its drug is “clinically superior” to the original orphan drug.

Finally, as a result of the expiration or successful challenge of our patent rights, we could face more litigation with respect to the validity or scope of patents relating to other parties’ products. The availability of other parties’ products could limit the demand, and the price we are able to charge, for any products that we may develop and commercialize.

Since some of our product candidates are aimed for rare diseases, loss of exclusivity or competition as described above may be very significant in light of the limited size of the relevant market.

 

21


Table of Contents

The commercial success of any current or future product candidate, if approved, will depend upon the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community.

Even if we obtain the requisite regulatory approvals, the commercial success of our product candidates will depend in part on the medical community, patients, and third-party payors accepting our product candidates as medically useful, cost-effective, and safe. Any product that we bring to the market may not gain market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community. If these products do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance, we may not generate significant product revenue and may not become profitable. The degree of market acceptance of these product candidates, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

  the potential efficacy and potential advantages over alternative treatments;

 

  the prevalence and severity of any side effects, including any limitations or warnings contained in a product’s approved labeling;

 

  the prevalence and severity of any side effects resulting from the procedure by which our product candidates are administered;

 

  relative convenience and ease of administration;

 

  the willingness of the target patient population to try new therapies and of physicians to prescribe these therapies;

 

  the strength of marketing and distribution support and timing of market introduction of competitive products;

 

  publicity concerning our products or competing products and treatments; and

 

  sufficient third-party insurance coverage or reimbursement.

Even if a potential product displays a favorable efficacy and safety profile in pre-clinical studies and clinical trials, market acceptance of the product will not be known until after it is launched. Our efforts to educate the medical community and third-party payors on the benefits of the product candidates may require significant resources and may never be successful. Such efforts to educate the marketplace may require more resources than are required by conventional technologies.

A variety of risks associated with international operations could hurt our business.

If any of our product candidates are approved for commercialization, it is our current intention to market them on a worldwide basis, either alone or in collaboration with others. In addition, we conduct development activities in various jurisdictions throughout the world. We expect that we will be subject to additional risks related to engaging in international operations, including:

 

  different regulatory requirements for approval of drugs and biologics in foreign countries;

 

  reduced protection for intellectual property rights;

 

  unexpected changes in tariffs, trade barriers and regulatory requirements;

 

  economic weakness, including inflation, or political instability in particular foreign economies and markets;

 

  compliance with tax, employment, immigration and labor laws for employees living or traveling abroad;

 

  foreign currency fluctuations, which could result in increased operating expenses and reduced revenue, and other obligations incident to doing business in another country;

 

  workforce uncertainty in countries where labor unrest is more common than in the United States and Israel;

 

  production shortages resulting from any events affecting raw material supply or manufacturing capabilities abroad; and

 

22


Table of Contents
  business interruptions resulting from geopolitical actions, including war and terrorism, or natural disasters including earthquakes, typhoons, floods and fires.

The insurance coverage and reimbursement status of newly approved products is uncertain. Failure to obtain or maintain adequate coverage and reimbursement for any of our product candidates that are approved could limit our ability to market those products and compromise our ability to generate revenue.

The availability of reimbursement by governmental and private payors is essential for most patients to be able to afford expensive treatments. Sales of our product candidates will depend substantially, both in the U.S. and abroad, on the extent to which the costs of our product candidates will be paid by health maintenance, managed care, pharmacy benefit and similar healthcare management organizations, or reimbursed by government health administration authorities, private health coverage insurers and other third-party payors. If reimbursement is not available, or is available only to limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our product candidates. Even if coverage is provided, the approved reimbursement amount may not be high enough to allow us to establish or maintain pricing sufficient to realize a sufficient return on our investment.

There is significant uncertainty related to the insurance coverage and reimbursement of newly approved products. In the United States, the principal decisions about reimbursement for new medicines are typically made by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, an agency within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, as CMS decides whether and to what extent a new medicine will be covered and reimbursed under Medicare. Private payors tend to follow CMS to a substantial degree. It is difficult to predict what CMS will decide with respect to reimbursement for fundamentally novel products such as ours, as there is no body of established practices and precedents for these new products. Reimbursement agencies in Europe may be more conservative than CMS. For example, a number of cancer drugs have been approved for reimbursement in the United States and have not been approved for reimbursement in certain European countries.

The intended use of a drug product by a physician can also affect pricing. For example, CMS could initiate a National Coverage Determination administrative procedure, by which the agency determines which uses of a therapeutic product would and would not be reimbursable under Medicare. This determination process can be lengthy, thereby creating a long period during which the future reimbursement for a particular product may be uncertain.

Outside the United States, international operations are generally subject to extensive governmental price controls and other market regulations, and we believe the increasing emphasis on cost-containment initiatives in Europe, Canada, and other countries is likely to put pressure on the pricing and usage of any of our product candidates that are approved for marketing. In many countries, the prices of medical products are subject to varying price control mechanisms as part of national health systems. In general, the prices of medicines under such systems are substantially lower than in the United States. Other countries allow companies to fix their own prices for medicines, but monitor and control company profits. Additional foreign price controls or other changes in pricing regulation could restrict the amount that we are able to charge for our product candidates. Accordingly, in markets outside the United States, the reimbursement for our products may be reduced compared with the United States and may be insufficient to generate commercially reasonable revenue and profits.

Moreover, increasing efforts by governmental and third-party payors, in the United States and abroad, to cap or reduce healthcare costs, resulting in legislation and reforms such as the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, may cause such organizations to limit both coverage and level of reimbursement for new products approved and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our product candidates. We expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of any of our product candidates, due to the trend toward managed healthcare, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations and additional legislative changes. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription drugs and surgical procedures and other treatments, has become very intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products.

 

23


Table of Contents

The prescription for or promotion of off-label uses of our products by physicians could adversely affect our business.

Any regulatory approval of our products is limited to those specific diseases and indications for which our products have been deemed safe and effective by the FDA or similar authorities in other jurisdictions. In addition, any new indication for an approved product also requires regulatory approval. If we produce an approved therapeutic product, we will rely on physicians to prescribe and administer it as we have directed and for the indications described on the labeling. It is not, however, uncommon for physicians to prescribe medication for unapproved, or “off-label,” uses or in a manner that is inconsistent with the manufacturer’s directions. To the extent such off-label uses and departures from our administration directions become pervasive and produce results such as reduced efficacy or other adverse effects, the reputation of our products in the marketplace may suffer. In addition, off-label uses may cause a decline in our revenue or potential revenue, to the extent that there is a difference between the prices of our product for different indications.

Furthermore, while physicians may choose to prescribe our drugs for off-label uses, our ability to promote the products is limited to those indications that are specifically approved by the FDA or other regulators. Although regulatory authorities generally do not regulate the behavior of physicians, they do restrict communications by companies with respect to off-label use. If our promotional activities fail to comply with these regulations or guidelines, we may be subject to warnings from, or enforcement action by, these authorities. In addition, failure to follow FDA rules and guidelines relating to promotion and advertising can result in the FDA’s refusal to approve a product, the suspension or withdrawal of an approved product from the market, product recalls, fines, disgorgement of money, operating restrictions, injunctions or criminal prosecution.

Due to the small target patient populations for some of our product candidates, we face uncertainty related to pricing and reimbursement for these product candidates.

Some of our target patient populations for our initial product candidates are relatively small, as a result of which the pricing and reimbursement of our product candidates, if approved, must be adequate to support commercial infrastructure. If we are unable to obtain adequate levels of reimbursement, our ability to successfully market and sell our product candidates will be adversely affected. Inadequate reimbursement for such services may lead to physician resistance and adversely affect our ability to market or sell our products.

Risks Related to Our Business Operations

Our future success depends on our ability to retain key employees, consultants and advisors and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

We are highly dependent on principal members of our executive team listed under “Management” in this prospectus, including Prof. Dror Harats, our chief executive officer, the loss of whose services may adversely impact the achievement of our objectives. While we have entered into employment agreements with each of our executive officers, any of them could leave our employment at any time, as all of our employees are “at will” employees. Recruiting and retaining other qualified employees, consultants and advisors for our business, including scientific and technical personnel, will also be critical to our success. There is currently a shortage of skilled executives in our industry, which is likely to continue. As a result, competition for skilled personnel is intense and the turnover rate can be high. We may not be able to attract and retain personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for individuals with similar skill sets. In addition, failure to succeed in pre-clinical studies or clinical trials may make it more challenging to recruit and retain qualified personnel. The inability to recruit or loss of the services of any executive, key employee, consultant or advisor may impede the progress of our research, development and commercialization objectives.

 

24


Table of Contents

Our collaborations with outside scientists and consultants may be subject to restriction and change.

We work with medical experts, chemists, biologists and other scientists at academic and other institutions, and consultants who assist us in our research, development and regulatory efforts, including the members of our scientific advisory board. In addition, these scientists and consultants have provided, and we expect that they will continue to provide, valuable advice regarding our programs and regulatory approval processes. These scientists and consultants are not our employees and may have other commitments that would limit their future availability to us. If a conflict of interest arises between their work for us and their work for another entity, we may lose their services. In addition, we are limited in our ability to prevent them from establishing competing businesses or developing competing products. For example, if a key scientist acting as a principal investigator in any of our clinical trials identifies a potential product or compound that is more scientifically interesting to his or her professional interests, his or her availability to remain involved in our clinical trials could be restricted or eliminated.

We will need to expand our organization and we may experience difficulties in managing this growth, which could disrupt our operations.

As of February 1, 2015, we had 33 employees. As we mature and undertake the activities required to advance our product candidates into later stage clinical development and to operate as a public company, we expect to expand our full-time employee base and to hire more consultants and contractors. Our management may need to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from our day-to-day activities and devote a substantial amount of time to managing these growth activities. We may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations, which may result in weaknesses in our infrastructure, operational mistakes, loss of business opportunities, loss of employees and reduced productivity among remaining employees. Our expected growth could require significant capital expenditures and may divert financial resources from other projects, such as the development of additional product candidates. If our management is unable to effectively manage our growth, our expenses may increase more than expected, our ability to generate or grow revenue could be compromised, and we may not be able to implement our business strategy. Our future financial performance and our ability to commercialize product candidates and compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to effectively manage any future growth.

Our employees, principal investigators, consultants and commercial partners may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements and insider trading.

We are exposed to the risk of fraud or other misconduct by our employees, principal investigators, consultants and commercial partners. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional failures to comply with the regulations of the FDA and non-U.S. regulators, provide accurate information to the FDA and non-U.S. regulators, comply with healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations in the United States and abroad, report financial information or data accurately or disclose unauthorized activities to us. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Such misconduct could also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation. We have adopted a code of conduct applicable to all of our employees, but it is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions.

 

25


Table of Contents

We face potential product liability, and, if successful claims are brought against us, we may incur substantial liability and costs. If the use of our product candidates harms patients, or is perceived to harm patients even when such harm is unrelated to our product candidates, our regulatory approvals could be revoked or otherwise negatively impacted and we could be subject to costly and damaging product liability claims.

The use of our product candidates in clinical trials and the sale of any products for which we obtain marketing approval exposes us to the risk of product liability claims. Product liability claims might be brought against us by consumers, healthcare providers, pharmaceutical companies or others selling or otherwise coming into contact with our product candidates. There is a risk that our product candidates may induce adverse events. If we cannot successfully defend against product liability claims, we could incur substantial liability and costs. In addition, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in:

 

  impairment of our business reputation;

 

  withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

 

  costs due to related litigation;

 

  distraction of management’s attention from our primary business;

 

  substantial monetary awards to patients or other claimants;

 

  the inability to commercialize our product candidates;

 

  decreased demand for our product candidates, if approved for commercial sale; and

 

  impairment of our ability to obtain product liability insurance coverage.

We carry combined public and products liability (including human clinical trials extension) insurance of $5.0 million per occurrence and $5.0 million aggregate limit. We believe our product liability insurance coverage is sufficient in light of our current clinical programs; however, we may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in sufficient amounts to protect us against losses due to liability. If we obtain marketing approval for any product candidates, we intend to expand our insurance coverage to include the sale of commercial products, but we may not be able to obtain product liability insurance on commercially reasonable terms or in adequate amounts. On occasion, large judgments have been awarded in class action lawsuits based on drugs or medical treatments that had unanticipated adverse effects. A successful product liability claim or series of claims brought against us could cause our share price to decline and, if judgments exceed our insurance coverage, could materially and adversely affect our financial position.

Patients with the diseases targeted by some of our product candidates are often already in severe and advanced stages of disease and have both known and unknown significant pre- existing and potentially life-threatening health risks. During the course of treatment, patients may suffer adverse events, including death, for reasons that may be related to our product candidates. Such events could subject us to costly litigation, require us to pay substantial amounts of money to injured patients, delay, negatively impact or end our opportunity to receive or maintain regulatory approval to market our products, or require us to suspend or abandon our commercialization efforts. Even in a circumstance in which we do not believe that an adverse event is related to our product candidate, the investigation into the circumstance may be time-consuming or inconclusive. These investigations may harm our reputation, delay our regulatory approval process, limit the type of regulatory approvals our product candidates receive or maintain, and compromise the market acceptance of any of our product candidates that receive regulatory approval. As a result of these factors, a product liability claim, even if successfully defended, could hurt our business and impair our ability to generate revenue.

If our existing manufacturing facility is damaged or destroyed, or production at this facility is otherwise interrupted, our business and prospects would be negatively affected.

We currently have a single, small-scale manufacturing facility in Israel. If our existing manufacturing facility, or the equipment in it, is damaged or destroyed, we likely would not be able to quickly or inexpensively replace our

 

26


Table of Contents

manufacturing capacity and possibly would not be able to replace it at all. Any new facility needed to replace our existing manufacturing facility would need to comply with the necessary regulatory requirements, and be tailored to our manufacturing requirements and processes. We would need FDA approval before using any product candidates manufactured at a new facility in clinical trials or selling any products that are ultimately approved. Such an event could delay our clinical trials or, if any of our product candidates are approved by the FDA, reduce or eliminate our product sales.

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our operations involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials. Our operations also produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from our use of hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties.

Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials or other work-related injuries, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

If our shipping capabilities become unavailable due to an accident, an act of terrorism, a labor strike or other similar event, our supply, production and distribution processes could be disrupted.

Some of our raw materials for the manufacturing of VB-111, and VB-111 itself, must be transported at a temperature controlled cold chain at temperatures varying between -4 degrees Celsius to -70 degrees Celsius (25 to -94 degrees Fahrenheit) to ensure their quality and vitality. Not all shipping or distribution channels are equipped to transport at these temperatures. If any of our shipping or distribution channels become inaccessible because of a serious accident, an act of terrorism, a labor strike or other similar event, we may experience disruptions in our continued supply of raw materials, delays in our production process or a reduction in our ability to distribute our therapeutics to our customers.

We may use our financial and human resources to pursue a particular research program or product candidate and fail to capitalize on programs or product candidates that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

Because we have limited resources, we may forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with certain programs or product candidates or for indications that later prove to have greater commercial potential. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future research and development programs for product candidates may not yield any commercially viable products. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular product candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that product candidate through strategic collaboration, licensing or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to such product candidate, or we may allocate internal resources to a product candidate in a therapeutic area in which it would have been more advantageous to enter into a collaboration arrangement.

 

27


Table of Contents

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and The NASDAQ Global Market have imposed various requirements on public companies. Recent legislation permits smaller “emerging growth companies” to implement many of these requirements over a longer period and up to five years from the pricing of our offering. We intend to take advantage of this new legislation but cannot guarantee that we will not be required to implement these requirements sooner than budgeted or planned and thereby incur unexpected expenses. Shareholder activism, the current political environment and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain our current levels of such coverage. While compliance with these additional requirements will result in increased costs to us, we cannot accurately predict or estimate at this time the amount of additional costs we may incur as a public company under both U.S. and Israeli laws.

We are subject to foreign currency exchange risk, and fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and the NIS, the Euro and other non-U.S. currencies may negatively affect our earnings and results of operations.

We operate in a number of different currencies. While the dollar is our functional and reporting currency and investments in our share capital have been denominated in dollars, our financial results may be adversely affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates as a significant portion of our operating expenses, including our salary-related and manufacturing expenses are denominated in the NIS, and a significant portion of our clinical trials and manufacturing expenses are denominated in euros.

We are exposed to the risks that the NIS may appreciate relative to the dollar, or, if the NIS instead devalues relative to the dollar, that the inflation rate in Israel may exceed such rate of devaluation of the NIS, or that the timing of such devaluation may lag behind inflation in Israel. In any such event, the dollar cost of our operations in Israel would increase and our dollar- denominated results of operations would be adversely affected. We cannot predict any future trends in the rate of inflation in Israel or the rate of devaluation (if any) of the NIS against the dollar. For example, the average exchange rate of the dollar against the NIS increased in 2014 and decreased in 2013 and in 2012. Market volatility and currency fluctuations may limit our ability to cost- effectively hedge against our foreign currency exposure and, in addition, our ability to hedge our exposure to currency fluctuations in certain emerging markets may be limited. Hedging strategies may not eliminate our exposure to foreign exchange rate fluctuations and may involve costs and risks of their own, such as devotion of management time, external costs to implement the strategies and potential accounting implications. Foreign currency fluctuations, independent of the performance of our underlying business, could lead to materially adverse results or could lead to positive results that are not repeated in future periods.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

We depend on our license agreement with Crucell and if we cannot meet requirements under such license agreement, we could lose the rights to our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

VB-111 incorporates an adenoviral vector as the delivery vehicle based on our rights under a license agreement with Crucell. If we fail to meet our obligations under this license agreement, including various diligence,

 

28


Table of Contents

milestone payment, royalty and other obligations, Crucell has the right to terminate our license, and upon the effective date of such termination, our right to use the licensed technology would terminate. We may enter into additional agreements in the future with Crucell that may impose similar obligations on us. While we would expect to exercise all rights and remedies available to us, including attempting to cure any breach by us, and otherwise seek to preserve our rights under the patents and other technology licensed to us, we may not be able to do so in a timely manner, at an acceptable cost or at all. Any uncured, material breach under the license agreement could result in our loss of rights and may lead to a complete termination of our product development and any commercialization efforts for the applicable product candidates since there are currently no significant similar alternatives on the market.

If we are unable to obtain or protect intellectual property rights related to our product candidates, we may not be able to obtain exclusivity for our product candidates or prevent others from developing similar competitive products.

We rely upon a combination of patents, trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect the intellectual property related to our product candidates. The strength of patents in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical field involves complex legal and scientific questions and can be uncertain. The patent applications that we own or in-license may fail to result in issued patents with claims that cover our product candidates in the United States or in other foreign countries. There is no assurance that all of the potentially relevant prior art relating to our patents and patent applications has been found, which can invalidate a patent or prevent a patent from issuing from a pending patent application. Even if patents do successfully issue and even if such patents cover our product candidates, third parties may challenge their validity, enforceability or scope, which may result in the patent claims being narrowed or invalidated. Furthermore, even if they are unchallenged, our patents and patent applications may not adequately protect our intellectual property, provide exclusivity for our product candidates or prevent others from designing around our claims. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition from third parties.

If the patent applications we hold or have in-licensed with respect to our programs or product candidates fail to issue, if the breadth or strength of our patent protection is threatened, or if our patent portfolio fails to provide meaningful exclusivity for our product candidates, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to develop product candidates and threaten our ability to commercialize future products. Several patent applications covering our product candidates have been filed recently. We cannot offer any assurances about which, if any, applications will issue as patents, the breadth of any such issued patent claims or whether any issued claims will be found invalid and unenforceable or will be threatened by third parties. Any successful opposition to these patents or any other patents owned by or licensed to us could deprive us of rights necessary for the successful commercialization of any product candidates that we may develop. Further, if we encounter delays in regulatory approvals, the period of time during which we could market a product candidate under patent protection could be reduced. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing, and some remain so until issued, we cannot be certain that we or our licensors were the first to file any patent application related to a product candidate. Furthermore, if third parties have filed such patent applications, an interference proceeding in the United States can be initiated by a third party to determine who was the first to invent any of the subject matter covered by the patent claims of our applications. In addition, patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years after it is filed. Various extensions may be available, but the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our product candidates are obtained, once the patent life has expired for a product, we may be open to competition from generic medications. This risk is material in light of the length of the development process of our products and lifespan of our current patent portfolio.

In addition to the protection afforded by patents, we rely on trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect proprietary know-how that is not patentable or that we elect not to patent, processes for which patents are difficult to enforce and any other elements of our product candidate discovery and development processes that involve proprietary know- how, information or technology that is not covered by patents. However, trade secrets can be difficult to protect. We seek to protect our proprietary technology and

 

29


Table of Contents

processes, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors and contractors. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data and trade secrets by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. Security measures may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. Although we expect all of our employees and consultants to assign their inventions to us, and all of our employees, consultants, advisors and any third parties who have access to our proprietary know-how, information or technology to enter into confidentiality agreements, we cannot provide any assurances that all such agreements have been duly executed or that our trade secrets and other confidential proprietary information will not be disclosed or that competitors will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or independently develop substantially equivalent information and techniques. Misappropriation or unauthorized disclosure of our trade secrets could impair our competitive position and may have a material adverse effect on our business. Additionally, if the steps taken to maintain our trade secrets are deemed inadequate, we may have insufficient recourse against third parties for misappropriating the trade secret. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets and proprietary information. For example, the FDA, as part of its Transparency Initiative, is currently considering whether to make additional information publicly available on a routine basis, including information that we may consider to be trade secrets or other proprietary information, and it is not clear at the present time how the FDA’s disclosure policies may change in the future, if at all.

Further, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent or in the same manner as the laws of the United States. As a result, we may encounter significant problems in protecting and defending our intellectual property both in the United States and abroad. If we are unable to prevent material disclosure of the non-patented intellectual property related to our technologies to third parties, and there is no guarantee that we will have any such enforceable trade secret protection, we may not be able to establish or maintain a competitive advantage in our market.

Third-party claims of intellectual property infringement may prevent or delay our development and commercialization efforts.

Our commercial success depends in part on our avoiding infringement of the patents and proprietary rights of third parties. There is a substantial amount of litigation, both within and outside the United States, involving patent and other intellectual property rights in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, including patent infringement lawsuits, interferences, oppositions and inter partes review proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or U.S. PTO, and corresponding foreign patent offices. Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications, which are owned by third parties, exist in the fields in which we are pursuing development candidates. As the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries expand and more patents are issued, the risk increases that our product candidates may be subject to claims of infringement of the patent rights of third parties.

Third parties may assert that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization. There may be third-party patents or patent applications with claims to materials, formulations, methods of manufacture or methods for treatment related to the use or manufacture of our product candidates. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending patent applications which may later result in issued patents that our product candidates may be accused of infringing. In addition, third parties may obtain patents in the future and claim that use of our technologies infringes upon these patents. If any third-party patents were held by a court of competent jurisdiction to cover the manufacturing process of any of our product candidates, any molecules formed during the manufacturing process or any final product itself, the holders of any such patents may be able to block our ability to commercialize such product candidate unless we obtained a license under the applicable patents, or until such patents expire. Similarly, if any third-party patents were held by a court of competent jurisdiction to cover aspects of our formulations, processes for manufacture or methods of use, the holders of any such patents may be able to block our ability to develop and commercialize the applicable product candidate unless we obtained a license or until such patent expires. In either case, such a license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

 

30


Table of Contents

Parties making claims against us may obtain injunctive or other equitable relief, which could effectively block our ability to further develop and commercialize one or more of our product candidates. Defense of these claims, regardless of their merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of employee resources from our business. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, we may have to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees for willful infringement, pay royalties, redesign our infringing products or obtain one or more licenses from third parties, which may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure.

We may not be successful in obtaining or maintaining necessary rights to pharmaceutical product components and processes for our development pipeline through acquisitions and in- licenses.

Presently we have rights to the intellectual property, through licenses from Crucell and under patents that we own, to develop our product candidates. Because our programs may involve additional product candidates that may require the use of proprietary rights held by third parties, the growth of our business may depend in part on our ability to acquire, in-license or use these proprietary rights. In addition, our product candidates may require specific formulations to work effectively and efficiently and these rights may be held by others. We may be unable to acquire or in-license any compositions, methods of use, processes or other third- party intellectual property rights from third parties that we identify. The licensing and acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and a number of more established companies are also pursuing strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, cash resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. We also may be unable to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights on terms that would allow us to make an appropriate return on our investment.

We may enter into license agreements with third parties, and if we fail to comply with our obligations in such agreements under which we license intellectual property rights from third parties or otherwise experience disruptions to our business relationships with our licensors, we could lose license rights that are important to our business.

We may need to obtain licenses from third parties to advance our research or allow commercialization of our product candidates, and we have done so from time to time. We may fail to obtain any of these licenses at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms, if at all. In that event, we may be required to expend significant time and resources to develop or license replacement technology. If we are unable to do so, we may be unable to develop or commercialize the affected product candidates.

In many cases, patent prosecution of our in-licensed technology is controlled solely by the licensor. If our licensors fail to obtain and maintain patent or other protection for the proprietary intellectual property we license from them, we could lose our rights to the intellectual property or our exclusivity with respect to those rights, and our competitors could market competing products using the intellectual property. In some cases, we control the prosecution of patents resulting from licensed technology. In the event we breach any of our obligations related to such prosecution, we may incur significant liability to our licensing partners. Licensing of intellectual property is of critical importance to our business and involves complex legal, business and scientific issues and is complicated by the rapid pace of scientific discovery in our industry. Disputes may arise regarding intellectual property subject to a licensing agreement, including:

 

  the scope of rights granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;

 

  the extent to which our technology and processes infringe on intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement;

 

  the sublicensing of patent and other rights under any collaboration relationships we might enter into in the future;

 

  our diligence obligations under the license agreement and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations;

 

31


Table of Contents
  the ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our licensors and us and our partners; and

 

  the priority of invention of patented technology.

If disputes over intellectual property that we have licensed prevent or impair our ability to maintain our current licensing arrangements on acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected product candidates.

We may be involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or the patents of our licensors, which could be expensive, time-consuming and unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe our patents or the patents of our licensors. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours or our licensors is not valid, is unenforceable or is not infringed, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question. An adverse result in any litigation or defense proceedings could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing.

Interference proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by us may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions with respect to our patents or patent applications or those of our licensors. An unfavorable outcome could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms. Our defense of litigation or interference proceedings may fail and, even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees. We may not be able to prevent, alone or with our licensors, misappropriation of our intellectual property rights, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect those rights as fully as in the United States.

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our ordinary shares.

Recent patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents.

On September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, was signed into law. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law, including provisions that affect the way patent applications will be prosecuted and may also affect patent litigation. The U.S. PTO is currently developing regulations and procedures to govern administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act, and in particular, the first to file provisions, were enacted March 16, 2013. However, it is not clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business. However, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties or that our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their former employers.

Certain of our key employees and personnel are or were previously employed at universities, medical institutions or other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors.

 

32


Table of Contents

Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants and independent contractors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any of our employee’s former employer or other third parties. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees. Furthermore, universities or medical institutions who employ some of our key employees and personnel in parallel to their engagement by us may claim that intellectual property developed by such person is owned by the respective academic or medical institution under the respective institution intellectual property policy or applicable law.

We may become subject to claims for remuneration or royalties for assigned service invention rights by our employees, which could result in litigation and adversely affect our business.

A significant portion of our intellectual property has been developed by our employees in the course of their employment for us. Under the Israeli Patent Law, 5727-1967, or the Patent Law, inventions conceived by an employee during the term and as part of the scope of his or her employment with a company are regarded as “service inventions,” which belong to the employer, absent a specific agreement between the employee and employer giving the employee service invention rights. The Patent Law also provides that if there is no such agreement between an employer and an employee, the Israeli Compensation and Royalties Committee, or the Committee, a body constituted under the Patent Law, shall determine whether the employee is entitled to remuneration for his inventions. Recent decisions by the Committee (which have been upheld by the Israeli Supreme Court on appeal) have created uncertainty in this area, as it held that employees may be entitled to remuneration for their service inventions despite having specifically waived any such rights. Further, the Committee has not yet determined the method for calculating this remuneration nor the criteria or circumstances under which an employee’s waiver of his right to remuneration will be disregarded. We generally enter into assignment-of-invention agreements with our employees pursuant to which such individuals assign to us all rights to any inventions created in the scope of their employment or engagement with us. Although our employees have agreed to assign to us service invention rights, we may face claims demanding remuneration in consideration for assigned inventions. As a consequence of such claims, we could be required to pay additional remuneration or royalties to our current or former employees, or be forced to litigate such claims, which could negatively affect our business.

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship or ownership of our patents and other intellectual property.

We may be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an ownership interest in our patents or other intellectual property. We may have to in the future, ownership disputes arising, for example, from conflicting obligations of consultants or others who are involved in developing our product candidates. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship or ownership. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, valuable intellectual property. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and applications will be due to be paid to the U.S. PTO and various governmental patent agencies outside of the

 

33


Table of Contents

United States in several stages over the lifetime of the patents and applications. The U.S. PTO and various non-U.S. governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. There are situations in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction.

Issued patents covering our product candidates could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in court.

If we or one of our licensing partners initiated legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering one of our product candidates, the defendant may contend that the patent covering our product candidate is invalid, unenforceable or fails to cover the product candidate or the infringing product. In patent litigation in the United States, defendants commonly allege that asserted patent claims are invalid and unenforceable. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet one or more of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness, lack of written description, indefiniteness and non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the U.S. PTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. Third parties may also raise similar claims before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, post grant review, and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions, such as opposition proceedings. Such proceedings could result in revocation, amendments to our patent claims or statements being made on the record such that our claims may no longer be construed to cover our product candidates. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity, unenforceability or non infringement, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on our product candidates. Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments, and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the market price of our ordinary shares. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities.

Changes in U.S. patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.

As is the case with other biotechnology companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the biotechnology industry involve both technological and legal complexity, and is therefore is costly, time- consuming and inherently uncertain. In addition, the United States has recently enacted and is currently implementing wide-ranging patent reform legislation. Recent U.S. Supreme Court rulings have narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances and weakened the rights of patent owners in some situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained. Depending on decisions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts, and the U.S. PTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future.

We have not yet registered trademarks for a commercial trade name for our product candidates and failure to secure such registrations could adversely affect our business.

We have not yet registered trademarks for a commercial trade name for our product candidates. During trademark registration proceedings, we may receive rejections. Although we would be given an opportunity to

 

34


Table of Contents

respond to those rejections, we may be unable to overcome such rejections. In addition, in the U.S. PTO and in comparable agencies in many foreign jurisdictions, third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending trademark applications and to seek to cancel registered trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademarks, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. Moreover, any name we propose to use with our product candidates in the United States must be approved by the FDA, regardless of whether we have registered it, or applied to register it, as a trademark. The FDA typically conducts a review of proposed product names, including an evaluation of potential for confusion with other product names. If the FDA objects to any of our proposed proprietary product names, we may be required to expend significant additional resources in an effort to identify a suitable substitute name that would qualify under applicable trademark laws, not infringe the existing rights of third parties and be acceptable to the FDA.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Potential competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our product candidates, if approved, and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biotechnology products, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

Under applicable employment laws, we may not be able to enforce covenants not to compete.

We generally enter into non-competition agreements with our employees. These agreements prohibit our employees, if they cease working for us, from competing directly with us or working for our competitors or clients for a limited period. We may be unable to enforce these agreements under the laws of the jurisdictions in which our employees work and it may be difficult for us to restrict our competitors from benefitting from the expertise our former employees or consultants developed while working for us. For example, Israeli labor courts have required employers seeking to enforce non-compete undertakings of a former employee to demonstrate that the competitive activities of the former employee will harm one of a limited number of material interests of the employer which have been recognized by the courts, such as the protection of a company’s trade secrets or other intellectual property.

 

35


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Ordinary Shares

The market price of our ordinary shares may be highly volatile, and you may not be able to resell your shares at the purchase price.

An active trading market for our ordinary shares may not be available. You may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at the market price if trading in our ordinary shares is not active.

The market price of our ordinary shares has been and is likely to remain volatile. Our share price could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a variety of factors, including the following:

 

  adverse results or delays in pre-clinical studies or clinical trials;

 

  reports of adverse events in other similar products or clinical trials of such products;

 

  inability to obtain additional funding;

 

  any delay in filing an IND or BLA for any of our product candidates and any adverse development or perceived adverse development with respect to the FDA’s review of that IND or BLA;

 

  failure to develop successfully and commercialize our product candidates for the proposed indications and future product candidates for other indications or new candidates;

 

  failure to maintain our licensing arrangements or enter into strategic collaborations;

 

  failure by us or our licensors and strategic collaboration partners to prosecute, maintain or enforce our intellectual property rights;

 

  changes in laws or regulations applicable to future products;

 

  inability to scale up our manufacturing capabilities (including in Israel), inability to obtain adequate product supply for our product candidates or the inability to do so at acceptable prices;

 

  adverse regulatory decisions, including by the OCS under the Research Law;

 

  introduction of new products, services or technologies by our competitors;

 

  failure to meet or exceed financial projections we may provide to the public;

 

  failure to meet or exceed the financial expectations of the investment community;

 

  the perception of the pharmaceutical industry by the public, legislatures, regulators and the investment community;

 

  announcements of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by us or our competitors;

 

  disputes or other developments relating to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain patent protection for our technologies;

 

  additions or departures of key scientific or management personnel;

 

  significant lawsuits, including patent or shareholder litigation;

 

  changes in the market valuations of similar companies;

 

  sales of our ordinary shares by us or our shareholders in the future; and

 

  trading volume of our ordinary shares.

In addition, companies trading in the stock market in general, and biopharmaceutical companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our ordinary shares, regardless of our actual operating performance.

 

36


Table of Contents

Our principal shareholders and management own a significant percentage of our shares and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to shareholder approval.

As of December 31, 2014, our executive officers, directors, five percent shareholders and their affiliates beneficially owned approximately 76.1% of our voting shares. Therefore, these shareholders have the ability to control us through their ownership positions. These shareholders may be able to determine all matters requiring shareholder approval. For example, these shareholders, if they were to act together, may be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, or approval of any merger, sale of assets, or other major corporate transaction. This may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our ordinary shares that you may believe are in your best interest as one of our shareholders.

We are an “emerging growth company” and a “foreign private issuer,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and foreign private issuers will make our ordinary shares less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of any June 30 before that time or if we have total annual gross revenue of $1.0 billion or more during any fiscal year before that time, in which cases we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31 or, if we issue more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during any three-year period before that time, we would cease to be an emerging growth company immediately.

Furthermore, as a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to the same requirements that are imposed upon U.S. domestic issuers by the SEC. Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, we will be subject to reporting obligations that, in certain respects, are less detailed and less frequent than those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. For example, we will not be required to issue quarterly reports, proxy statements that comply with the requirements applicable to U.S. domestic reporting companies, or individual executive compensation information that is as detailed as that required of U.S. domestic reporting companies. We will also have four months after the end of each fiscal year to file our annual reports with the SEC and will not be required to file current reports as frequently or promptly as U.S. domestic reporting companies. Furthermore, our officers, directors and principal shareholders will be exempt from the requirements to report transactions in our equity securities and from the short-swing profit liability provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. These exemptions and leniencies will reduce the frequency and scope of information and protections to which you may otherwise have been eligible in relation to a U.S. domestic reporting companies. See “Item 16G. Corporate Governance” for more information.

We cannot predict if investors will find our ordinary shares less attractive because we may rely on these reduced requirements. If some investors find our ordinary shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our ordinary shares and our share price may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We are electing to not take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on

 

37


Table of Contents

which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to not take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

Our ordinary shares are subject to substantial dilution in their book value.

As of December 31, 2014, options and warrants to purchase 1,885,123 ordinary shares at a weighted average exercise price of $2.01 per share were outstanding. The exercise of any of these options and warrants would result in additional dilution.

Sales of a substantial number of our ordinary shares in the public market could cause our share price to fall.

If our existing shareholders sell, indicate an intention to sell or the market perceives that they intend to sell, substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market, the market price of our ordinary shares could decline significantly. As of December 31, 2014, we had outstanding a total of 19,898,674 ordinary shares. Substantially all of the shares will be available for sale in the public market beginning April 1, 2015, following the expiration of lock-up agreements between our executive officers, directors, shareholders and option holders and the underwriters that were entered into in connection with our initial public offering. In addition, underwriters in our initial public offering may, in their discretion, permit our officers, directors and other shareholders who are subject to these lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

After the lock-up agreements expire, based upon the number of ordinary shares, as of December 31, 2014, up to 17,146,588 ordinary shares will become eligible for sale in the public market, 14,150,634 of which shares are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

In addition, as of December 31, 2014, an aggregate of 2,813,411 ordinary shares that are either subject to outstanding options, reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Plan or subject to outstanding warrants will or may become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional ordinary shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the market price of our ordinary shares could decline.

Future sales and issuances of our ordinary shares or rights to purchase ordinary shares, including pursuant to our equity incentive plans, could result in additional dilution of the percentage ownership of our shareholders and could cause our share price to fall.

Additional capital will be needed in the future to continue our planned operations. To the extent we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities, our shareholders may experience substantial dilution. We may sell ordinary shares, convertible securities or other equity securities in one or more transactions at prices and in a manner we determine from time to time. If we sell ordinary shares, convertible securities or other equity securities in more than one transaction, investors may be materially diluted by subsequent sales. These sales may also result in material dilution to our existing shareholders, and new investors could gain rights superior to our existing shareholders.

Pursuant to our Employee Share Ownership and Option Plan (2014) , or the 2014 Plan, our management is authorized to grant share options and other equity-based awards to our employees, directors and consultants. Currently, we plan to register the increased number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 Plan each year. If our board of directors elects to increase the number of shares available for future grant by the maximum amount each year, our shareholders may experience additional dilution, which could cause our share price to fall.

 

38


Table of Contents

We could be subject to securities class action litigation.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially relevant for us because pharmaceutical companies have experienced significant share price volatility in recent years. For example, the price of our share, which have reached its high record of $16.99 per share at the close of the trading on January 28, 2015, decreased as low as $3.86 per share at the close of the trading on March 2, 2015, a drop of about 77%. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could harm our business.

We may be subject to potential liability, or other adverse consequences, as a result of our prior attempted initial public offering.

On July 30, 2014, we entered into an underwriting agreement in connection with our proposed initial public offering. As is customary in initial public offerings, our shares began trading, on a when-issued basis, on The NASDAQ Global Market the following day. However, that underwriting agreement was terminated on August 7, 2014 by those underwriters party thereto prior to closing of the offering, after one of our shareholders did not fund payment for shares it had previously agreed to purchase in the offering. As a result of the termination of the underwriting agreement, trading on The NASDAQ Global Market was terminated and no shares were issued pursuant to the underwriting agreement. We understand from NASDAQ that all of the trades that had occurred on The NASDAQ Global Market were also cancelled, resulting in all investors receiving the return of any purchase price that they had paid. Because of these unique circumstances and the limited precedent of initial public offerings failing to close, we cannot predict whether any investors who purchased shares in the offering or in the aftermarket, or any of our pre-existing shareholders, may assert a claim for damages or otherwise seek redress as a result of the termination of the offering. If such investors were to pursue any such claims, we could be subject to potential liability, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we were successful in defending against any such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees. Additionally, it is possible that the termination of the prior offering could result in potential regulatory action against us or reputational harm, which could adversely impact our relationships with current and potential future business partners, potential investors, employees or other third parties, or otherwise materially adversely affect our business.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our ordinary shares, so any returns will be limited to the value of our shares.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our share capital. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any return to shareholders will therefore be limited to the appreciation of their shares. In addition, Israeli law limits our ability to declare and pay dividends, and may subject our dividends to Israeli withholding taxes. Furthermore, our payment of dividends (out of tax- exempt income) may retroactively subject us to certain Israeli corporate income taxes, to which we would not otherwise be subject.

If equity research analysts do not publish research reports about our business or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our ordinary shares, the price of our ordinary shares could decline.

The trading market for our ordinary shares relies in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. The price of our ordinary shares could decline if we do not obtain research analyst coverage, or one or more securities analysts downgrade our ordinary shares or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business.

 

39


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Incorporation and Operations in Israel

We are a “foreign private issuer” and intend to follow certain home country corporate governance practices, and our shareholders may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all NASDAQ corporate governance requirements.

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted, and intend, to follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of those otherwise required under the NASDAQ Stock Market for domestic U.S. issuers. For instance, we intend to follow home country practice in Israel with regard to the quorum requirement for shareholder meetings. As permitted under the Israeli Companies Law, 5759-1999, or the Companies Law, our articles of association provide that the quorum for any meeting of shareholders shall be the presence of at least two shareholders present in person, by proxy or by a voting instrument, who hold at least 25% of the voting power of our shares instead of the 33 1/3% of the issued share capital requirement. We may in the future elect to follow home country practices in Israel (and consequently avoid the requirements that would otherwise apply to a U.S. company listed on The NASDAQ Global Market) with regard to other matters, as well, such as the formation of compensation, nominating and governance committees, separate executive sessions of independent directors and non-management directors and the requirement to obtain shareholder approval for certain dilutive events (such as for the establishment or amendment of certain equity-based compensation plans, issuances that will result in a change of control of the company, certain transactions other than a public offering involving issuances of a 20% or more interest in the company and certain acquisitions of the stock or assets of another company). Following our home country governance practices as opposed to the requirements that would otherwise apply to a U.S. company listed on The NASDAQ Global Market may provide less protection to you than what is accorded to investors under the NASDAQ Stock Market rules applicable to domestic U.S. issuers. See “Item 16G. Corporate Governance” for more information.

In addition, as a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, including the requirement for an emerging growth company to disclose the compensation of the chief executive officer and other two highest compensated executive officers on an individual, rather than aggregate, basis. A recent amendment to regulations under the Israeli Companies Law will require us to disclose, at the latest, in the notice for our 2015 annual meeting of shareholders, the annual compensation of our five most highly compensated officers on an individual, rather than aggregate, basis. However, this disclosure will not be as extensive as that required of a U.S. domestic issuer.

We would lose our foreign private issuer status if a majority of our directors or executive officers are U.S. citizens or residents and we fail to meet additional requirements necessary to avoid loss of foreign private issuer status. Although we have elected to comply with certain U.S. regulatory provisions, our loss of foreign private issuer status would make such provisions mandatory. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic reporting company may be significantly higher. If we are not a foreign private issuer, we will be required to file periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic reporting company forms with the SEC, which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We may also be required to modify certain of our policies to comply with accepted governance practices associated with U.S. domestic reporting companies. Such conversion and modifications will involve additional costs. In addition, we may lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on U.S. stock exchanges that are available to foreign private issuers.

Potential political, economic and military instability in the State of Israel, where the majority of our senior management and our research and development facilities are located, may adversely affect our results of operations.

We are incorporated under Israeli law and our offices and operations are located in the State of Israel. In addition, our key employees, officers and all but three of our directors are residents of Israel. Accordingly, political, economic and military conditions in Israel directly affect our business. Since the State of Israel was established in 1948, a number of armed conflicts have occurred between Israel and its neighboring countries.

 

40


Table of Contents

Any hostilities involving Israel or the interruption or curtailment of trade between Israel and its present trading partners, or a significant downturn in the economic or financial condition of Israel, could affect adversely our operations. Since October 2000, there have been increasing occurrences of terrorist violence. Ongoing and revived hostilities or other Israeli political or economic factors could harm our operations, product development and results of operations.

Although Israel has entered into various agreements with Egypt, Jordan and the Palestinian Authority, there has been an increase in unrest and terrorist activity, which began in October 2000 and has continued with varying levels of severity. The establishment in 2006 of a government in the Palestinian Authority by representatives of the Hamas militant group has created additional unrest and uncertainty in the region. In 2006, a conflict between Israel and the Hezbollah in Lebanon resulted in thousands of rockets being fired from Lebanon up to 50 miles into Israel. Starting in December 2008, for approximately three weeks, Israel engaged in an armed conflict with Hamas in the Gaza Strip, which involved missile strikes against civilian targets in various parts of Israel and negatively affected business conditions in Israel. In November 2012, for approximately one week, Israel experienced a similar armed conflict, resulting in hundreds of rockets being fired from the Gaza Strip and disrupting most day-to-day civilian activity in southern Israel. Beginning in July 2014, for approximately seven weeks, Israel experienced additional armed conflict between Israel and Hamas, which included rocket strikes against civilian targets in various parts of Israel. If renewed, these hostilities may negatively affect business conditions in Israel. In addition, Israel faces threats from more distant neighbors, in particular, Iran. Our insurance policies do not cover us for the damages incurred in connection with these conflicts or for any resulting disruption in our operations. The Israeli government, as a matter of law, provides coverage for the reinstatement value of direct damages that are caused by terrorist attacks or acts of war; however, the government may cease providing such coverage or the coverage might not be enough to cover potential damages. In the event that hostilities disrupt the ongoing operation of our facilities or the airports and seaports on which we depend to import and export our supplies and products, our operations may be materially adversely affected.

In addition, since the end of 2010, numerous acts of protest and civil unrest have taken place in several countries in the Middle East and North Africa, many of which involved significant violence. The civil unrest in Egypt, which borders Israel, resulted in the resignation of its president Hosni Mubarak, and to significant changes to the country’s government. In Syria, also bordering Israel, a civil war is continuing to take place. The ultimate effect of these developments on the political and security situation in the Middle East and on Israel’s position within the region is not clear at this time. Such instability may lead to deterioration in the political and trade relationships that exist between the State of Israel and certain other countries.

Popular uprisings in various countries in the Middle East and North Africa are affecting the political stability of those countries. Such instability may lead to deterioration in the political and trade relationships that exist between the State of Israel and these countries. Several countries, principally in the Middle East, still restrict doing business with Israel and Israeli companies, and additional countries may impose restrictions on doing business with Israel and Israeli companies if hostilities in Israel or political instability in the region continues or increases. Any hostilities involving Israel or the interruption or curtailment of trade between Israel and its present trading partners, or significant downturns in the economic or financial condition of Israel, could adversely affect our operations and product development and adversely affect our share price. Similarly, Israeli companies are limited in conducting business with entities from several countries. For instance, in 2008, the Israeli legislature passed a law forbidding any investments in entities that transact business with Iran.

Our operations may be disrupted by the obligations of personnel to perform military service.

As of February 1, 2015, we had 33 employees, all of whom were based in Israel. Some of our employees may be called upon to perform up to 36 days (and in some cases more) of annual military reserve duty until they reach the age of 40 (and in some cases, up to 45 or older) and, in emergency circumstances, could be called to immediate and unlimited active duty. In the event of severe unrest or other conflict, individuals could be required to serve in the military for extended periods of time. Since September 2000, in response to increased tension and

 

41


Table of Contents

hostilities, there have been occasional call-ups of military reservists, including in connection with the 2006 conflict in Lebanon, and the December 2008 and November 2012 conflicts with Hamas, and it is possible that there will be additional call-ups in the future. Our operations could be disrupted by the absence of a significant number of our employees related to military service or the absence for extended periods of one or more of our key employees for military service. Such disruption could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations. Additionally, the absence of a significant number of the employees of our Israeli suppliers and contractors related to military service or the absence for extended periods of one or more of their key employees for military service may disrupt their operations.

The tax benefits that are available to us if and when we generate taxable income require us to meet various conditions and may be prevented or reduced in the future, which could increase our costs and taxes.

If and when we generate taxable income, we would be eligible for certain tax benefits provided to “Benefited Enterprises” under the Israeli Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959, as amended, or the Investment Law. In order to remain eligible for the tax benefits for “Benefited Enterprises” we must continue to meet certain conditions stipulated in the Investment Law and its regulations, as amended. In addition, we informed the Israeli Tax Authority of our choice of 2012 as a “Benefited Enterprise” election year, all under the Investment Law. The benefits available to us under this tax regulation are subject to the fulfillment of conditions stipulated in the regulation. Further, in the future these tax benefits may be reduced or discontinued. If these tax benefits are reduced, cancelled or discontinued, our Israeli taxable income would be subject to regular Israeli corporate tax rates. The standard corporate tax rate for Israeli companies is 26.5% for 2014 and thereafter. Additionally, if we increase our activities outside of Israel through acquisitions, for example, our expanded activities might not be eligible for inclusion in future Israeli tax benefit programs. See “Item 10E. Taxation—Israeli Tax Considerations and Government Programs—Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 5719-1959.”

It may be difficult to enforce a U.S. judgment against us, our officers and directors and the Israeli experts named in this prospectus in Israel or the United States, or to assert U.S. securities laws claims in Israel or serve process on our officers and directors and these experts.

We were incorporated in Israel, and our corporate headquarters and substantially all of our operations are located in Israel. All of our executive officers and all but two of our directors, and the Israeli experts named in this prospectus, are located in Israel. The majority of our assets and the assets of these persons are located outside the United States. Therefore, it may be difficult for an investor, or any other person or entity, to enforce a U.S. court judgment based upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us or any of these persons in a U.S. or Israeli court, or to effect service of process upon these persons in the United States. Additionally, it may be difficult for an investor, or any other person or entity, to assert U.S. securities law claims in original actions instituted in Israel. Israeli courts may refuse to hear a claim based on an alleged violation of U.S. securities laws against us or our officers and directors on the grounds that Israel is not the most appropriate forum in which to bring such a claim. Even if an Israeli court agrees to hear a claim, it may determine that Israeli law and not U.S. law is applicable to the claim. If U.S. law is found to be applicable, the content of applicable U.S. law must be proved as a fact, which can be a time-consuming and costly process. Certain matters of procedure will also be governed by Israeli law. There is little binding case law in Israel addressing the matters described above.

Your rights and responsibilities as our shareholder will be governed by Israeli law, which may differ in some respects from the rights and responsibilities of shareholders of U.S. corporations.

Since we are incorporated under Israeli law, the rights and responsibilities of our shareholders are governed by our articles of association and Israeli law. These rights and responsibilities differ in some material respects from the rights and responsibilities of shareholders of U.S. corporations. In particular, a shareholder of an Israeli company has a duty to act in good faith and in a customary manner in exercising its rights and performing its

 

42


Table of Contents

obligations towards the company and other shareholders and to refrain from abusing its power in the company, including, among other things, in voting at the general meeting of shareholders on certain matters, such as an amendment to the company’s articles of association, an increase of the company’s authorized share capital, a merger of the company and approval of related party transactions that require shareholder approval. A shareholder also has a general duty to refrain from discriminating against other shareholders. In addition, a controlling shareholder or a shareholder who knows that it possesses the power to determine the outcome of a shareholder vote or to appoint or prevent the appointment of an officer of the company has a duty to act in fairness towards the company with regard to such vote or appointment. However, Israeli law does not define the substance of this duty of fairness. There is limited case law available to assist us in understanding the nature of this duty or the implications of these provisions. These provisions may be interpreted to impose additional obligations and liabilities on our shareholders that are not typically imposed on shareholders of U.S. corporations. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Approval of Related Party Transactions Under Israeli Law—Shareholders’ Duties.”

Provisions of Israeli law and our amended and restated articles of association could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us or increase the cost of acquiring us, even if doing so would benefit our shareholders.

Israeli law regulates mergers, requires tender offers for acquisitions of shares above specified thresholds, requires special approvals for transactions involving directors, officers or significant shareholders and regulates other matters that may be relevant to such types of transactions. For example, a tender offer for all of a company’s issued and outstanding shares can only be completed if the acquirer receives positive responses from the holders of at least 95% of the issued share capital. Completion of the tender offer also requires approval of a majority of the offerees that do not have a personal interest in the tender offer, unless at least 98% of the company’s outstanding shares are tendered. Furthermore, the shareholders, including those who indicated their acceptance of the tender offer (unless the acquirer stipulated in its tender offer that a shareholder that accepts the offer may not seek appraisal rights), may, at any time within six months following the completion of the tender offer, petition an Israeli court to alter the consideration for the acquisition. See “Item 10B. Memorandum and Articles of Association—Acquisitions under Israeli Law” for additional information.

Further, Israeli tax considerations may make potential transactions undesirable to us or to some of our shareholders whose country of residence does not have a tax treaty with Israel granting tax relief to such shareholders from Israeli tax. For example, Israeli tax law does not recognize tax-free share exchanges to the same extent as U.S. tax law. With respect to mergers, Israeli tax law allows for tax deferral in certain circumstances but makes the deferral contingent on the fulfillment of a number of conditions, including, in some cases, a holding period of two years from the date of the transaction during which sales and dispositions of shares of the participating companies are subject to certain restrictions. Moreover, with respect to certain share swap transactions, the tax deferral is limited in time, and when such time expires, the tax becomes payable even if no disposition of the shares has occurred.

Certain U.S. shareholders may be subject to adverse tax consequences if we are characterized as “Controlled Foreign Corporation.”

Each “Ten Percent Shareholder” in a non-U.S. corporation that is classified as a “controlled foreign corporation,” or a CFC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes generally is required to include in income for U.S. federal tax purposes such Ten Percent Shareholder’s pro rata share of the CFC’s “Subpart F income” and investment of earnings in U.S. property, even if the CFC has made no distributions to its shareholders. A non-U.S. corporation generally will be classified as a CFC for U.S. federal income tax purposes if Ten Percent Shareholders own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of either the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of such corporation entitled to vote or of the total value of the stock of such corporation. A “Ten Percent Shareholder” is a U.S. person (as defined by the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), who owns or is considered to own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote of such corporation. The determination of CFC status is complex and includes attribution rules, the application of which is not entirely certain.

 

43


Table of Contents

We do not believe that we were a CFC for the taxable year ended December 31, 2014 or that we are currently a CFC. It is possible, however, that a shareholder treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes will acquire, directly or indirectly, enough shares to be treated as a Ten Percent Shareholder after application of the constructive ownership rules and, together with any other Ten Percent Shareholders of our company, cause us to be treated as a CFC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We believe that certain of our shareholders are Ten Percent Shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Holders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the potential adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences of becoming a Ten Percent Shareholder in a CFC.

We expect to be classified as a passive foreign investment company, and our U.S. shareholders may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result.

Generally, if, for any taxable year, at least 75% of our gross income is passive income, or at least 50% of the value of our assets is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income, including cash, we would be characterized as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes. For purposes of these tests, passive income includes dividends, interest, and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties which are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. If we are characterized as a PFIC, our U.S. shareholders may suffer adverse tax consequences, including having gains realized on the sale of our ordinary shares treated as ordinary income, rather than capital gain, the loss of the preferential rate applicable to dividends received on our ordinary shares by individuals who are U.S. holders, and having interest charges apply to distributions by us and the proceeds of share sales. See “Item 10E. Taxation—Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations.”

Our status as a PFIC may also depend, in part, on how quickly we utilize our funds in our business. Since PFIC status depends on the composition of our income and the composition and value of our assets (which, assuming we are not a CFC for the year being tested, may be determined in large part by reference to the market value of our ordinary shares, which may be volatile) from time to time, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year. However, because we had no revenue-producing operations, we believe that we were a PFIC for our 2014 taxable year. Unless and until we generate sufficient revenue from active licensing and other non-passive sources and otherwise satisfy the asset test above, we expect to be treated as a PFIC.

 

44


Table of Contents

Item 4. Information on the Company

Corporate Information

The legal name of our company is Vascular Biogenics Ltd. and we conduct business under the name VBL Therapeutics. We were incorporated in Israel on January 27, 2000 as a company limited by shares under the name Medicard Ltd. In January 2003, we changed our name to Vascular Biogenics Ltd. Our registered and principal office is located at 6 Jonathan Netanyahu St., Or Yehuda, Israel 60376. Our service agent in the United States is located at c/o CT Corporation System, 111 8th Avenue, New York, New York 10011 and our telephone number is 972-3-6346450. Throughout this prospectus, we refer to various trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in our business. The “Vascular Biogenics” design logo, “VBL Therapeutics,” “Vascular Targeting System,” “VTS,” “Lecinoxoids,” “VB-111,” “VB-201,” and other trademarks or service marks of Vascular Biogenics Ltd. appearing in this prospectus are the property of Vascular Biogenics Ltd. We have several other registered trademarks, service marks and pending applications relating to our products. Although we have omitted the “ ® ” and “™” trademark designations for such marks in this prospectus, all rights to such trademarks are nevertheless reserved. Other trademarks and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

Emerging Growth Company

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act. Thus, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies generally. For example, we have elected not to have our independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as would otherwise be required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or SOX.

We will cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest of:

 

    December 31, 2019, which is the last day of the fiscal year in which the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering in the United States has occurred;

 

    the last day of the fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues are $1.0 billion or more;

 

    the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or

 

    the last day of any fiscal year in which the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeded $700.0 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

The JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. However, we have chosen to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

Capital Expenditures

For a discussion of our capital expenditures, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Business Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of first-in-class treatments for cancer. Our program is based on our proprietary Vascular Targeting System, or VTS, platform technology, which utilizes genetically targeted therapy to destroy newly formed, or angiogenic, blood vessels, and which we believe will allow us to develop product candidates for multiple oncology indications.

 

45


Table of Contents

Our lead product candidate, VB-111, is a gene-based biologic that we are initially developing for recurrent glioblastoma, or rGBM, an aggressive form of brain cancer. We have obtained fast track designation for VB-111 in the United States for prolongation of survival in patients with glioblastoma that has recurred following treatment with standard chemotherapy and radiation. We have also received orphan drug designation in both the United States and Europe. The FDA has concurred with the design and planned analyses of our Phase 3 pivotal trial of VB-111 in rGBM pursuant to a special protocol assessment, or SPA. We intend to begin this trial in mid-2015, after successfully satisfying the FDA regarding the potency release assay to be used in the trial.

We also have been conducting a program targeting anti-inflammatory diseases, based on the use of our Lecinoxoid platform technology. Lecinoxoids are a novel class of small molecules we developed that are structurally and functionally similar to naturally occurring molecules known to modulate inflammation. As we reported in February 2015, the lead product candidate from this program, VB-201, recently failed to meet the primary endpoint in Phase 2 clinical trials for psoriasis and for ulcerative colitis. As a result, we have terminated our development of VB-201 in those indications. We are currently evaluating whether to develop VB-201 in atherosclerosis or other indications, and we continue to investigate other potential Lecinoxoids for development as well, but in the near term we intend to focus substantially all of our efforts and resources on advancing our oncology program.

We are developing our lead oncology product candidate, VB-111, for solid tumor indications, with current clinical programs in rGBM, thyroid cancer and ovarian cancer. In interim analyses of data from our ongoing open-label Phase 2 clinical trial of VB-111 in rGBM, we observed dose-dependent attenuation of tumor growth and an increase in median overall survival, which is the time interval from initiation of treatment to the patient’s death. The U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, has granted VB-111 fast track designation for prolongation of survival in patients with glioblastoma that has recurred following treatment with temozolomide, a chemotherapeutic agent commonly used to treat newly diagnosed glioblastoma, and radiation. On July 1, 2014, the FDA concurred with the design and planned analyses of our Phase 3 pivotal trial of VB-111 in rGBM pursuant to an SPA. At the time, commencement of the trial was subject to our providing the agency with more information regarding our potency release assay for the trial. We developed this assay and submitted initial information to the FDA on May 26, 2014. On February 5, 2015 the FDA has found our data satisfactory and removed the partial hold. Therefore, we intend to begin our Phase 3 pivotal trial of VB-111 in rGBM in mid-2015, as planned. We expect to receive interim data from this trial in the second half of 2016. In addition, we are conducting a Phase 2 clinical trial of VB-111 in thyroid cancer and a Phase 1/2 clinical trial in ovarian cancer in combination with paclitaxel, a chemotherapeutic agent commonly used to treat ovarian cancer. As of February 1, 2015, we had studied VB-111 in over 166 patients and have observed it to be well-tolerated. We have been granted composition of matter patents that, together with orphan drug designations in both the United States and Europe, we believe will provide exclusivity for VB-111, if approved for marketing, until at least 2027.

We plan to leverage our platforms to develop additional therapeutics. For example, we are conducting pre-clinical studies of additional potential product candidates based on our VTS platform technology. We have also identified additional Lecinoxoid derivatives that may have increased efficacy or specificity compared to VB-201 and which may have potential for additional indications.

Our chief executive officer, Dror Harats, M.D., and our chief scientific officer, Jacob George, M.D. founded our company in 2000 based on more than 15 years of prior research in atherosclerosis, vascular biology and lipid metabolism. We have assembled a highly experienced team with extensive drug development capabilities.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become a leading biopharmaceutical company focused on discovering, developing and commercializing innovative therapeutics that leverage our proprietary VTS platform technology for oncology indications. We intend to achieve this goal by pursuing the following strategies:

 

  Pursue regulatory approval for our lead oncology compound, VB-111, for rGBM

We intend to commence a Phase 3 pivotal trial of VB-111 for rGBM in mid-2015, under our SPA with the FDA, and estimate that we will receive interim data in the second half of 2016. In order to complete this Phase 3 trial,

 

46


Table of Contents

we will need to obtain additional funding. Subject to our ability to raise such funding, we expect to complete the trial in the second half of 2017. The timing of this data will depend on overall survival of the patients in the trial. If we receive positive data from the trial, we expect to promptly submit a Biologics License Application, or BLA, to the FDA seeking approval of VB-111 for the treatment of rGBM in the United States.

 

  Expand indications for VB-111

We believe VB-111 has the potential for applications in other solid tumors in addition to rGBM. We are therefore conducting clinical trials in both thyroid and ovarian cancer. We may also pursue expansion of the treatment indication of VB-111 in glioblastoma beyond recurrent cases to include newly diagnosed cases if clinical data support such expansion.

 

  Selectively enter into licensing and collaboration arrangements to supplement our internal development capabilities

As we advance our pipeline of compounds, we will evaluate opportunities to selectively form collaborative alliances to expand our capabilities and product offerings into other therapeutic areas and potentially accelerate the development and commercialization of our products. We engage in conversations with third parties to evaluate such potential collaborations on an ongoing basis.

 

  Expand our manufacturing capacity to support clinical trials and commercialization of VB-111

We currently manufacture clinical quantities of VB-111 at our facility in Israel and through a third party in the United States. Subject to obtaining additional financing, we intend to construct a large-scale manufacturing facility that would enable us to manufacture commercial quantities of VB-111, if it receives regulatory approval, and potentially other product candidates.

 

  Leverage our platform technologies to develop therapeutics targeting a broad range of diseases

In addition to expanding the indications for our current lead compound, we intend to explore the development of other compounds derived from our VTS and Lecinoxoid platform technologies. For example, we intend to continue our development of a compound generated through our VTS platform technology that we have initially targeted at ischemia- related indications. In addition, we continue to investigate other Lecinoxoid derivatives that may demonstrate pre-clinical evidence of activity in various inflammatory and inflammatory- derived conditions.

Our Product Candidates and Technology

The following table summarizes the status of our lead product candidate, VB-111:

 

LOGO

 

47


Table of Contents

Our VTS Platform

Overview

Our innovative, proprietary VTS platform technology enables systemic administration of gene therapy to either destroy or promote angiogenic blood vessels. VTS is both tissue- and condition-specific, allowing for targeted and limited gene expression in endothelial cells, the thin layer of cells that lines the interior surface of blood vessels undergoing angiogenesis.

Our VTS platform technology comprises three components, a viral vector, a promoter and a transgene:

1. Viral vector—a modified virus that is used as a delivery vehicle to distribute the promoter and the transgene throughout the body.

2. Promoter—our proprietary, genetically modified promoter, called PPE-1-3X, that specifically targets the endothelial cells of angiogenic blood vessels. When present in these cells, the promoter initiates the expression of the transgene.

3. Transgene—a genetic sequence designed to yield a specific biologic effect, the expression of which is directed by PPE-1-3X. The particular transgene will vary depending on the therapeutic objectives of the product candidate.

Once the gene therapy has reached the angiogenic blood vessels, the PPE-1-3X promoter activates expression of the transgene to produce a desired protein in the endothelial cells of those vessels. For oncology applications, the transgene selected is designed to destroy angiogenic blood vessels that feed solid tumors. For other potential applications, such as the treatment of ischemia, a different transgene can be selected that is designed to promote the development of angiogenic blood vessels instead of their destruction.

VB-111

We designed VB-111 to address oncology indications, specifically solid tumors, by selectively targeting the blood vessels required for tumor growth and encouraging the programmed cell-death process, or apoptosis, of cells in those blood vessels. VB-111 is administered intravenously. PPE-1-3X is activated specifically in angiogenic endothelial cells and regulates a transgene consisting of a combination of two gene sequences known as Fas and TNFR1. When expressed, the transgene produces a unique pro-apoptotic protein, the Fas-TNFR1 chimera, that interacts with a native inflammatory molecule, Tumor Necrosis Factor, or TNF- a , and results in the destruction of newly formed or immature blood vessels. When activated by PPE-1-3X, specifically in angiogenic endothelial cells, this combination enables VB-111 to reduce tumor growth in a highly targeted manner. In addition, our pre-clinical studies suggest that there may be a local immune inflammatory response to the presence of the viral vector and the Fas-TNFR1 chimera that may contribute to the efficacy of VB-111.

 

48


Table of Contents

VB-111’s mechanism of action is illustrated below:

 

 

LOGO

VB-111’s mechanism of action is focused on inducing self-suicide program in gnomically wild-type vascular endothelial cells, which are turning angiogenic-proliferative due to the tumor environment. By working on the blood vessels, the VB-111 mechanism of action is essentially independent of tumor-specific mutations, such as the EGFRvIII mutation which characterizes a subset of rGBM tumors. We believe that this mode of action makes VB-111 less susceptible to resistance and, therefore, potentially applicable for a broader patient population than current therapies.

We have conducted pre-clinical studies in animal models of lung cancer, colon cancer, thyroid cancer, rGBM and melanoma. Based on those studies, and clinical results to date, we believe that VB-111 has anti-angiogenic activity that may hold clinical promise and may be suitable for treatment of rGBM. We also decided to focus on rGBM as our first indication because we expect the rapid kinetics of this disease will enable us to accumulate clinical data in a short time and, therefore, may facilitate development of VB-111 for this and other indications.

VB-111 Clinical Programs

We initially studied VB-111 in a Phase 1 “all comers” trial involving patients with multiple types of advanced metastatic cancer. In that trial, VB-111 was well-tolerated and showed a dose- dependent extension in median overall survival across a range of tumor types. Based on these results, we decided to proceed with the development of VB-111 for the lead indication of rGBM, as well as to investigate VB-111 as a monotherapy for the treatment of thyroid cancer and, in combination with chemotherapy, for ovarian cancer. We have an open IND for VB-111 with the Office of Cellular, Tissue, and Gene Therapeutics within FDA’s Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research.

VB-111 for rGBM

Glioblastoma—Background

According to a study published in the New England Journal of Medicine in 2008, glioblastoma affects approximately 10,000 newly diagnosed people each year in the United States. It is a devastating, rapidly progressing tumor, with a median time from diagnosis to the patient’s death of 12 to 15 months. Glioblastoma primarily affects young adults.

In newly diagnosed glioblastoma, the standard of care consists of triple therapy—surgery, radiation and chemotherapy. Glioblastoma is difficult to treat due to several complicating factors. For example, in some cases,

 

49


Table of Contents

the location of the tumor makes it ineligible for surgery. In other cases, available therapies are limited due to neuro-toxicity, drug resistance, and difficulty in crossing the blood—brain barrier to act on the tumor. Even with triple therapy, virtually all patients suffer recurrence, typically within six to seven months of diagnosis, and median survival from time of recurrence is six months.

When glioblastoma recurs, current first-line treatment consists of both symptomatic and palliative therapies. Symptomatic therapy for rGBM focuses on relieving symptoms and improving neurologic function. The primary symptomatic therapies are anticonvulsants and corticosteroids. Palliative treatment usually is conducted to improve quality of life and to achieve a longer survival time. It includes surgery, if possible, as the first stage, and then radiation therapy and chemotherapy in an effort to suppress and slow disease progression. In addition, in May 2009, the FDA granted accelerated approval to bevacizumab, which is an angiogenesis inhibitor, to treat patients with rGBM at progression after standard first-line therapy. Nevertheless, with currently available therapies, glioblastoma typically remains fatal within a very short period of time.

VB-111 was granted orphan designation for treatment of malignant glioma by the FDA, and for treatment of glioma in Europe. Glioblastoma is a subset of glioma.

Phase 2 Single-Arm Open-Label Multicenter Trial of VB-111 in Patients with rGBM

We are conducting an open-label Phase 2 trial in rGBM, which we originally initiated as an adaptive Phase 1/2 trial. The trial is intended to evaluate the safety and efficacy of VB-111, both by itself and in combination with bevacizumab. In this trial, patients are initially dosed with VB-111 alone. After disease progression on VB-111 alone, they receive a combination of VB-111 and bevacizumab. Disease progression is defined as a worsening of the patient’s cancer with an increase of at least 25% in the overall mass of measurable tumors, the appearance of new tumors, the worsening of non-measurable tumors since beginning of treatment, a need for an increased dose of corticosteroids or clinical deterioration. As of February 1, 2015, 62 patients had been treated with VB-111, 23 of whom received the combination of VB-111 with bevacizumab after progression on VB-111 alone.

We are conducting this trial in the United States and Israel as a dose-escalating trial to assess the safety, tolerability and efficacy of single or multiple doses of VB-111 in patients with rGBM.

The primary efficacy endpoint of this trial is overall survival. Secondary efficacy endpoints are (1) progression free survival, which is the time interval from the initiation of treatment to the time the patient’s disease worsens or the patient dies, (2) event free survival, which is the time interval from the initiation of treatment to the time the patient’s disease worsens, the patient dies or the patient discontinues the trial due to toxicity, and (3) tumor response, which is the proportion of patients who have regression in the tumor size or stabilization of tumor growth according to standard imaging-based criteria known as the Revised Assessment in Neuro- Oncology, or RANO, criteria. Safety is assessed by monitoring adverse events and changes in vital signs through physical exams, electrocardiograms and analysis of laboratory results.

Patients were treated in four dose-escalating cohorts, ranging from 1x10e12 to 1x10e13 viral particles, or VPs, with the highest dose, 1x10e13 VPs, being considered the therapeutic dose, and amounts below this level being considered low doses. Dose-limiting toxicity was monitored at each dose level before introducing a higher dose.

For each cohort, the first patient was treated and monitored for a minimum of 28 days. If no dose-limiting toxicity was observed, another two patients were treated in that cohort. Once all three patients were observed for a minimum of 28 days without dose-limiting toxicity, the trial proceeded with continued dosing, if appropriate.

Enrollment has been completed in this trial across two phase, including a total of 62 patients. The first phase, which included cohorts 1-3 enrolled total of 16 patients in escalating doses of less than 10e13 viral particles, and no dose- limiting toxicities were observed. The second phase, which included cohort 4, enrolled 46 patients at

 

50


Table of Contents

multiple bi-monthly dosing with the therapeutic dose. As of November 2014, twenty three out of the cohort 4 patients who suffered disease progression after receiving VB-111 alone, were enrolled in the extension phase of the trial and received a combination dose of VB-111 with bevacizumab. As of February 1, 2015 there were still 23 patients who received a combination of VB-111 with bevacizumab. There have been no dose-limiting toxicity concerns with the combination therapy. The graphic below illustrates the design of the trial.

 

LOGO

62 patients were enrolled in 4 Medical Centers: CTRC (TX), DFCI (MA), Duke (NC), TASMC (Israel)

Safety Profile

To date, we have observed no signs of significant safety issues in this trial. The most frequent individual adverse events have been flu-like symptoms, including fever and chills. These symptoms occurred on the day of treatment at approximately six hours after infusion, were transient, mostly resolved on the same day and were controlled with anti-fever medications.

As of February 1, 2015, 27 serious adverse events, or SAEs, had occurred among the 67 patients dosed. However, 22 of these were considered unrelated to VB-111. Five patients had a total of five SAEs considered possibly related to VB-111 and one of these events occurred in a patient who had received combination therapy. The possible treatment-related SAEs included two cases of thrombosis, fever accompanied by worsening weakness, confusion post dosing, swelling around the tumor causing weakness and pneumonia, all of which resolved.

Interim Efficacy Assessment

Following the first stage of the trial in which patients received sub-therapeutic doses and safety was confirmed, next, patients got a therapeutic dose regimen of VB-111 at 10e13 VPs every 2 months. At progression, patients continued to receive bevacizumab off study. Finally, the study was amended so that at progression on VB-111 monotherapy, patients continue with combined VB-111 and bevacizumab. The rational was to provide further exposure to VB-111 and to explore potential synergism. Once the amendment was implemented at each site, most patients continued with the combination upon progression.

 

51


Table of Contents

In order to explore the efficacy of the combination regimen, in March 2015 we performed a current interim analysis which compared patients who received bevacizumab alone after progression on VB-111 monotherapy, in a “sequential regimen”, to those who after progression on VB-111 monotherapy received bevacizumab combined with continued VB-111, termed “combination regimen”.

As of March 24, 2015, our interim Phase 2 data include 46 patients with rGBM. VB-111 monotherapy was discontinued upon progression in 22 patients who were then treated with bevacizumab alone. The remaining 24 patients, upon disease progression on VB-111 monotherapy, could elect to receive further treatment with VB-111 in combination with bevacizumab. Twenty three have received combined therapy; one patient remains stable on VB-111 monotherapy at 424 days. VB-111 in combination with bevacizumab demonstrated a statistically significant improvement in overall survival, with median overall survival of 414 days, compared to 235 days in patients on VB-111 followed by bevacizumab alone (p=0.05). Although these data are not fully mature, they are statistically significant.

The Company believes that this statistically significant increase in overall survival potentially resulted from either increased exposure to VB-111 and/or a synergistic effect of VB-111 combined with bevacizumab, and supports the design of VBL’s pivotal Phase 3 study, set to begin in mid-2015 under a special protocol assessment agreement granted by the FDA.

Phase 1 “All Comers” Trial

We conducted our Phase 1 “all comers” clinical trial of VB-111 in the United States as an open-label, dose-escalating trial to assess the safety and pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of VB-111 in 56 patients with advanced metastatic cancer. Pharmacokinetics refers to the process by which a drug is distributed and metabolized in the body and pharmacodynamics refers to the biochemical and physiological effects of a drug on the body. The trial was performed at multiple centers and was initiated as a single dose trial. Following prolonged stability, a partial response, or both, in several patients after treatment with a single dose, in order to further investigate the safety of repeat administrations of VB-111 at potentially efficacious doses, we enrolled patients into two additional dose cohorts who received multiple therapeutic doses of VB-111 in two specific tumor types.

The primary objectives for this trial were to evaluate safety and to find the maximum tolerated dose or maximum feasible dose of VB-111. Secondary objectives of the trial were to assess the pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic profile of VB-111 and to document any clinical responses and evaluate any changes in biological indicators of angiogenesis that may have occurred in response to VB-111 treatment.

Patients were treated in seven dose-escalating single dose cohorts, ranging from low doses in Cohorts 1 through 6 to the therapeutic dose in Cohort 7, with dose-limiting toxicity monitoring at each dose level before introducing a higher dose. We closed recruitment for this trial in May 2013. However, there remain two active patients who continue to receive treatment. The most frequent tumor types were colorectal adenocarcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, carcinoid/neuroendocrine, non-small cell lung cancer, thyroid cancer, melanoma and sarcoma. All patients had tumors at an advanced stage and most had previously received multiple lines of tumor therapy. We observed statistically significant improved overall survival in the VB-111 therapeutic dose cohort as compared to other cohorts, with a p-value of 0.001, as shown in the graph below. In addition, there was a trend of improvement in the progression free survival rate in response to VB-111, with median time to progression of 31, 55 and 121 days, respectively, in Cohorts 1 through 5, Cohort 6 and Cohort 7.

 

52


Table of Contents

Overall Survival in Single-Dose “All Comers” Trial

 

 

LOGO

No signs of significant safety issues or treatment-related SAEs have occurred in any of the nine total cohorts and, therefore, the therapeutic dose level was not considered the maximum tolerated dose.

Development Plan for Phase 3 Clinical Trial of VB-111 for rGBM

In July 2013, we held an end-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA. On July 1, 2014, pursuant to our request for an SPA, the FDA issued a concurrence with the design and planned analyses of our Phase 3 pivotal trial of VB-111 for rGBM, a randomized, controlled, double-arm, open-label multi-center trial of VB-111 with a primary endpoint of increased overall survival. Based on our Phase 2 interim analyses which demonstrated increased overall survival in rGBM, an orphan disease with unmet need, we are in the process of recruiting sites and investigators for the Phase 3 trial, which is not contingent upon the conclusion of the ongoing Phase 2 trial in rGBM, and we expect that the trial will involve approximately 250 patients. However, as is customary in clinical programs for biologics entering Phase 3 trials, prior to initiating the trial we were required to submit to the FDA a potency test, known as a potency assay or bioassay, for the release of the batches intended for the phase 3 trial. On July 2014, Concomitant to granting us the SPA, the FDA has placed our Phase 3 clinical trial on “partial clinical hold” until we have demonstrated the characteristics of this potency assay to the FDA’s satisfaction. On February 2015, the FDA has determined that VBL may proceed with its pivotal Phase 3 trial in patients with recurrent glioblastoma (rGBM) and removed the clinical hold on the trial, allowing the trial to proceed under a previously agreed upon special protocol assessment (SPA). We intend to commence the Phase 3 pivotal trial in in mid-2015 and expect interim data to be available in the second half of 2016. In order to complete this Phase 3 trial, we will need to obtain additional funding. Subject to our ability to raise such funding, we expect final data to be available in the second half of 2017. However, the end of the trial will not occur until the death of a specified number of patients, which may be sooner or later than we currently expect.

The FDA granted fast track designation for the investigation of VB-111 for prolongation of survival in patients with glioblastoma that has recurred following treatment with temozolomide and radiation. The graphic below illustrates the anticipated design of this trial.

 

53


Table of Contents

Anticipated Design of Phase 3 Pivotal Trial for VB-111 in rGBM

 

 

LOGO

VB-111 for Other Indications

Based on the results in the Phase 1 “all comers” clinical trial, we have advanced VB-111 into tumor specific, repeat-dose trials including an open-label Phase 2 clinical trial in thyroid cancer. We are conducting an additional, Phase 1/2 clinical trial in ovarian cancer, which combines VB-111 therapy with paclitaxel, a common chemotherapeutic agent used to treat ovarian cancer.

VB-111 for Thyroid Cancer

Thyroid cancer occurs in the thyroid gland, a hormone-producing organ at the base of the neck that regulates heart rate, blood pressure, body temperature and weight. According to the National Cancer Institute, there are an estimated 535,000 people currently living with thyroid cancer in the United States, with an estimated 60,000 new cases each year and an estimated 1,850 annual deaths as a result of the disease.

The type of treatment depends on the cancer cell type, tumor size and severity of the disease. First-line treatment is surgical removal of the thyroid gland, by thyroidectomy, with or without lymph node removal, and is recommended for most patients. Treatment with radioactive iodine after surgery to destroy any remaining thyroid tissue may be recommended for more advanced disease. If radioactive iodine is ineffective, other treatments are prescribed, such as radiation, percutaneous ethanol injection therapy and systemic chemotherapy.

VB-111 for Thyroid Cancer—Rationale

Our Phase 1 “all comers” trial described above included two patients with thyroid cancer, both of whom appeared to respond to VB-111 treatment. Responses included reduction in the tumor size in one patient, and in both patients a reduction in the blood levels of hormones secreted by these tumors, which correlates to the tumor size. These preliminary observations suggested that VB-111 may hold promise for treatment of thyroid cancer.

Phase 2 Clinical Trial of VB-111 in Thyroid Cancer

We are conducting an exploratory Phase 2 clinical trial in the United States as an open-label, dose- escalating trial to assess the safety and efficacy of single or multiple doses of VB-111 in patients with advanced, recently progressive differentiated thyroid cancer that is unresponsive to radioactive iodine.

 

54


Table of Contents

This trial was initiated as a single dose trial, treating patients with a low dose of VB-111. Following prolonged stability, a partial response, or both, in several patients after treatment with a single dose, the trial protocol was amended to treat patients with multiple therapeutic doses of VB-111 until disease progression.

The primary objectives of this trial are (1) to evaluate the safety of single and multiple doses of VB-111 in patients with advanced differentiated thyroid cancer and (2) to evaluate the response to treatment with VB-111 in patients with advanced differentiated thyroid cancer. Additional exploratory objectives of this trial are to assess the pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic profile of VB-111 and to undertake exploratory evaluation of changes in biological indicators of cancer in response to VB-111 treatment.

The primary efficacy endpoints of this trial are (1) the proportion of patients who have achieved an objective response, which can be either a partial or complete response, to VB-111 up to six months after the initial dose, and (2) the proportion of patients with progression free survival at six months. Secondary efficacy endpoints include (1) the proportion of patients with stable disease, (2) objective response at six months after the initial dose of VB-111, (3) when clinically relevant, changes in thyroglobulin levels in response to treatment and (4) overall survival.

As of December 2014, thirty patients enrolled in the open label, dose-escalating study, most of whom had failed on several therapeutic lines, including tyrosine kinase inhibitors, prior to enrollment. Thirteen patients received a sub-therapeutic single dose of VB-111 at 3X10e12 VPs and seventeen received VB-111 at 10e13 VPs every two months until disease progression.

Analysis performed in December 2014 showed that six patients (35%) in the therapeutic dose cohort (n=17) met the primary endpoint of 6-month progression-free survival using Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors (RECIST), compared to three patients (23%) in the low dose cohort (n=13). VB-111 was well-tolerated in both stages of this study, with no signs of clinically significant safety issues.

The company will continue to follow the patients and shall provide a full Phase 2 report by the end of the first half of 2016. Due to current its focus on GBM, the company wishes to pursue further clinical development of VB-111 for thyroid cancer with a strategic partner.

VB-111 for Ovarian Cancer

In 2013, ovarian cancer was diagnosed in approximately 22,000 American women, according to the National Cancer Institute, and it is the leading cause of death for cancers of the female reproduction system, according to the U.S. Centers for Disease Control. The disease is often not diagnosed until it is advanced because it is difficult to detect at earlier stages. Treatment typically includes surgery and chemotherapy.

When initially diagnosed, the most prescribed chemotherapy drugs are carboplatin, cisplatin and paclitaxel. Ovarian cancer is usually treated with more than one medication or therapy, or combination therapy, to both promote efficacy and reduce toxicity.

In addition to Avastin, a number of companies are conducting clinical trials to test targeted drugs focused on angiogenesis inhibition for the treatment of ovarian cancer, including, among others, Amgen’s trebananib, Boehringer Ingelheim’s nintedanib and GlaxoSmithKline’s Votrient, but none have yet been approved in the United States or Europe.

VB-111 for Ovarian Cancer—Rationale

Clinical trials testing bevacizumab have demonstrated some improvement in progression free survival in women with high-risk advanced ovarian cancer, suggesting that anti-angiogenic therapy may be beneficial. To assess whether VB-111 could play a role in different combination regimens, by inducing either additive or synergistic affects, we conducted pre-clinical studies of VB-111 in combination with other anti-angiogenic drugs and

 

55


Table of Contents

different chemotherapies. In one study, the addition of VB-111 to paclitaxel chemotherapy increased anti-tumor activity, without increasing toxicity, which suggests that VB-111 may have an additive or synergistic effect when used in a combination therapy with paclitaxel.

Phase 1/2 Clinical Trial of VB-111 in Ovarian Cancer

This is a Phase 1/2 investigator-initiated clinical trial under VBL’s IND, which is conducted as an open- label, dose-escalating trial to assess the safety and efficacy of bi-monthly doses of VB-111 in combination with weekly paclitaxel in patients with recurrent epithelial ovarian cancer.

Patients are treated in three dose-escalating cohorts, with dose-limiting toxicity monitoring at each dose level before introducing a higher dose.

The primary objectives of this trial are (1) to define toxicities of a limited number of doses, spanning anticipated effective doses, of VB-111 in combination with weekly paclitaxel and (2) to explore efficacy in an expanded cohort of the highest dose of VB-111 that is well tolerated, in combination with weekly paclitaxel.

The secondary objective of this trial is to explore predictive markers of toxicity and response. The preliminary results of this trial are expected by the second half of 2015. As of February 1, 2015, fourteen patients had been dosed in this trial in three cohorts with escalating doses, up to the highest anticipated therapeutic dose of VB-111, every two months, together with weekly therapeutic doses of paclitaxel. There have been no dose limiting toxicities observed. The trial is expected to proceed to the expansion cohort of up to 29 patients. The data and safety monitoring board overseeing the trial has reviewed the safety data from the trial and to date has expressed no safety concerns.

Our Lecinoxoid Platform

Overview

Until recently, a substantial portion of our resources and efforts went into the development of our proprietary Lecinoxoid platform. Lecinoxoids are orally administered small molecules designed to modulate the body’s inflammatory response. They are structurally and functionally similar to naturally occurring molecules, known as oxidized phospholipids, which possess immune modulating anti-inflammatory properties, modified to enhance stability and activity.

 

 

LOGO

VB-201

Our lead Lecinoxoid-based compound, VB-201, was designed as an oral agent for the control of chronic inflammatory disorders. It was clinically developed for psoriasis and ulcerative colitis, however our recent Phase

 

56


Table of Contents

2 data do not support further development for these indications. We believe that VB-201 may still have potential in other disorders such as atherosclerosis, but further evaluation is necessary and our primary focus in the near term will be on our oncology program.

VB-201 Clinical Programs

We have investigated VB-201 in five Phase 1 clinical trials involving a total of 147 healthy volunteers and two exploratory Phase 2 trials in which it was administered to over 300 patients with moderate to severe psoriasis or high levels of hsCRP, an inflammatory marker. The Phase 1 clinical trials and the Phase 2 trial in psoriasis patients were conducted pursuant to our two U.S. INDs. The Phase 2 trial in patients with high levels of hsCRP was conducted in the United Kingdom pursuant to a clinical trial authorization there. We recently completed two additional Phase 2 trials with VB-201 assessing VB-201’s efficacy in treating psoriasis and ulcerative colitis. Both of these trials were conducted in Europe and Israel pursuant to authorizations from regulatory agencies there.

VB-201 was safe and well-tolerated in all of its clinical trials, with no drug-related serious adverse events. However, as described below in the most recent Phase 2 clinical trials of VB-201 in psoriasis and ulcerative colitis, the drug failed to meet the study’s primary endpoint.

Phase 2 Clinical Trial for VB-201 in Psoriasis

In November 2012, we commenced a second Phase 2 clinical trial of VB-201 in patients with moderate to severe plaque psoriasis. This was a double blind, parallel group, randomized trial with patients participating in the trial for approximately 32 weeks: up to four weeks for screening and establishment of baseline, followed by 16 weeks of blinded treatment with daily dose administration of VB-201 at 80 mg or 160 mg (80 mg twice a day) or of placebo, followed by eight additional weeks of active treatment when patients initially receiving placebo receive daily doses of 160 mg of VB-201, followed by four weeks of follow up. Dosing was determined based on data from a prior clinical trial suggesting that VB-201 was well tolerated at doses of 80 mg twice a day.

This trial was conducted in Europe and Israel. We have recently completed the trial, which enrolled of a total of 194 patients with moderate to severe psoriasis. The trial’s primary endpoint was the proportion of patients in the 160 mg/day treatment group who achieve at least 50% improvement in the PASI score at week 16, compared to the proportion of patients in the placebo group who had the same measurement. In a second stage, the same endpoint was assessed at 24 weeks of therapy. Secondary endpoints included changes in PGA and PtGA scores.

In February 2015, we reported top-line data from this study. No effect of VB-201 compared to placebo was observed on the primary or secondary endpoints at either dose level tested. The PASI 50 for VB-201 patients was 26.4% at 16 weeks and 34% at 24 weeks, with no significant difference between the 80 mg and 160 mg dose cohorts. The placebo PASI 50 at week 16 was 38%. These findings indicate that VB-201 did not meet the primary endpoint of the trial.

VB-201 Phase 2 Trial in Ulcerative Colitis

Our Phase 2 trial of VB-201 in ulcerative colitis was a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial with 24 weeks of daily oral administration of VB-201, taken at 80 mg for two weeks followed by 160 mg (80 mg twice a day) for ten weeks, or a placebo. Following the initial twelve-week period, there was a twelve-week extension phase in which patients who received a placebo are switched to 160 mg of VB-201 and others continued the same therapy.

The study evaluated 112 patients with mild to moderate ulcerative colitis. The primary endpoint of the study was disease remission at weeks 12 and 24.

In February 2015, we reported top-line data from this study. No statistically significant effect of VB-201 was observed compared to placebo on the primary or secondary endpoints. Remission rate for VB-201 was 10.5% at

 

57


Table of Contents

12 weeks and 22.8% at 24 weeks, a meaningful improvement over week 12 (p=0.02). However, remission rate for the placebo arm was 15.1% at 12 weeks. The 7.7% difference of VB-201 over placebo was not statistically significant.

Potential for VB-201 in Atherosclerosis

Although based on the clinical results described above we have discontinued development of VB-201 for psoriasis and ulcerative colitis, based on the early clinical work described below, we believe VB-201 may have potential for the treatment of atherosclerosis.

Sub-Study of VB-201 in Psoriasis Patients with Cardiovascular Risk Factors

Rationale

The association between psoriasis and occlusive cardiovascular events has been well established. Multiple studies have reported that patients with psoriasis are at a higher risk of myocardial infarction, or MI, and stroke. Vascular inflammation has been reported to be increased in patients with moderate to severe psoriasis using PET-CT imaging technologies.

Psoriasis is also associated with a specific type of inflammatory arthritis, and markers of inflammation such as C-reactive protein have been shown to be elevated in patients with psoriasis. Therefore, psoriasis could be viewed as a systemic inflammatory disease that increases vascular inflammation potentially leading to MI and stroke. This association suggests that systemic treatments for psoriasis might either increase or decrease the risks of MI and stroke.

Clinical Findings

In 2011 we completed an exploratory double-blind, placebo-controlled Phase 2 trial evaluating safety and establishing dosage of VB-201 in patients with psoriasis. This trial also included a sub-study of psoriasis patients with cardiovascular risk factors measuring the effects of VB-201 on arterial inflammation related to atherosclerosis, or hardening of the arteries. As part of this sub-study, we also studied the effects of VB-201 on biomarkers of inflammation in psoriasis patients on high-dose statin therapy. Included in the sub-study were 47 psoriasis patients with cardiovascular risk factors. The inflammation of blood vessels related to atherosclerosis was measured using a PET-CT scan, which detects the increased metabolic rate in the inflamed vessel walls with active atherosclerotic plaques. In this study, 83% of these patients were found to have evidence of inflammation in the vascular wall related to atherosclerosis, based on a PET-CT scan.

Arterial FDG uptake correlates with the burden of cardiovascular risk factors, is elevated after recent atherothrombotic events, and may predict future atherothrombotic risk.

The primary endpoint in this sub-study was the change from baseline at week 12 in the level of inflammation, as measured by an inflammation index at the most diseased vessel location in the carotid arteries and aortic arch in the neck and chest, respectively. The primary endpoint was met, with a statistically significant reduction of 12.7% in vessel inflammation in the 80 mg/day treatment group, with a p-value of 0.04. This compared to a 4.0% reduction from baseline in the placebo group, a 7.3% reduction in the 20 mg/day VB-201 treatment group and a 9.8% reduction in the combined VB-201 treatment groups. These results are illustrated in the following graph.

 

58


Table of Contents

Reduction in Vascular Inflammation from Baseline in Psoriasis Patients with Cardiovascular Risk Factors

 

LOGO

Reductions in vessel inflammation also occurred in 12 of the patients in the VB-201 treatment groups in this sub-study who were taking concomitant statins as part of their pre- study medications, which were continued during the trial. An 18.5% mean reduction in vessel inflammation from baseline occurred in these patients. We believe this may suggest that VB-201 may be additive to the effect of statins in decreasing vessel inflammation.

The results obtained in the sub-study are comparable to those seen in a third party trial of patients with moderate to severe psoriasis treated for 16 weeks with adalimumab (marketed as Humira, a widely used injectable anti-inflammatory biologic), which reduced vascular inflammation by 12% in the most diseased vessel of the ascending aorta and carotid arteries. The results of the adalimumab trial were published side-by-side with our sub-study results in 2012 by the American Academy of Dermatology.

Next Generation Lecinoxoid Product Candidates

We have developed second and third generations of Lecinoxoid product candidates. Some of our molecules are at a preliminary stage of in vitro testing, while other candidates have been advanced to pre-clinical models and are currently being studied for efficacy and safety. Our preclinical results indicate that several molecules that we are developing may offer higher potency or mechanistic selectivity compared to VB-201. We are evaluating the data for these candidates, in order to decide on our next steps. We may explore further development of next generation Lecinoxoids for indications such as Atherosclerosis or Fibrosis.

Intellectual Property

Our success depends, at least in part, on our ability to protect our proprietary technology and intellectual property, and to operate without infringing or violating the proprietary rights of others. We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, trade secret and copyright laws, know- how, intellectual property licenses and other contractual rights, including confidentiality and invention assignment agreements to protect our intellectual property rights.

Patents

As of February 6, 2015, we had 134 granted patents and 58 applications pending worldwide for our oncology program and VTS platform technology and 97 granted patents and 98 patent applications pending worldwide for our anti-inflammatory program and Lecinoxoid family of compounds.

 

59


Table of Contents

Our granted patents covering VB-111, our lead compound from our oncology program, include claims directed to composition of matter and methods of treatment, as well as combination products and therapies, such as treatment with VB-111 and chemotherapy. In addition, we hold granted patents directed to components of our proprietary PPE-1-3X promoter and pending patent applications directed to our proprietary PPE-1-3X promoter. Furthermore, we have filed patent applications with claims directed to next generation product candidates generated from our VTS platform technology, covering production, alternate concentration dosage forms, clinical regimens and methods. Our existing granted patents provide protection for VB-111 through 2023, before any potential patent term extensions.

For the Lecinoxoid platform technology, our granted patents include claims directed to VB-201, substantially pure VB-201, dosage forms comprising VB-201, methods of making VB-201 and methods of treatment using VB-201, as well as claims directed to dosage forms and methods of treatment covering combination products, such as VB-201 and statins. Our primary granted patent covering substantially pure VB-201 expires in 2027, before any potential patent term extensions. Our pending patent applications include claims directed to formulations, alternative dosing regimens and next generation product candidates.

Very recently, in January 2015, VBL was granted a new European patent covering the compound, pharmaceutical composition, and use of the Company’s second generation oral Lecinoxoids. This patent will provide intellectual property rights for VBL’s second generation molecules in validated European countries, through 2029, before any potential extensions.

Our issued patents and those that may issue in the future could be narrowed or found to be invalid or unenforceable. Any of these outcomes could limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing related products or reduce the length of term of patent protection that we may have for our products. In addition, we cannot be certain that we were the first to invent the inventions claimed in our owned patents or patent applications. Further, our competitors may circumvent our patent protection by independently developing similar technologies that are not protected by our issued patent claims such that our patents may not provide us with any meaningful competitive advantages against these competitors. Furthermore, extensive time is required for development, testing and regulatory review of a potential product before the product can be marketed. If we are unable to obtain patent term extension for part or all of the regulatory review period, then the amount of patent term remaining on earlier issued patents may be limited to a short period following regulatory approval.

Trademarks

We rely on trade names, trademarks and service marks to protect our name brands. Our registered trademarks in several countries include the following: “VTS,” “VASCULAR TARGETING SYSTEMS,” “VBL,” “VASCULAR BIOGENICS” and “VASCULAR THERAPEUTICS.”

Trade Secrets and Confidential Information

In addition to patented technology, we rely on our unpatented proprietary technology, trade secrets, processes and know-how. We rely on, among other things, confidentiality and invention assignment agreements to protect our proprietary know-how and other intellectual property that may not be patentable, or that we believe is best protected by means that do not require public disclosure. For example, we require our employees to execute confidentiality agreements in connection with their employment relationships with us, and to disclose and assign to us inventions conceived in connection with their services to us. However, there can be no assurance that these agreements will be enforceable or that they will provide us with adequate protection.

We may be unable to obtain, maintain and protect the intellectual property rights necessary to conduct our business, and may be subject to claims that we infringe or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of others, which could materially harm our business. For a more comprehensive summary of the risks related to our intellectual property, see “Risk Factors.”

 

60


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

We have not yet established sales, marketing or product distribution operations because our lead candidates are still in early clinical development.

Manufacturing

We generally perform process development for our drug substance candidates and manufacture quantities of our drug candidates necessary to conduct pre-clinical studies and clinical trials of our drug candidates. We rely on third-party manufacturers to produce bulk drug substance required for our clinical trials and expect to continue to rely on third parties to manufacture clinical trial drug supplies for the foreseeable future. We also contract with additional third parties for the formulating, labeling, packaging, storage and distribution of the final drug products.

VB-111

We manufacture the active pharmaceutical ingredient and the formulated drug product of VB-111 for the clinical development at our small-scale cGMP-compliant production facility in Israel and pursuant to an arrangement with a third party in the United States.

Subject to obtaining additional financing, we intend to establish a facility to manufacture VB-111 in Israel, which would serve as a second manufacturing site for the supply of VB-111 and enable us to comply with the restrictions of the Research Law and our undertaking to the OCS thatan essential portion of our VB-111 production, and in any event not less than the majority of VB-111 production, will remain in Israel.

Employees

As of February 1, 2015, we employed 33 employees, including 26 in research and development, and 6 in general and administrative positions, and of which 16 employees have either MDs or PhDs. All of our employees are located in Israel. We believe our employee relations are good.

Israeli labor laws govern the length of the workday, minimum wages for employees, procedures for hiring and dismissing employees, determination of severance pay, annual leave, sick days, advance notice of termination of employment, equal opportunity and anti- discrimination laws and other conditions of employment. Subject to specified exceptions, Israeli law generally requires severance pay upon the retirement, death or dismissal of an employee, and requires us and our employees to make payments to the National Insurance Institute, which is similar to the U.S. Social Security Administration. Our employees have defined benefit pension plans that comply with the applicable Israeli legal requirements.

None of our employees currently work under any collective bargaining agreements.

Property

Our corporate headquarters and research facilities are located in Or Yehuda, Israel, where we lease an aggregate of approximately 9,000 square feet of office and laboratory space, pursuant to lease agreements that expire in October 2015. This facility additionally houses our clinical development, clinical operations, regulatory and management functions.

We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our near-term needs. When our leases expire, we may exercise our renewal option or look for additional or alternate space for our operations. We believe that suitable additional or alternative space would be available if required in the future on commercially reasonable terms.

Organizational Structure

We do not have any subsidiaries.

 

61


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

We are not a party to any legal proceedings.

Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

 

62


Table of Contents

Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with “Item 3. Key Information—Selected Financial Data” and our financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results and timing of selected events may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed under “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report.

The audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 in this Annual Report have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. None of the financial information in this Annual Report has been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of first-in-class treatments for cancer. Our program is based on our proprietary Vascular Targeting System, or VTS, platform technology, which utilizes genetically targeted therapy to destroy newly formed, or angiogenic, blood vessels, and which we believe will allow us to develop product candidates for multiple oncology indications.

Our lead product candidate, VB-111, is a gene-based biologic that we are initially developing for recurrent glioblastoma, or rGBM, an aggressive form of brain cancer. We have obtained fast track designation for VB-111 in the United States for prolongation of survival in patients with glioblastoma that has recurred following treatment with standard chemotherapy and radiation. We have also received orphan drug designation in both the United States and Europe. The FDA has concurred with the design and planned analyses of our Phase 3 pivotal trial of VB-111 in rGBM pursuant to a special protocol assessment, or SPA. We intend to begin this trial in mid-2015, after successfully satisfying the FDA regarding the potency release assay to be used in the trial.

We also have been conducting a program targeting anti-inflammatory diseases based on the use of our Lecinoxoid platform technology. Lecinoxoids are a novel class of small molecules we developed that are structurally and functionally similar to naturally occurring molecules known to modulate inflammation. As we reported in February 2015, the lead product candidate from this program, VB-201, recently failed to meet the primary endpoint in Phase 2 clinical trials for psoriasis and for ulcerative colitis. As a result, we have terminated our development of VB-201 in those indications. We are currently evaluating whether to develop VB-201 for other indications, and we continue to investigate other potential Lecinoxoids for development as well, but in the near term, we intend to focus substantially all of our efforts and resources on advancing our oncology program.

We are developing our lead oncology product candidate, VB-111, for solid tumor indications, with current clinical programs in rGBM, thyroid cancer and ovarian cancer. In interim analyses of data from our ongoing open-label Phase 2 clinical trial of VB-111 in rGBM, we observed dose-dependent attenuation of tumor growth and an increase in median overall survival, which is the time interval from initiation of treatment to the patient’s death. The U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, has granted VB-111 fast track designation for prolongation of survival in patients with glioblastoma that has recurred following treatment with temozolomide, a chemotherapeutic agent commonly used to treat newly diagnosed glioblastoma, and radiation. On July 1, 2014, the FDA concurred with the design and planned analyses of our Phase 3 pivotal trial of VB-111 in rGBM pursuant to an SPA. At the time, commencement of the trial was subject to our providing the agency with more information regarding our potency release assay for the trial. We developed this assay and submitted initial information to the FDA on May 26, 2014. On February 5, 2015 the FDA has found our data satisfactory and removed the partial hold. Therefore, we intend to begin our Phase 3 pivotal trial of VB-111 in rGBM in mid-2015, as planned. We expect to receive interim data from this trial in the second half of 2016. In addition, we are conducting a Phase 2 clinical trial of VB-111 in thyroid cancer and a Phase 1/2 clinical trial in ovarian cancer in

 

63


Table of Contents

combination with paclitaxel, a chemotherapeutic agent commonly used to treat ovarian cancer. As of February 1, 2015, we had studied VB-111 in over 166 patients and have observed it to be well-tolerated. We have been granted composition of matter patents that, together with orphan drug designations in both the United States and Europe, we believe will provide exclusivity for VB-111, if approved for marketing, until at least 2027.

We plan to leverage our platforms to develop additional therapeutics. For example, we are conducting pre-clinical studies of additional potential product candidates based on our VTS platform technology. We have also identified additional Lecinoxoid derivatives that may have increased efficacy or specificity compared to VB-201 and which may have potential for additional indications.

We commenced operations in 2000, and our operations to date have been limited to organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, developing our VTS and Lecinoxoid platform technologies and developing our product candidates, including conducting pre-clinical studies and clinical trials of VB-111 and VB-201. To date, we have funded our operations through private sales of preferred shares, a convertible loan, public offering and grants from the Israeli Office of Chief Scientist, or OCS, under the Israel Encouragement of Research and Development in Industry, or the Research Law. We have no products that have received regulatory approval and accordingly have never generated revenue. Since our inception and through December 31, 2014, we had raised an aggregate of $170 million to fund our operations, of which $113.4 million was from sales of our equity securities, $40.5 from our initial public offering, or IPO, and $16.1 million from OCS grants.

Since inception, we have incurred significant losses. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, our loss was $17.4 million, $17.3 million and $12.2 million, respectively. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and losses for at least the next several years. As of December 31, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $127.2 million. Our losses may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year, depending on the timing of our clinical trials, the receipt of payments under any future collaborations we may enter into, and our expenditures on other research and development activities.

As of December 31, 2014, we had cash, cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits of $36.8 million. To fund further operations, we will need to raise additional capital. We may seek these funds through a combination of private and public equity offerings, debt financings, government grants, strategic collaborations and licensing arrangements. Additional financing may not be available when we need it or may not be available on terms that are favorable to us.

As of February 1, 2015, we had 33 employees. Our operations are located in a single facility in Or Yehuda, Israel.

Financial Overview

Revenue

To date, we have not generated any revenue. We do not expect to receive any revenue from any product candidates that we develop unless and until we obtain regulatory approval and commercialize our products or enter into collaborative agreements with third parties.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist of costs incurred for the development of both of our platform technologies and our product candidates. Those expenses include:

 

  employee-related expenses, including salaries and share-based compensation expenses for employees in research and development functions;

 

  expenses incurred in operating our laboratories and small-scale manufacturing facility;

 

  expenses incurred under agreements with CROs and investigative sites that conduct our clinical trials;

 

64


Table of Contents
  expenses relating to outsourced and contracted services, such as external laboratories, consulting and advisory services;

 

  supply, development and manufacturing costs relating to clinical trial materials;

 

  maintenance of facilities, depreciation and other expenses, which include direct and allocated expenses for rent and insurance; and

 

  costs associated with pre-clinical and clinical activities.

Research and development activities are the primary focus of our business. Product candidates in later stages of clinical development generally have higher development costs than those in earlier stages of clinical development, primarily due to the increased size and duration of later-stage clinical trials. We expect that our research and development expenses will increase in absolute dollars in future periods as we continue to invest in research and development activities related to the development of our platform technologies and product candidates.

Research expenses are recognized as incurred. An intangible asset arising from the development of our product candidates is recognized if certain capitalization conditions are met. As of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we did not have any capitalized development costs.

Costs for certain development activities are recognized based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks using information and data provided to us by our vendors and clinical sites. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services to be received in future periods for use in research and development activities are deferred and capitalized. The capitalized amounts are then expensed as the related goods are delivered and the services are performed.

We have received grants from the OCS as part of the research and development programs for our VTS and Lecinoxoid platform technologies. The requirements and restrictions for such grants are found in the Research Law. These grants are subject to repayment through future royalty payments on any products resulting from these research and development programs, including VB-111 and VB-201. Under the Research Law, royalties of 3% to 3.5% on the revenues derived from sales of products or services developed in whole or in part using these OCS grants are payable to the Israeli government. The maximum aggregate royalties paid generally cannot exceed 100% of the grants made to us, plus annual interest generally equal to the 12-month LIBOR applicable to dollar deposits, as published on the first business day of each calendar year. The total gross amount of grants actually received by us from the OCS, including accrued LIBOR interest as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, totaled $19.2 million and $17.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, we had not paid any royalties to the OCS.

The Research Law is targeted at maintaining the intellectual property and manufacturing rights relating to OCS-funded projects in Israel. Under certain circumstances, where the above is not followed, the royalty rate might be higher and accordingly calculated to a formula based on the ratio of the participation by the State in the project to the total project costs incurred us.

In addition to paying any royalty due, we must abide by other restrictions associated with receiving such grants under the Research Law that continue to apply following repayment to the OCS. These restrictions may impair our ability to outsource manufacturing, engage in change of control transactions or otherwise transfer our know-how outside of Israel, and may require us to obtain the approval of the OCS for certain actions and transactions and pay additional royalties and other amounts to the OCS. In addition, any change of control and any change of ownership of our ordinary shares that would make a non-Israeli citizen or resident an “interested party,” as defined in the Research Law, requires prior written notice to the OCS. If we fail to comply with the Research Law, we may be subject to criminal charges.

Under applicable accounting rules, the grants from the OCS have been accounted for as an off-set against the related research and development expenses in our financial statements. As a result, our research and development expenses are shown on our financial statements net of the OCS grants.

 

65


Table of Contents

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist principally of salaries and related costs for personnel in executive and finance functions such as salaries, benefits and share-based compensation. Other general and administrative expenses include facility costs not otherwise included in research and development expenses, communication expenses, and professional fees for legal services, patent counseling and portfolio maintenance, consulting, auditing and accounting services.

We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will continue to increase subsequent to our IPO in October 2014 due to many factors, the most significant of which include increased expenses related to legal and accounting services associated with maintaining compliance with NASDAQ listing rules and SEC requirements as a result of becoming a publicly traded company such as increased legal and accounting services, stock registration and printing fees, addition of new headcount to support compliance and communication needs, and increased insurance premiums.

Financial Expenses (Income), Net

Financial income is comprised of interest income generated from interest earned on our cash, cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits and gains and losses due to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates mainly in the appreciation and depreciation of the NIS exchange rate against the U.S. dollar.

Financial expenses during 2013 and 2014 primarily consist of gains and losses resulting from the re-measurement of our convertible loan liability between July 2013 and May 2014. We continued to record adjustments to the estimated fair value of the convertible loan liability until it was converted into our Series E preferred shares in May 2014, after which we no longer record any related periodic fair value adjustments.

Taxes on Income

We have not generated taxable income since our inception, and had carry forward tax losses as of December 31, 2014 of $102 million. We anticipate that we will be able to carry forward these tax losses indefinitely to future tax years. Accordingly, we do not expect to pay taxes in Israel until we have taxable income after the full utilization of our carry forward tax losses.

We recognize deferred tax assets on losses for tax purposes carried forward to subsequent years if utilization of the related tax benefit against a future taxable income is expected. We have not created deferred taxes on our tax loss carry forward since their utilization is not expected in the foreseeable future.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

This management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Estimates and judgments are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

We make estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.

 

66


Table of Contents

Share-Based Compensation

We operate a number of equity-settled, share-based compensation plans for employees (as defined in IFRS 2 “Share-Based Payments”), directors and service providers. As part of the plans, we grant employees, directors and service providers, from time to time and at our discretion, options to purchase our ordinary shares. The fair value of the services received in exchange for the grant of the options is recognized as an expense in our statements of comprehensive loss and is carried to additional paid in capital in our statements of financial position. The total amount is recognized as an expense ratably over the vesting period of the options, which is the period during which all vesting conditions are expected to be met.

We estimate the fair value of our share-based awards to employees, directors and service providers using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including (a) the expected volatility of our shares, (b) the expected term of the award, (c) the risk-free interest rate, and (d) expected dividends. Due to the lack of a public market for the trading of our shares until October 2014 and a lack of company-specific historical and implied volatility data, we have based our estimate of expected volatility on the historic volatility of a group of similar companies that are publicly traded. We will continue to apply this process until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own share price becomes available.

We are also required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant, and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from the estimates. Vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options that are expected to vest. At the end of each reporting period, we revise our estimates of the number of options that are expected to vest based on the nonmarket vesting conditions. We recognize the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in profit or loss, with a corresponding adjustment to additional paid in capital.

The following table summarizes the weighted average assumptions we have used in our Black-Scholes calculations for the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2014     2013     2012  

Employee share options:

      

Risk-free interest rate

     2.42     2.62     1.76

Expected dividend yield

     0     0     0

Expected volatility

     85.0     69.0     68.6

Expected term (years)

     10        9        9   

The following table summarizes the allocation of our share compensation expense:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  
     (in thousands)         

Research and development

   $ 711       $ 122       $ 246   

General and administrative

     1,906         372         219   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 2,617    $ 494    $ 465   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The increase in share compensation expense by $2,123 thousand to $2,617 thousand in 2014 is mainly due to additional options granted to the Chief Executive Officer Prof. Dror Harats of $2,249 thousand, offset by a reduction in stock based compensation expenses granted and recognized in 2013 and 2012.

 

67


Table of Contents

Convertible Loan

On July 1, 2013, we closed a Convertible Bridge Loan Agreement, or the CLA, with some of our shareholders and related parties. The CLA provided for the infusion of an aggregate amount of $10.0 million in the form of a convertible bridge loan, or the Convertible Loan, to bridge our cash needs until a financing opportunity is achieved. The Convertible Loan was denominated in U.S. dollars and bore an annual interest rate of 10%.

On May 15, 2014, or the Conversion Date, the Convertible Loan was converted into 1,082,235 Preferred E Shares. Following such conversion, the entire balance of the Convertible Loan was reflected in equity.

The change in the fair value from January 1, 2014 until the Conversion Date and from July 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013 amounting to $2.3 million and $1.6 million, respectively, were charged to financial expenses in the statement of comprehensive loss.

Results of Operations

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

 

     Year ended
December 31,
    2014 Increase
(Decrease)
    2013 Increase
(Decrease)
 
     2014     2013     2012     $     %     $      %  
     (in thousands)                           

Expenses:

               

Research and development, gross

   $ 12,550      $ 14,107      $ 12,942      $ (1,557     -11   $ 1,165         9

Government grants

     (1,576     (599     (2,370     (977     163     1,771         -75
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

    

Research and development, net

$ 10,974    $ 13,508    $ 10,572    $ (2,534   -19 $ 2,936      28

General and administrative

  3,804      2,452      1,897      1,352      55   555      29
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

    

Operating loss

  14,778      15,960      12,469      (1,182   -7   3,491      28

Financial expense (income), net

  2,629      1,410      (244   1,219      86   1,654      nm   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

    

Loss

$ 17,407    $ 17,370    $ 12,225    $ 37      0.2 $ 5,145      42
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

    

Research and development expenses, net . Research and development expenses are shown net of OCS grants. Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014 were $11.0 million, compared to $13.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and $10.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, a decrease of $2.5 million, or 19% and an increase of $2.9 million, or 28%, respectively. The decrease in research and development expenses in 2014 was largely due to a $1.0 million increase in the amounts of OCS grants received in 2014 in support of the Company’s Lecinoxoid project, which totaled $1.6 million as compared to $0.6 million received in 2013, a reduction in VB-111 clinical expenses of $0.5 million, lower expenses in VB-111 manufacturing process scale-up development of $0.8 million (the project was completed), and savings of other development expenses that amounted to $0.4 million offset by an increase in VB-201 clinical expenses of $0.2 million. The increase in research and development expense in 2013 was primarily due to a $1.8 million reduction in the amount of OCS grants received in 2013, which totaled $0.6 million, as compared to $2.4 million received in 2012, because the OCS did not approve our Lecinoxoid project application for the period from May 2012 to April 2013, due to budgetary restraints and their view of the status of our Lecinoxoid program at that time. Additionally, there was an increase of $1.4 million in expenses for subcontractors and consultants, mainly due to a $0.9 million increase in our clinical trials and a $0.4 million increase in process scale-up costs for VB-111 in 2013 as compared to 2012; and an increase of $0.8 million in payroll and related expenses as the result of the recording of a $0.5 million bonus expense and $0.3 million of unfavorable currency exchange rates.

General and administrative expenses.

General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $3.8 million, compared to $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an

 

68


Table of Contents

increase of $1.3 million or 55%, and an increase of $0.6 million or 29%, respectively. The increase in 2014 was attributed to payroll related costs associated with the share-based compensation expense for additional options granted to the Chief Executive Officer Prof. Dror Harats of $1.7 million, offset by bonuses and other payroll related costs. The increase in 2013 was mainly due to payroll related costs and professional fees.

Financial expense (income), net.  Financial expense (income), net for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $2.6 million, compared to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, and $(0.2) million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $1.2M and $1.7M, respectively. The increase was primarily attributable to the change in the fair value of the convertible loan since its closing on July 1, 2013 and its conversion to Preferred E Shares on May 15, 2014.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since our inception and through December 31, 2014, we have raised a total of $113.4 million from sales of our equity securities before the initial public offering, $40.5 million gross in the public offering ($34.9 million net) and $16.1 million from OCS grants. Our primary uses of cash have been to fund working capital requirements and research and development, and we expect these will continue to represent our primary uses of cash. We expect our cash, cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits as of December 31, 2014 to be sufficient to fund our operations for approximately 24 months.

Funding Requirements

Our product candidates are still in clinical development. We expect to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for the foreseeable future. We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially as we:

 

  continue to conduct clinical trials for our lead product candidate, VB-111;

 

  continue our research and development efforts using our two platform technologies;

 

  seek regulatory approval for our product candidates; and

 

  operate as a public company.

At December 31, 2014, we had cash, cash equivalents of $36.8 million and working capital of $34.8 million. We expect that our cash and cash equivalents will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for at least 24 months and will be sufficient to enable us to receive interim data from our planned Phase 3 clinical trial of VB-111 in rGBM, to complete our Phase 1/2 clinical trial for VB-111 in ovarian cancer, and to conclude our Phase 2 clinical trials for VB- 201 in psoriasis and ulcerative colitis. We are unable to estimate the amounts of increased capital outlays and operating expenses associated with completing the development of VB-111 and our other product candidates. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

  the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of VB-111 and any other product candidates we may pursue;

 

  the costs of future development activities, including clinical trials, for VB-111 and any other product candidates we may pursue;

 

  the costs of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property rights and defending intellectual property-related claims;

 

  the extent to which we acquire or in-license other products and technologies; and

 

  our ability to establish any future collaboration arrangements on favorable terms, if at all.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenue, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing

 

69


Table of Contents

arrangements. We do not have any committed external source of funds. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the ownership interest of our shareholders will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a holder of our ordinary shares. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise additional funds through collaborations, strategic alliances or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams or research programs or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market VB-111 and any other product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

Cash Flows

The following table sets forth the primary sources and uses of cash for each of the periods set forth below:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  
     (in thousands)         

Cash used in operating activities

   $ (13,703    $ (13,129    $ (13,008

Cash provided by investing activities

     1,437         6,478         6,541   

Cash provided by financing activities

     40,084         10,000         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

$ 27,818    $ 3,349    $ (6,467
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating Activities

Cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $13.7 million and consisted primarily of net loss of $17.4 million arising primarily from research and development activities in addition to net increase in working capital of $1.8 million, partially offset by net aggregate non-cash charges of $5.5 million.

Cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $13.1 million and consisted primarily of net loss of $17.4 million arising primarily from research and development activities, partially offset by net aggregate non-cash charges of $2.2 million and a net reduction of working capital of $2.0 million.

Cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $13.0 million and consisted primarily of net loss of $12.2 million in addition to a $1.6 million increase of working capital, partially offset by net aggregate noncash charges of $0.3 million and interest received of $0.4 million.

Investing Activities

Net cash provided by investing activities was $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This was primarily due to maturation of short-term bank deposits.

Net cash provided by investing activities was $6.5 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. This was primarily due to maturation of short-term bank deposits.

Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities of $40.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 was the result of the net receipt of $34.9 million from issuance of ordinary shares in our IPO, and the receipt of $4.9 million from the issuance of preferred E shares.

 

70


Table of Contents

Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was the result of the receipt of $10.0 million from the convertible loan.

No cash was generated by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following tables summarize our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2014 that will affect our future liquidity:

 

     Total      Lesst
han
1 year
     1-3
Years
     3-5
Years
     More
than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Purchase obligations to CROs

   $ 1,500       $ 1,500       $ —         $ —         $ —     

Licenses

     363         121         242         —           —     

Operating Leases

     535         350         185         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 2,398    $ 1,971    $ 427    $ —      $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We also have obligations to make future payments to third parties that become due and payable on the achievement of certain development, regulatory and commercial milestones, such as the start of a clinical trial, filing of an NDA, approval by the FDA or product launch, or royalties upon sale of products. We have not included these commitments on our statement of financial position or in the table above because the achievement and timing of these milestones is not fixed and determinable. These potential future commitments include:

 

  Agreement with Tel Hashomer . On February 3, 2013, we entered into an agreement with Tel Hashomer—Medical Research, Infrastructure and Services Ltd., or Tel Hashomer, a private company whose purpose is to promote the welfare of the Sheba Medical Center, or the Hospital, and Prof. Dror Harats, our chief executive officer. The agreement with Tel Hashomer resolved claims of the Hospital regarding the ownership of certain inventions and patent rights owned by us and developed in part by Prof. Harats and other inventors who were engaged by us and by the Hospital in parallel. The agreement provided us with a waiver of rights by the Hospital and Tel Hashomer in connection with intellectual property developed by these inventors prior to the date of the agreement. In consideration for the waiver, we undertook to pay 1% of any net sales of any product covered by the intellectual property covered under the agreement, which includes all of our current product candidates, and 2% of any consideration that we receive for granting a license or similar rights to this intellectual property. Such amounts will be recorded as part of our cost of revenues. In addition, upon the occurrence of an exit event such as a merger, sale of all shares or assets or the closing of an initial public offering, we are required to pay to Tel Hashomer 1% of the proceeds received by us or our shareholders as the case may be. In November 2014, following the completion of our IPO, we paid to Tel Hashomer the amount of $0.4 million. Royalty and all other payment obligations under this agreement will expire once we have paid an aggregate sum of NIS 100 million (approximately $26 million) to Tel Hashomer by way of pay out, exit proceeds and licensing consideration. Amounts previously paid as royalties on any net sales will not be taken into account when calculating this aggregate sum.

 

  Agreement with Crucell.  On April 15, 2011, we entered into a Commercial License Agreement with Crucell Holland B.V., or Crucell, for incorporating the adenovirus 5 in VB- 111 and other drug candidates for cancer for consideration including the following potential future payments:

 

    an annual license fee of €100,000 ($121,000), continuing until the termination of the agreement, which will occur upon (i) the later of the expiration date of the last related patent or 10 years from the first commercial sale of VB-111 or (ii) the termination of the agreement by us, which is permitted, upon three months’ written advance notice to Crucell;

 

    a milestone payment of €400,000 ($484,000) upon receipt of the first regulatory approval for the marketing of the first indication for each product covered under the agreement; and

 

71


Table of Contents
    royalties of 0.5%-2.0% on net sales

There are no limits or caps on the amount of potential royalties. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company has the right to terminate the agreement by giving Crucell three months’ written notice.

 

  Participation by the OCS.  We receive grants from the OCS, as part of the oncology and anti-inflammatory research and development programs. The requirements and restrictions for such grants are set forth in the Research Law. These grants are subject to repayment through future royalty payments on sales of any products resulting from these research and development programs, including VB-111 and VB-201. Under the Research Law, we are obligated to pay royalties of 3% to 3.5%. The maximum aggregate royalties paid generally cannot exceed 100% of the grants made to us, plus annual interest generally equal to the 12-month LIBOR applicable to dollar deposits, as published on the first business day of each calendar year. The total gross amount of grants actually received by us from the OCS, as of December 31, 2014, totaled approximately $16.1 million and the balance of the principal and interest in respect of our commitments for future payments to the OCS totaled approximately $19.2 million. As of December 31, 2014, we had not paid any royalties to the OCS.

On July 1, 2013, we closed a convertible loan agreement with some of our shareholders and related parties. This agreement provided for the infusion of an aggregate amount of $10.0 million in the form of a convertible loan to bridge our cash needs until a financing was achieved. The convertible loan was denominated in U.S. dollars. On May 15, 2014, in connection with the closing of our Series E financing, the loan automatically converted into 1,082,235 Series E preferred shares at a discount to the price paid by the Series E investors averaging 22.7%.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Since our inception, we have not engaged in any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC, such as relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, which are often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, established for the purpose of facilitating financing transactions that are not required to be reflected on our statement of financial positions.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

IFRS 9, Financial Instruments, addresses the classification, measurement and recognition of financial assets and financial liabilities. The complete version of IFRS 9 was issued in July 2014. It replaces the guidance in IAS 39 that relates to the classification and measurement of financial instruments. IFRS 9 retains but simplifies the mixed measurement model and establishes three primary measurement categories for financial assets: amortized cost, fair value through OCI and fair value through P&L. There is now a new expected credit losses model that replaces the incurred loss impairment model used in IAS 39. For financial liabilities, there were no changes to classification and measurement except for the recognition of changes in own credit risk in other comprehensive income for liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss. The standard is effective for accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. We have yet to assess IFRS 9’s full impact.

JOBS Act

On April 5, 2012, the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for an “emerging growth company.” As an “emerging growth company,” we are electing to not take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to not take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable. In addition, we are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act.

 

72


Table of Contents

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth certain information relating to our executive officers and directors, including their ages as of February 1, 2015. Unless otherwise stated, the address for our directors and executive officers is c/o Vascular Biogenics Ltd., 6 Jonathan Netanyahu St. Or Yehuda, Israel.

 

Name

  

Age

    

Position

Executive Officers and Director

     

Dror Harats

     58       Chief Executive Officer and Director

Amos Ron

     59       Chief Financial Officer

Erez Feige

     41       Vice President, Business Operations

Jacob George

     50       Chief Scientific Officer

Yael Cohen

     52       Vice President, Clinical Development

Eyal Breitbart

     48       Vice President, Research and Operations

Naamit Sher

     61       Vice President, Drug Development

Ayelet Horn

     44       General Counsel and Company Secretary

Non-Executive Directors

     

Bennett M. Shapiro (3)(4)

     75       Chairman and Director

Ruth Arnon (3)(4)

     82       Director

Jide J. Zeitlin (1)

     51       Director

Jecheskiel Gonczarowski (3)

     69       Director

Dan J. Gelvan (2)(4)

     51       Director

Ruth Alon (3)(4)

     63       Director

Ron Cohen (1)(2)(4)

     59       Director

Philip A. Serlin (1)(2)(4)

     55       Director

 

(1) Member of the compensation committee.
(2) Member of the audit committee.
(3) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.
(4) Independent director under the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market.

Executive Officers

Prof. Dror Harats founded our company in 2000 and has served as our chief executive officer since our inception. He has been a member of our board of directors since January 2001. Prof. Harats is the director of the Bert W. Strassburger Lipid Center at the Chaim Sheba Medical Center at Tel Hashomer and chairman of its Institute Review Board. Prof. Harats received his M.D. from Hadassah Medical School at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel, following which he conducted post-doctoral work at the University of California, San Francisco. Prof. Harats is also a Professor of Medicine in the Departments of Internal Medicine and Biochemistry at the Sackler Faculty of Medicine of Tel-Aviv University, Israel. Prof. Harats has also served as a visiting scientist at Syntax Discovery Research. We believe Prof. Harats is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive technical and industry experience, as well as his knowledge of our company.

Amos Ron has served as our chief financial officer since May 2011. Prior to joining our company, from July 2008 to April 2011, Mr. Ron was the chief financial officer of Atlantium Technologies Ltd., a privately held start-up in the field of clean-tech. Prior to that, Mr. Ron served as the chief financial officer and chief operating officer of Medical Compression Systems, and prior to that, Mr. Ron served as the chief financial officer of Interpharm Laboratories Group, a wholly owned subsidiary of Serono S.A. Mr. Ron holds an M.Sc. (Honors) in Chemical Technology Management from the Hebrew University of Jerusalem, a B.Sc. in Business Administration, Empire State College (SUNY) (Jerusalem Branch) and a B.Sc. in Chemistry from the Hebrew University of Jerusalem.

 

73


Table of Contents

Dr. Erez Feige has served as our vice president of business operations since January 2014. Prior to that, from 2012 to 2014, Dr. Feige served as our director of business development and, from 2006 to 2012, Dr. Feige served as our head of biochemistry. Dr. Feige holds a B.Sc. and a Ph.D. from Bar-Ilan University, Israel and completed a post-doctoral fellowship at the Dana- Farber Cancer Institute and Harvard Medical School.

Prof. Jacob George has served as our chief scientific officer since our inception in 2000 and, together with Prof. Harats, is a co-inventor of our Lecinoxoid platform technology. Prof. George also serves on the board of directors of, as well as an advisor to, Chemomab Ltd. Prof. George received his M.D. from the Technion School of Medicine, Israel. Prof. George is the chief of cardiology in the Kaplan Medical Center, Israel, and a full professor of cardiology at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel.

Dr. Yael Cohen has served as our vice president of clinical development since 2008. Prior to joining our company, Dr. Cohen served in various positions in Gamida Cell Ltd., Merck & Co. and Merck Research Labs, from 2000 to 2008. Dr. Cohen holds an M.D. from the Sackler Medical School at Tel Aviv University, Israel, and completed her residency in internal medicine at the Chaim Sheba Medical Center at Tel Hashomer, Israel, and a fellowship in hematology at the Rabin Medical Center, Petach Tikva, Israel. Dr. Cohen is a senior physician at the Hematology Department at the Sourasky Medical Center, Tel Aviv, Israel.

Dr. Eyal Breitbart has served as our vice president, research and operations since January 2014. Prior to that, from 2006 to 2013, Dr. Breitbart served as our vice president, research. Dr. Breitbart holds a B.Sc., M.Sc. and Ph.D. from Bar-Ilan University, Israel, and completed a post-doctoral fellowship at Tufts University School of Medicine.

Dr. Naamit Sher has served as our vice president of drug development and regulatory affairs since 2006. Prior to joining our company, from 2005 to 2006, Dr. Sher was head of QC laboratories, operations division at Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. From 1992 to 2005, Dr. Sher acted as quality control/quality assurance director at InterPharm, a subsidiary of Ares- Serono. Dr. Sher holds a B.Sc., M.Sc. and Ph.D. from the Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel. She completed post-doctoral fellowships at each of the Hebrew University, Jerusalem, Israel, and Rutgers University.

Adv. Ayelet Horn has served as our general counsel since our inception in 2000, and has served as our company secretary since 2007. Adv. Horn holds an LL.B from Tel-Aviv University, Israel, and an M.B.A. from Herriot Watt University, Edinburgh, Scotland.

Non-Executive Directors

Dr. Bennett M. Shapiro, M.D. has served on our board of directors since September 2004 and has served as Chairman since 2007. In addition to serving on our board of directors, Dr. Shapiro has served as a senior partner at Puretech Ventures, an innovation enterprise, since 2004, and as chairman since 2009, and is a consultant in the field of biotechnology. From 1990 to 2003, Dr. Shapiro served as executive vice president, Merck Research Laboratories. Prior to that, from 1970 to 1990, Dr. Shapiro was a professor of the Department of Biochemistry at the University of Washington and served as chairman from 1985 to 1990. Prior to joining the University of Washington, from 1965 to 1970 Dr. Shapiro served as a research associate, then section head, in the Laboratory of Biochemistry of the National Heart Institute of the U.S. National Institutes of Health. Dr. Shapiro also currently serves as an external director on the board of directors of Momenta Pharmaceuticals, various private companies and the Drugs for Neglected Diseases Initiative, an independent, non-profit development partnership. Dr. Shapiro previously served on the board of directors of Celera Corporation prior to its acquisition by Quest Diagnostics Inc. Dr. Shapiro received his B.S. in chemistry from Dickinson College and his M.D. from Jefferson Medical College. Dr. Shapiro has been a Guggenheim Fellow, a fellow of the Japan Society for the Promotion of Science and a visiting professor at the University of Nice. We believe Dr. Shapiro is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive technical and industry background, and his experience serving on boards of directors of companies in our industry, including public companies.

 

74


Table of Contents

Prof. Ruth Arnon has served on our board of directors since August 2007. Prof. Arnon is an immunologist with the Weizmann Institute of Science in Israel. Prof. Arnon joined the staff of the Weizmann Institute in 1960, and served as vice president of the Institute from 1988 to 1997. Prof. Arnon is a member of the Israel Academy of Sciences, and since 2010, has served as its president. Prof. Arnon is also an elected member of the European Molecular Biology Organization. She has served as president of the European Federation of Immunological Societies, and as secretary-general of the International Union of Immunological Societies. Her awards and honors include the Robert Koch Prize in Medical Sciences, Spain’s Jimenez Diaz Memorial Award, France’s Legion of Honor, the Hadassah World Organization’s Women of Distinction Award, the Wolf Prize for Medicine, the Rothschild Prize for Biology, and the Israel Prize. Prof. Arnon earned her M.Sc. in Chemistry from the Hebrew University, Jerusalem, Israel, and her Ph.D. from the Hebrew University. We believe Prof. Arnon is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of her extensive technical and industry background.

Jide J. Zeitlin has served on our board of directors since March 2008. Mr. Zeitlin is the founder and, since 2006, has served as the president of The Keffi Group Ltd., an investment firm. Mr. Zeitlin formerly served as an employee of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. from 1987 until December 2005 and as a partner from 1996 until 2005, where his career included a number of senior management positions including serving in the firm’s executive office. Mr. Zeitlin is Chairman Emeritus of the Board of Trustees at Amherst College and is a member of the Boards of the Harvard Business School Board of Dean’s Advisors, Teach for America, Nigeria Sovereign Investment Authority, Montefiore Medical Center, Playwrights Horizons, Common Ground Community, Doris Duke Charitable Foundation and Saint Ann’s School. He also serves on the board of directors of Affiliated Managers Group, Inc. and is the lead director of Coach, Inc. Mr. Zeitlin holds a B.A. in Economics and English from Amherst College and an M.B.A. from Harvard University. We believe Mr. Zeitlin is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his broad business and investment background and service on boards of directors.

Jecheskiel Gonczarowski has served on our board of directors since March 2001. Since 2010, Mr. Gonczarowski has served as the chairman and chief executive officer of D.S.N.I. Investments Ltd., an Israeli based private family office, managing various local and international investments. Prior to that, Mr. Gonczarowski founded and co-managed Getter Group Ltd, a publicly traded company in Israel specializing in exclusive representation of leading international suppliers and brands, from 1982 to 2010. Mr. Gonczarowski also served on the board of directors of Rotshtein Realestate Ltd., a publicly traded company in Israel performing private and public construction in Israel. Mr. Gonczarowski studied economics, mathematics and business administration at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel. We believe Mr. Gonczarowski is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his broad business background and experience with public companies.

Dr. Dan J. Gelvan has served on our board of directors since July 2005. Since 2005, Dr. Gelvan has served as the managing director-life sciences, Aurum Ventures M.K.I Ltd. Before joining Aurum Ventures, Dr. Gelvan was the chief executive and president of GammaCan International, Inc., a development-stage pharmaceutical company, from 2004 to 2005. From 2004 to 2008, Dr. Gelvan served as a member of the Israel National Committee on Biotechnology and, from 1997 to 2004, Dr. Gelvan served as the chief executive officer and president of Zetiq Technologies. From 1995 to 1997, Dr. Gelvan held a senior position in Clal (Israel) Ltd., an investment firm. Dr. Gelvan holds a B.A. and an M.A. in Economics from the Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel and a Ph.D. in Business Economics from Roskilde University in Denmark. We believe Dr. Gelvan is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his business and industry background.

Ruth Alon has served on our board of directors since March 2010. Since 1997, Ms. Alon has served as a general partner in Pitango Venture Capital. Prior to her tenure at Pitango, Ms. Alon held senior positions with Montgomery Securities from 1981 to 1987 and Kidder Peabody & Co. from 1987 to 1993, and managed her own independent consulting business in San Francisco in the medical devices industry from 1995 to 1996. Ms. Alon is the chairperson of Israel Life Science Industry, a not-for-profit organization representing the mutual goals of approximately 700 Israeli life science companies. Ms. Alon has a B.A. in Economics from the Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel, an M.B.A. from Boston University, and an M.S. from the Columbia University

 

75


Table of Contents

School of Physicians and Surgeons. We believe Ms. Alon is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of her extensive business and industry background, as well as her experience as a seasoned investor.

Dr. Ron Cohen, M.D . joined our board in February 2015. In addition to serving on our board of directors, Dr. Cohen has served as President, Chief Executive Officer and founder of Acorda Therapeutics, Inc., since 1995. Previously he was a principal in the startup and an officer of Advanced Tissue Sciences, Inc., a biotechnology company engaged in the growth of human organ tissues for transplantation, from 1986 to 1992. Dr. Cohen received his B.A. with honors in Psychology from Princeton University, and his M.D. from the Columbia College of Physicians & Surgeons. He completed his residency in Internal Medicine at the University of Virginia Medical Center, and is Board Certified in Internal Medicine. Dr. Cohen is a member of the Executive Committee and Vice Chair of the Health Section of the Biotechnology Industry Organization, and also serves on the Board of Directors of Dyax Corp. He previously served as Director and Chairman of the New York Biotechnology Association. He also serves as a member the Columbia-Presbyterian Health Sciences Advisory Council and was awarded Columbia University’s Alumni Medal for Distinguished Service. We believe Dr. Cohen is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive business and industry background.

Philip A. Serlin joined our board in February 2015. In addition to serving on our board of directors, Mr. Serlin is the Chief Financial & Operating Officer of BioLineRx since 2009. His background also includes senior positions at Chiaro Networks Ltd. and at Deloitte, where he was head of the SEC and U.S. accounting department at the National Office in Tel Aviv, as well as seven years at the SEC at its Washington, D.C., headquarters. Mr. Serlin is a CPA and holds a Master’s degree in Economics and Public Policy from The George Washington University. We believe Dr. Serlin is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience servicing public companies and his accounting background.

Arrangements Concerning Election of Directors; Family Relationships

Our current board of directors consists of nine directors.

We are not a party to, and are not aware of, any voting agreements among our shareholders. In addition, there are no family relationships among our executive officers and directors.

Advisory Boards

We established several advisory boards with specific expertise in the following fields: psoriasis, inflammatory bowel disease (also covering ulcerative colitis), atherosclerosis and inflammation, multiple sclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis and oncology. In addition we have an advisory board comprised of industry experts with significant experience in the pharmaceutical industry.

Industry Experts

Ian Wilding, Ph.D.

Bonnie Goldman

James S. MacDonald, Ph.D.

John G. Aunins, Ph.D.

Psoriasis

Alexa Kimball, M.D.

Gerald Kruger, M.D.

 

76


Table of Contents

Inflammatory Bowel Disease and Rheumatoid Arthritis

William Sandborn, M.D.

Michael E. Weinblatt, M.D.

Atherosclerosis and Inflammation

Joseph L. Witztum, M.D.

Paul M. Ridker, M.D., MPH, FACC

John J.P. Kastelein, M.D.

Marc Penn, M.D., Ph.D., FACC

Zahi Fayad, Ph.D.

Oncology

Ernest Borden, Ph.D.

Deborah Blumenthal, M.D.

Richard Penson, M.D., MRCP

Patrick Wen, M.D.

Keith Bible, M.D.

Tim Cloughesy, M.D.

Nicholas Butowski, M.D.

Andrew Brenner, M.D.

Compensation of Executive Officers and Directors

The aggregate compensation paid by us to our current directors and executive officers, including share based compensation, for the year ended December 31, 2014, was $4.4 million. This amount includes any amounts set aside or accrued to provide pension, severance, retirement, annual leave and recuperation or similar benefits or expenses. It does not include any business travel, relocation, professional and business association dues and expenses reimbursed to office holders, and other benefits commonly reimbursed or paid by companies in Israel. The above also includes the provision for bonuses for the year ended December 31, 2014 in the amount of $0.3 million and the recorded fair value of share based compensation (options to buy ordinary shares) in the amount of $2.2 million pursuant to the grant to Prof. Harats share options to purchase 374,909 ordinary shares at a nominal exercise price, fully vested and exercisable. As of December 31, 2014, options to purchase an aggregate of 1,550,228 ordinary shares granted to our directors and executive officers were outstanding under the Employee Share Ownership and Option Plan (2000), or the 2000 Plan, and the Employee Share Ownership and Option Plan (2011), or the 2011 Plan, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.99 per share.

Board of Directors

Under the Israeli Companies Law, 5759-1999, or the Companies Law, the management of our business is vested in our board of directors. Our board of directors may exercise all powers and may take all actions that are not

 

77


Table of Contents

specifically granted to our shareholders or to management. Our executive officers are responsible for our day-to-day management and have individual responsibilities established by our board of directors. Our chief executive officer is appointed by, and serves at the discretion of, our board of directors, subject to the employment agreement that we have entered into with him. All other executive officers are also appointed by our board of directors, and are subject to the terms of any applicable employment agreements that we may enter into with them.

Under our amended and restated articles of association, our board of directors must consist of at least three and not more than nine directors, including at least two external directors. Our board of directors consists of nine directors, including two external directors. The external directors were nominated by our board of directors and elected at a meeting of our shareholders. Other than external directors, for whom special election requirements apply under the Companies Law, as detailed below, and our amended and restated articles of association provide that directors (other than external directors) are elected annually at the general meeting of our shareholders by a vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power present and voting, in person or by proxy, at that meeting. We have only one class of directors.

The following of our directors were elected in accordance with the terms of our articles of association in effect prior to the initial public offering of our shares:

 

  Dr. Shapiro was appointed as an industry expert by a majority of the other directors, a majority that included representatives of our major shareholders.

 

  Prof. Harats was entitled to be a board member for so long as Prof. Harats is either (i) the chief executive officer of our company; or (ii) a holder of 3% or more of our issued and outstanding share capital;

 

  Mr. Gonczarowski was appointed by J.J.D. Holdings G.P., A.J.J.G. Technology Investments 2003 and Inspe Aktiengesellschaft on behalf of the holders of the Series A preferred shares;

 

  Dr. Gelvan was appointed by Aurum Ventures M.K.I. Ltd.;

 

  Ms. Alon was appointed by persons affiliated with Pitango Venture Capital;

 

  Mr. Zeitlin was appointed by the Keffi Group VI LLC on behalf of the holders of the Series D preferred shares; and

 

  Prof. Ruth Arnon was appointed by a majority of the other directors, which included representatives of our major shareholders.

Upon the adoption of our amended and restated articles of association upon the closing of our initial public offering, the rights set forth in the previous articles were terminated and no additional agreements exist with respect to the nomination of our board members.

On February 11, 2015, at a general meeting of our shareholders, each of Dr. Ron Cohen and Mr. Phil Serlin was appointed as an external director by a majority of the shareholders who have no personal interest in his nomination.

We comply with NASDAQ rules that a majority of our directors are independent. Our board of directors has determined that with the exception of Prof. Harats, all of our directors are independent under such rules. The definition of “independent director” under NASDAQ rules and “external director” under the Companies Law overlap to a significant degree such that we would generally expect the two directors serving as external directors to satisfy the requirements to be independent under NASDAQ rules. However, it is possible for a director to qualify as an “external director” under the Companies Law without qualifying as an “independent director” under NASDAQ rules, or vice-versa. The definition of external director under the Companies Law includes a set of statutory criteria that must be satisfied, including criteria whose aim is to ensure that there is no factor that would impair the ability of the external director to exercise independent judgment. The definition of independent

 

78


Table of Contents

director under NASDAQ rules specifies similar, if slightly less stringent, requirements in addition to the requirement that the board of directors consider any factor which would impair the ability of the independent director to exercise independent judgment. In addition, external directors serve for a period of three years pursuant to the requirements of the Companies Law. However, external directors must be elected by a special majority of shareholders while independent directors may be elected by an ordinary majority. See “—External Directors” for a description of the requirements under the Companies Law for a director to serve as an external director.

In accordance with the exemption available to foreign private issuers under NASDAQ rules, we do not intend to follow the requirements of NASDAQ rules with regard to the process of nominating directors, and instead, will follow Israeli law and practice, in accordance with which our board of directors (or a committee thereof) is authorized to recommend to our shareholders director nominees for election. See “Item 16G. Corporate Governance” for more information.

Under the Companies Law and our amended and restated articles of association, nominees for directors may also be proposed by any shareholder holding at least 1% of our outstanding voting power. However, any such shareholder may propose a nominee only if a written notice of such shareholder’s intent to propose a nominee has been given to our company secretary (or, if we have no such company secretary, our chief executive officer). Any such notice must include certain information, including, among other things, a description of all arrangements between the nominating shareholder and the proposed director nominee(s) and any other person pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by the nominating shareholder, the consent of the proposed director nominee(s) to serve as our director(s) if elected and a declaration signed by the nominee(s) declaring that there is no limitation under the Companies Law preventing their election, and that all of the information that is required under the Companies Law to be provided to us in connection with such election has been provided.

In addition, our amended and restated articles of association allow our board of directors to appoint directors to fill vacancies on our board of directors, for a term of office equal to the remaining period of the term of office of the director(s) whose office(s) have been vacated. External directors are elected for an initial term of three years and may be elected for additional three-year terms under the circumstances described below. External directors may be removed from office only under the limited circumstances set forth in the Companies Law. See “—External Directors.”

Under the Companies Law, our board of directors must determine the minimum number of directors who are required to have accounting and financial expertise. See “—External Directors” below. In determining the number of directors required to have such expertise, our board of directors must consider, among other things, the type and size of the company and the scope and complexity of its operations. Our board of directors has determined that the minimum number of directors who are required to have accounting and financial expertise is one.

External Directors

Under the Companies Law, we are required to have at least two directors who qualify as external directors. The appointment of two new external directors was made by a resolution of the general meeting of our shareholders on February 11, 2015.

The Companies Law provides that external directors must be elected by a majority vote of the shares present and voting at a shareholders meeting, provided that either:

 

  such majority includes at least a majority of the shares held by all shareholders who are not controlling shareholders and do not have a personal interest in the election of the external director (other than a personal interest not deriving from a relationship with a controlling shareholder) that are voted at the meeting, excluding abstentions, to which we refer as a disinterested majority; or

 

79


Table of Contents
  the total number of shares voted against the election of the external director by non- controlling shareholders and by shareholders who do not have a personal interest in the election of the external director (other than a personal interest not deriving from a relationship with a controlling shareholder does not exceed 2% of the aggregate voting rights in the company).

The term “controlling shareholder” is defined in the Companies Law as a shareholder with the ability to direct the activities of the company, other than by virtue of being an office holder. A shareholder is presumed to be a controlling shareholder if the shareholder holds 50% or more of the voting rights in a company or has the right to appoint the majority of the directors of the company or its general manager. With respect to certain matters, a controlling shareholder is deemed to include any shareholder that holds 25% or more of the voting rights in a public company if no other shareholder holds more than 50% of the voting rights in the company, but excludes a shareholder whose power derives solely from his or her position as a director of the company or from any other position with the company.

The initial term of an external director is three years. Thereafter, an external director may be reelected to serve in that capacity for additional three year terms, provided that either (i) his or her service for each such additional term is recommended by one or more shareholders holding at least 1% of the company’s voting rights and is approved at a shareholders meeting by a disinterested majority, where the total number of shares held by non-controlling, disinterested shareholders voting for such reelection exceeds 2% of the aggregate voting rights in the company, provided that the nominating shareholder, the external director and certain of their related parties meet additional independence requirements; or (ii) his or her service for each such additional term is recommended by the board of directors and is approved at a shareholders meeting by the same majority required for the initial election of an external director (as described above).

The term of office for external directors for companies traded on certain foreign stock exchanges, including The NASDAQ Global Market, may be further extended, indefinitely, in increments of additional three-year terms, in each case provided that, in addition to reelection in such manner described above, (i) the audit committee and subsequently the board of directors of the company confirm that, in light of the external director’s expertise and special contribution to the work of the board of directors and its committees, the reelection for such additional period is beneficial to the company, and provided that (ii) the external director is reelected subject to the same shareholder vote requirements as if elected for the first time (as described above). Prior to the approval of the reelection of the external director at a general shareholders meeting, the company’s shareholders must be informed of the term previously served by him or her and of the reasons why the board of directors and audit committee recommended the extension of his or her term.

External directors may be removed from office by a special general meeting of shareholders called by the board of directors, which approves such dismissal by the same shareholder vote percentage required for their election or by a court, in each case, only under limited circumstances, including ceasing to meet the statutory qualifications for appointment, or violating their duty of loyalty to the company. If an external directorship becomes vacant and there are fewer than two external directors on the board of directors at the time, then the board of directors is required under the Companies Law to call a shareholders meeting as soon as possible to appoint a replacement external director.

Each committee of the board of directors that exercises the powers of the board of directors must include at least one external director, except that the audit committee and the compensation committee must include all external directors then serving on the board of directors. Under the Companies Law, external directors of a company are prohibited from receiving, directly or indirectly, any compensation for their services as external directors, other than for their services as external directors pursuant to the Companies Law and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Compensation of an external director is determined prior to his or her appointment and may not be changed during his or her term subject to certain exceptions.

The Companies Law provides that a person is not qualified to serve as an external director if (i) the person is a relative of a controlling shareholder of the company, or (ii) if that person or his or her relative, partner, employer,

 

80


Table of Contents

another person to whom he or she was directly or indirectly subject, or any entity under the person’s control, has or had, during the two years preceding the date of appointment as an external director: (a) any affiliation or other disqualifying relationship with the company, with any person or entity controlling the company or a relative of such person, or with any entity controlled by or under common control with the company; or (b) in the case of a company with no shareholder holding 25% or more of its voting rights, had at the date of appointment as external director, any affiliation or other disqualifying relationship with a person then serving as chairman of the board or chief executive officer, a holder of 5% or more of the issued share capital or voting power in the company or the most senior financial officer.

The term “relative” is defined under the Companies Law as a spouse, sibling, parent, grandparent or descendant; spouse’s sibling, parent or descendant; and the spouse of each of the foregoing persons. Under the Companies Law, the term “affiliation” and the similar types of prohibited relationships include (subject to certain exceptions):

 

  an employment relationship;

 

  a business or professional relationship even if not maintained on a regular basis (excluding insignificant relationships);

 

  control; and

 

  service as an office holder, excluding service as a director in a private company prior to the initial public offering of its shares if such director were appointed as a director of the private company in order to serve as an external director following the initial public offering.

The term office holder is defined under the Companies Law as the general manager, chief executive officer, chief business manager, deputy general manager, vice general manager, any other person assuming the responsibilities of any of these positions regardless of that person’s title, a director, or a manager directly subordinate to the general manager.

In addition, no person may serve as an external director if that person’s position or professional or other activities create, or may create, a conflict of interest with that person’s responsibilities as a director or otherwise interfere with that person’s ability to serve as an external director or if the person is an employee of the Israel Securities Authority or of an Israeli stock exchange. A person may furthermore not continue to serve as an external director if he or she received direct or indirect compensation from the company including amounts paid pursuant to indemnification or exculpation contracts or commitments and insurance coverage for his or her service as an external director, other than as permitted by the Companies Law and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Following the termination of an external director’s service on a board of directors, such former external director and his or her spouse and children may not be provided with a direct or indirect benefit by the company, its controlling shareholder or any entity under its controlling shareholder’s control. This includes engagement as an office holder or director of the company or a company controlled by its controlling shareholder or employment by, or provision of services to, any such company for consideration, either directly or indirectly, including through a corporation controlled by the former external director. This restriction extends for a period of two years with regard to the former external director and his or her spouse or child, and for one year with respect to other relatives of the former external director.

If, at the time at which an external director is appointed, all members of the board of directors, who are not controlling shareholders or relatives of controlling shareholders of the company are of the same gender, the external director to be appointed must be of the other gender. A director of one company may not be appointed as an external director of another company if a director of the other company is acting as an external director of the first company at such time.

According to regulations promulgated under the Companies Law, a person may be appointed as an external director only if he or she has professional qualifications or if he or she has accounting and financial expertise

 

81


Table of Contents

(each, as defined below). In addition, at least one of the external directors must be determined by our board of directors to have accounting and financial expertise. However, if at least one of our other directors (i) meets the independence requirements under the Exchange Act, (ii) meets the standards of the NASDAQ listing rules for membership on the audit committee, and (iii) has accounting and financial expertise as defined under Israeli law, then neither of our external directors is required to possess accounting and financial expertise as long as each possesses the requisite professional qualifications.

A director with accounting and financial expertise is a director who, due to his or her education, experience and skills, possesses an expertise in, and an understanding of, financial and accounting matters and financial statements, such that he or she is able to understand the financial statements of the company and initiate a discussion about the presentation of financial data. A director is deemed to have professional qualifications if he or she has: (i) an academic degree in economics, business management, accounting, law or public administration, (ii) an academic degree or has completed other higher education, in the primary field of business of the company or a field which is relevant to his or her position in the company, or (iii) at least five years of experience serving in one of the following capacities, or at least five years cumulative experience serving in two or more of the following capacities: (a) a senior business management position in a company with a significant volume of business, (b) a senior position in a company’s primary field of business, or (c) a senior position in public administration or service. The board of directors is charged with determining whether a director possesses financial and accounting expertise or professional qualifications.

Our board of directors has determined that Dr. Gelvan and Mr. Serlin have accounting and financial expertise and possess professional qualifications as required under the Companies Law.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight Process

Risk assessment and oversight are an integral part of our governance and management processes. Our board of directors encourages management to promote a culture that incorporates risk management into our corporate strategy and day-to-day business operations. Management discusses strategic and operational risks at regular management meetings, and conducts specific strategic planning and review sessions during the year that include a focused discussion and analysis of the risks facing us. Throughout the year, senior management reviews these risks with the board of directors at regular board meetings as part of management presentations that focus on particular business functions, operations or strategies, and presents the steps taken by management to mitigate or eliminate such risks.

Leadership Structure of the Board

In accordance with the Companies Law and our amended and restated articles of association, our board of directors is required to appoint one of its members to serve as chairman of the board of directors. Our board of directors has appointed Dr. Shapiro to serve as chairman of the board of directors.

Committees of the Board of Directors

We have an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. We have adopted a charter for each of these committees.

Audit Committee

Under the Companies Law, we are required to appoint an audit committee. The audit committee must be comprised of at least three directors, including all of the external directors, one of whom must serve as chairman of the committee. The audit committee may not include the chairman of the board, any director employed by or otherwise providing services on a regular basis to the company, to a controlling shareholder or to any entity controlled by a controlling shareholder, any director who derives most of his or her income from a controlling shareholder, nor a controlling shareholder or a relative thereof.

 

82


Table of Contents

In addition, under the Companies Law, the audit committee of a publicly traded company must consist of a majority of unaffiliated directors. In general, an “unaffiliated director” under the Companies Law is defined as either an external director or as a director who meets the following criteria:

 

  he or she meets the qualifications for being appointed as an external director, except for the requirement (i) that the director be an Israeli resident (which does not apply to companies such as ours whose securities have been offered outside of Israel or are listed outside of Israel) and (ii) for accounting and financial expertise or professional qualifications; and

 

  he or she has not served as a director of the company for a period exceeding nine consecutive years. For this purpose, a break of less than two years in the service shall not be deemed to interrupt the continuation of the service.

Under the NASDAQ listing requirements, we are required to maintain an audit committee consisting of at least three independent directors, all of whom are financially literate and at least one of whom has accounting or related financial management expertise. Our audit committee consists of our two external directors Mr. Serlin and Dr. Cohen, and of Dr. Gelvan and is chaired by Mr. Serlin. Mr. Serlin and Dr. Gelvan are audit committee financial experts as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and all of the members of our audit committee have the requisite financial literacy as defined by the NASDAQ Stock Market rules. Dr. Gelvan is “independent” as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act and under the listing standards of NASDAQ.

Our board of directors has adopted an audit committee charter setting forth the responsibilities of the audit committee consistent with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and NASDAQ rules as well as the requirements for such committee under the Companies Law, including the following:

 

  oversight of our independent registered public accounting firm and recommending the engagement, compensation or termination of engagement of our independent registered public accounting firm to the board of directors in accordance with Israeli law;

 

  recommending the engagement or termination of the person filling the office of our internal auditor; and

 

  recommending the terms of audit and non-audit services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm for pre-approval by our board of directors.

Our audit committee provides assistance to our board of directors in fulfilling its legal and fiduciary obligations in matters involving our accounting, auditing, financial reporting, internal control and legal compliance functions by pre-approving the services performed by our independent accountants and reviewing their reports regarding our accounting practices and systems of internal control over financial reporting. Our audit committee also oversees the audit efforts of our independent accountants and takes those actions that it deems necessary to satisfy itself that the accountants are independent of management.

Under the Companies Law, our audit committee is responsible for:

 

  determining whether there are deficiencies in our business management practices, including in consultation with our internal auditor or the independent auditor, and making recommendations to the board of directors to improve such practices;

 

  determining whether to approve certain related party transactions (including transactions in which an office holder has a personal interest) and whether such transaction is extraordinary or material under the Companies Law (see “—Approval of Related Party Transactions Under Israeli Law”);

 

  where the board of directors approves the work plan of the internal auditor, to examine such work plan before its submission to the board and propose amendments thereto;

 

  establishing the approval process for certain transactions with a controlling shareholder or in which a controlling shareholder has a personal interest;

 

83


Table of Contents
  examining our internal controls and internal auditor’s performance, including whether the internal auditor has sufficient resources and tools to dispose of its responsibilities;

 

  examining the scope of our auditor’s work and compensation and submitting a recommendation with respect thereto to our board of directors or shareholders, depending on which of them is considering the appointment of our auditor; and

 

  establishing procedures for the handling of employees’ complaints as to deficiencies in the management of our business and the protection to be provided to such employees.

Our audit committee may not approve any actions requiring its approval (see “—Approval of Related Party Transactions Under Israeli Law”), unless at the time of approval a majority of the committee’s members are present, which majority consists of unaffiliated directors including at least one external director.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of Mr. Serlin and Dr. Cohen, our two external directors, and of Mr. Zeitlin. Mr. Serlin serves as the chairman of the compensation committee.

We chose to rely upon the exemption available to foreign private issuers under the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market with respect to the determination of the compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers, and, in lieu of forming a compensation committee consisting entirely of independent directors (or the determination of such compensation solely by the independent members of our board of directors), we have a compensation committee in compliance with the Israeli Companies Law. See “Item 16G. Corporate Governance.” However, all of the current members of our compensation committee are independent.

Under the Companies Law, the board of directors of a public company must appoint a compensation committee. The compensation committee must be comprised of at least three directors, including all of the external directors, which shall be a majority of the members of the compensation committee and one of whom must serve as chairman of the committee. However, subject to certain exceptions, Israeli companies whose securities are traded on stock exchanges such as NASDAQ, and who do not have a controlling shareholder, do not have to meet this majority requirement; provided, however, that the compensation committee meets other Companies Law composition requirements, as well as the requirements of the jurisdiction where the company’s securities are traded. We do not have a controlling shareholder and therefore our external directors will not comprise the majority of the members appointed to our compensation committee.

Each compensation committee member who is not an external director must be a director whose compensation does not exceed an amount that may be paid to an external director. The compensation committee is subject to the same Companies Law restrictions as the audit committee as to who may not be a member of the committee.

The duties of the compensation committee include the recommendation to the company’s board of directors of a policy regarding the terms of engagement of office holders, to which we refer as a compensation policy. That policy must be adopted by the company’s board of directors, after considering the recommendations of the compensation committee, and will need to be brought for approval by the company’s shareholders, which approval requires what we refer to as a Special Majority. A Special Majority approval requires shareholder approval by a majority vote of the shares present and voting at a meeting of shareholders called for such purpose, provided that either: (a) such majority includes at least a majority of the shares held by all shareholders who are not controlling shareholders and do not have a personal interest in such compensation arrangement; or (b) the total number of shares of non-controlling shareholders and shareholders who do not have a personal interest in the compensation arrangement and who vote against the arrangement does not exceed 2% of the company’s aggregate voting rights. We will be required to adopt a compensation policy within nine months following the listing of our ordinary shares on The NASDAQ Global Market.

 

84


Table of Contents

Our compensation policy must serve as the basis for decisions concerning the financial terms of employment or engagement of office holders, including exculpation, insurance, indemnification or any monetary payment or obligation of payment in respect of employment or engagement. The compensation policy must relate to certain factors, including advancement of the company’s objectives, the company’s business plan and its long term strategy, and creation of appropriate incentives for office holders. It must also consider, among other things, the company’s risk management, size and nature of its operations. The compensation policy must furthermore consider the following additional factors:

 

  the knowledge, skills, expertise, and accomplishments of the relevant office holder;

 

  the office holder’s roles and responsibilities and prior compensation agreements with him or her;

 

  the relationship between the terms offered and the average compensation of the other employees of the company, including those employed through manpower companies;

 

  the impact of disparities in salary upon work relationships in the company;

 

  the possibility of reducing variable compensation at the discretion of the board of directors;

 

  the possibility of setting a limit on the exercise value of non-cash variable equity-based compensation; and

 

  as to severance compensation, the period of service of the office holder, the terms of his or her compensation during such service period, the company’s performance during that period of service, the person’s contributions towards the company’s achievement of its goals and the maximization of its profits, and the circumstances under which the person is leaving the company.

The compensation policy must also include the following principles:

 

  the link between variable compensation and long term performance and measurable criteria;

 

  the relationship between variable and fixed compensation, and the ceiling for the value of variable compensation;

 

  the conditions under which an office holder would be required to repay compensation paid to him or her if it was later shown that the data upon which such compensation was based was inaccurate and was required to be restated in the company’s financial statements;

 

  the minimum holding or vesting period for variable, equity-based compensation; and

 

  maximum limits for severance compensation.

The compensation committee is responsible for (a) recommending the compensation policy to a company’s board of directors for its approval (and subsequent approval by its shareholders) and (b) duties related to the compensation policy and to the compensation of a company’s office holders as well as functions previously fulfilled by a company’s audit committee with respect to matters related to approval of the terms of engagement of office holders, including:

 

  recommending whether a compensation policy should continue in effect, if the then- current policy has a term of greater than three years (approval of either a new compensation policy or the continuation of an existing compensation policy must in any case occur every three years);

 

  recommending to the board of directors periodic updates to the compensation policy;

 

  assessing implementation of the compensation policy; and

 

  determining whether the compensation terms of the chief executive officer of the company need not be brought to approval of the shareholders.

Our board of directors has adopted a compensation committee charter setting forth the responsibilities of the committee, which include:

 

  the responsibilities set forth in the compensation policy;

 

85


Table of Contents
  reviewing and approving the granting of options and other incentive awards to the extent such authority is delegated by our board of directors; and

 

  reviewing, evaluating and making recommendations regarding the compensation and benefits for our non-employee directors.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Dr. Shapiro, Mr. Gonczarowski, Ms. Alon and Dr. Arnon, and is chaired by Dr. Shapiro. Each of the members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are independent under the listing requirements of The NASDAQ Global Market.

Our board of directors has adopted a nominating and governance committee charter sets forth the responsibilities of the nominating and governance committee which include:

 

  overseeing and assisting our board in reviewing and recommending nominees for election as directors;

 

  assessing the performance of the members of our board; and

 

  establishing and maintaining effective corporate governance policies and practices, including, but not limited to, developing and recommending to our board a set of corporate governance guidelines applicable to our company.

Internal Auditor

Under the Companies Law, the board of directors of a public company must appoint an internal auditor based on the recommendation of the audit committee. The role of the internal auditor is to examine, among other things, our compliance with applicable law and orderly business procedures. The audit committee is required to oversee the activities and to assess the performance of the internal auditor as well as to review the internal auditor’s work plan. We intend to appoint an internal auditor within the time limits set by the Companies Law.

An internal auditor may not be:

 

  a person (or a relative of a person) who holds more than 5% of the company’s outstanding shares or voting rights;

 

  a person (or a relative of a person) who has the power to appoint a director or the general manager of the company;

 

  an office holder or director of the company; or

 

  a member of the company’s independent accounting firm, or anyone on its behalf.

Approval of Related Party Transactions Under Israeli Law

Fiduciary Duties of Directors and Executive Officers

The Companies Law codifies the fiduciary duties that office holders owe to a company. Each person listed in the table under “Management—Executive Officers and Directors” is an office holder under the Companies Law.

An office holder’s fiduciary duties consist of a duty of care and a duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires an office holder to act with the level of care with which a reasonable office holder in the same position would have acted under the same circumstances. The duty of loyalty requires that an office holder act in good faith and in the best interests of the company.

The duty of care includes a duty to use reasonable means to obtain:

 

  information on the advisability of a given action brought for his or her approval or performed by virtue of his or her position; and

 

86


Table of Contents
  all other important information pertaining to these actions.

The duty of loyalty includes a duty to:

 

  refrain from any conflict of interest between the performance of his or her duties to the company and his or her other duties or personal affairs;

 

  refrain from any activity that is competitive with the company;

 

  refrain from exploiting any business opportunity of the company to receive a personal gain for himself or herself or others; and

 

  disclose to the company any information or documents relating to the company’s affairs which the office holder received as a result of his or her position as an office holder.

Disclosure of Personal Interests of an Office Holder and Approval of Certain Transactions

The Companies Law requires that an office holder promptly disclose to the company any personal interest that he or she may be aware of and all related material information or documents concerning any existing or proposed transaction by the company. An interested office holder’s disclosure must be made promptly and in any event no later than the first meeting of the board of directors at which the transaction is considered. An office holder is not obliged to disclose a personal interest if it derives solely from the personal interest of his or her relative in a transaction that is not considered as an extraordinary transaction.

A “personal interest” is defined under the Companies Law to include a personal interest of any person in an act or transaction of a company, including the personal interest of such person’s relative or of a corporate body in which such person or a relative of such person is a 5% or greater shareholder, director or general manager or in which he or she has the right to appoint at least one director or the general manager, but excluding a personal interest stemming from one’s ownership of shares in the company.

A personal interest furthermore includes the personal interest of a person for whom the office holder holds a voting proxy or the personal interest of the office holder with respect to his or her vote on behalf of a person for whom he or she holds a proxy even if such shareholder has no personal interest in the matter. An office holder is not, however, obliged to disclose a personal interest if it derives solely from the personal interest of his or her relative in a transaction that is not considered an extraordinary transaction.

Under the Companies Law, an extraordinary transaction is defined as any of the following:

 

  a transaction other than in the ordinary course of business;

 

  a transaction that is not on market terms; or

 

  a transaction that may have a material impact on the company’s profitability, assets or liabilities.

If it is determined that an office holder has a personal interest in a transaction, approval by the board of directors is required for the transaction, unless the company’s articles of association provide for a different method of approval. Further, so long as an office holder has disclosed his or her personal interest in a transaction, the board of directors may approve an action by the office holder that would otherwise be deemed a breach of duty of loyalty. However, a company may not approve a transaction or action that is adverse to the company’s interest or that is not performed by the office holder in good faith. An extraordinary transaction in which an office holder has a personal interest requires approval first by the company’s audit committee and subsequently by the board of directors. The compensation of, or an undertaking to indemnify or insure, an office holder who is not a director requires approval first by the company’s compensation committee, then by the company’s board of directors, and, if such compensation arrangement or an undertaking to indemnify or insure is inconsistent with the company’s stated compensation policy or if the office holder is the chief executive officer (apart from a number of specific exceptions), then such arrangement is subject to a Special Majority approval. Arrangements regarding the compensation, indemnification or insurance of a director require the approval of the compensation

 

87


Table of Contents

committee, board of directors and shareholders by ordinary majority, in that order, and under certain circumstances, a Special Majority approval. If shareholders of a company do not approve the compensation terms of office holders, other than directors, but including the chief executive officer, the compensation committee and board of directors may override the shareholders’ decision, subject to certain conditions.

Generally, a person who has a personal interest in a matter which is considered at a meeting of the board of directors or the audit committee may not be present at such a meeting or vote on that matter unless the chairman of the relevant committee or board of directors (as applicable) determines that he or she should be present in order to present the transaction that is subject to approval. If a majority of the members of the audit committee or the board of directors (as applicable) has a personal interest in the approval of a transaction, then all directors may participate in discussions of the audit committee or the board of directors (as applicable) on such transaction and the voting on approval thereof, but shareholder approval is also required for such transaction.

Disclosure of Personal Interests of Controlling Shareholders and Approval of Certain Transactions

Pursuant to Israeli law, the disclosure requirements regarding personal interests that apply to directors and executive officers also apply to a controlling shareholder of a public company. See “—External Directors” for a definition of controlling shareholder. In the context of a transaction involving a shareholder of the company, a controlling shareholder also includes a shareholder who holds 25% or more of the voting rights in the company if no other shareholder holds more than 50% of the voting rights in the company. For this purpose, the holdings of all shareholders who have a personal interest in the same transaction will be aggregated. The approval of the audit committee, the board of directors and a Special Majority, in that order, is required for (a) extraordinary transactions with a controlling shareholder or in which a controlling shareholder has a personal interest, (b) the engagement with a controlling shareholder or his or her relative, directly or indirectly, for the provision of services to the company, (c) the terms of engagement and compensation of a controlling shareholder or his or her relative who is not an office holder or (d) the employment of a controlling shareholder or his or her relative by the company, other than as an office holder.

To the extent that any such transaction with a controlling shareholder is for a period extending beyond three years, approval is required once every three years, unless, with respect to certain transactions, the audit committee determines that the duration of the transaction is reasonable given the circumstances related thereto.

Arrangements regarding the compensation, indemnification or insurance of a controlling shareholder in his or her capacity as an office holder require the approval of the compensation committee, board of directors and shareholders by a Special Majority and the terms thereof may not be inconsistent with the company’s stated compensation policy.

Pursuant to regulations promulgated under the Companies Law, certain transactions with a controlling shareholder or his or her relative, or with directors, that would otherwise require approval of a company’s shareholders may be exempt from shareholder approval upon certain determinations of the audit committee and board of directors. Under these regulations, a shareholder holding at least 1% of the issued share capital of the company may require, within 14 days of the publication of such determinations, that despite such determinations by the audit committee and the board of directors, such transaction will require shareholder approval under the same majority requirements that would otherwise apply to such transactions.

Employment Agreements with Executive Officers and Directors

We have entered into written employment agreements with each of Dror Harats, Erez Feige, Jacob George, Amos Ron, Yael Cohen, Eyal Breitbart and Naamit Sher. All such agreements contain provisions regarding non-competition, confidentiality of information and assignment of inventions. The non-competition provisions apply for a period of 24 months following termination of the respective officer’s employment. In addition, we are required to provide notice of between three and six months prior to terminating the employment of such executive officers other than in the case of a termination for cause. Other than with respect to Prof. Harats, these

 

88


Table of Contents

agreements do not provide for benefits upon the termination of these executives’ respective employment with us, other than payment of salary and benefits during the required notice period for termination of these agreements, which varies under these individual agreements. Prof. Harats’s agreement provides for six months of severance in the event Prof. Harats’s employment is terminated by us without cause or terminated by Prof. Harats for good reason. Pursuant to his employment agreement, “Cause” means Prof. Harats’s conviction of any felony related to our business, a serious breach of trust by Prof. Harats, including theft, embezzlement of our funds, self dealing, prohibited disclosure of confidential or proprietary information and Prof. Harats’s engagement in any prohibited business competitive to our own, Prof. Harats’s disregard of lawful instructions of our board of directors with respect to his duties to us following notice, or Prof. Harats’s willful failure to perform any of his fundamental functions or duties. Pursuant to his employment agreement, “Good reason” means a material reduction in Prof. Harats’s status, title, position or responsibilities, a reduction in Prof. Harats’s salary which is not part of a general reduction in salary applicable to all of our employees, a failure by us to continue any material compensation or benefit plan, program or practice in which Prof. Harats is participating, or a material breach by us of any provision of Prof. Harats’s employment agreement.

In addition, we have entered into compensation agreements with certain of our directors. The amounts payable pursuant to these arrangements have been approved by our board of directors and shareholders.

Our directors do not receive compensation for their service as our directors or otherwise, unless such compensation is approved by our compensation committee, and then by the board of directors followed by the shareholders. The compensation of our directors may be fixed, as an all-inclusive payment or as payment for participation in meetings, or as a combination thereof. In addition, such compensation may include: (i) in the case of a director who is also an officer, a salary or other compensation in respect of his or her work as an officer, as may be agreed upon by the director and us; and (ii) reimbursement of expenses, including travel expenses, expended in connection with his or her duties as a member of the board of directors.

Employees

As of February 1, 2015, we employed 33 employees, including 26 in research and development, and 6 in general and administrative positions, and of which 16 employees have either MDs or PhDs. All of our employees are located in Israel. We believe our employee relations are good.

Israeli labor laws govern the length of the workday, minimum wages for employees, procedures for hiring and dismissing employees, determination of severance pay, annual leave, sick days, advance notice of termination of employment, equal opportunity and anti- discrimination laws and other conditions of employment. Subject to specified exceptions, Israeli law generally requires severance pay upon the retirement, death or dismissal of an employee, and requires us and our employees to make payments to the National Insurance Institute, which is similar to the U.S. Social Security Administration. Our employees have defined benefit pension plans that comply with the applicable Israeli legal requirements.

None of our employees currently work under any collective bargaining agreements.

Share Ownership

For information regarding the share ownership of our directors and executive officers, please refer to “—Equity Compensation Plans” below and “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—Major Shareholders.”

Our directors and executive officers hold, in the aggregate, options exercisable for 1,610,228 ordinary shares, as of March 19, 2015, including options to purchase 60,000 ordinary shares under the 2014 plan. These options have an exercise price of $2.35 per share and have expiration dates generally twenty years after the grant date of the option.

1,414,391 options are vested as of March 19, 2015 and have a weighted average exercise price of $1.85 per share.

 

89


Table of Contents

Equity Compensation Plans

The 2000 Plan, the 2011 Plan and the Employee Share Ownership and Option Plan (2014), or the 2014 Plan, allow us to grant options to purchase our ordinary shares to our directors, officers, employees, consultants, advisers and service providers. The option plans are intended to enhance our ability to attract and retain desirable individuals by increasing their ownership interests in us. We no longer intend to grant options under the 2000 Plan or the 2011 Plan, and the remaining shares reserved for future grants under the option plans will constitute the initial share reserve for the 2014 Plan. Additionally, upon the expiration of options granted under the 2000 Plan or the 2011 Plan, the ordinary shares underlying such expired options will increase the pool reserved for allocation under the 2014 Plan. As of March 19, 2015, we had reserved an aggregate of 2,931,106 ordinary shares under the option plans. As of March 19, 2015, options to purchase an aggregate of 1,460,489 ordinary shares were outstanding, options to purchase 167,420 ordinary shares had been exercised, of which 4,384 had been transferred to the beneficiary holders, and options to purchase 1,303,197 ordinary shares were reserved for future grant under the plans.

The plans are designed to reflect the provisions of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance [New Version]—1961, as amended, mainly Sections 102 and 3(i), or the Ordinance, which affords certain tax advantages to Israeli employees, officers and directors that are granted options in accordance with its terms.

Section 102 of the Ordinance allows employees, directors and officers, who are not controlling shareholders and who are Israeli residents, to receive favorable tax treatment for compensation in the form of shares or options. Section 102 of the Ordinance includes two alternatives for tax treatment involving the issuance of options or shares to a trustee for the benefit of the grantees and also includes an additional alternative for the issuance of options or shares directly to the grantee. Section 102(b)(2) of the Ordinance, which provides the most favorable tax treatment for grantees, permits the issuance to a trustee under the “capital gains track.” In order to comply with the terms of the capital gains track, all options granted under a specific plan and subject to the provisions of Section 102 of the Ordinance, as well as the shares issued upon exercise of such options and other shares received following any realization of rights with respect to such options, such as share dividends and share splits, must be registered in the name of a trustee selected by the board of directors and held in trust for the benefit of the relevant employee, director or officer. The trustee may not release these options or shares to the relevant grantee before the second anniversary of the registration of the options in the name of the trustee. However, under this track, we are not allowed to deduct an expense with respect to the issuance of the options or shares. Section 3(i) does not provide for a similar tax benefits.

The plans may be administered by our board of directors either directly or upon the recommendation of a committee appointed by our board of directors.

The compensation committee recommends to the board of directors, and the board of directors determines or approves the eligible individuals who receive options under the plans, the number of ordinary shares covered by those options, the terms under which such options may be exercised, and other terms and conditions of the options, all in accordance with the provisions of the plans. Option holders may not transfer their options except in the event of death or if the compensation committee determines otherwise. Our compensation committee or board of directors may at any time amend or terminate each of the plans; however, any amendment or termination may not adversely affect any options or shares granted under such plan prior to such action.

The option exercise price is determined by the compensation committee and specified in each option award agreement. In general, the option exercise price is the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant as determined in good faith by our board of directors.

Employee Share Ownership and Option Plan (2014)

In June 2014, we adopted and obtained shareholder approval for our 2014 Plan and the U.S. Appendix thereto, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering. The 2014 Plan provides for the grant of options,

 

90


Table of Contents

restricted shares, restricted share units and other share- based awards to our directors, employees, officers, consultants, advisors and service providers, among others and to any other person whose services are considered valuable to us. Following the approval of the 2014 Plan by the Israeli tax authorities, we will only grant options or other equity incentive awards under the 2014 Plan, although previously-granted options and awards will continue to be governed by our 2000 Plan and 2011 Plan. The initial reserved pool under the 2014 Plan will be 928,288 ordinary shares, subject to adjustments as set forth in the 2014 Plan, including an automatic annual increase on January 1 of each year such that the number of shares issuable under the 2014 Plan will equal 4% of our issued and outstanding share capital on a fully diluted basis on each such January 1, or a lesser number of shares determined by the board of directors. We determined not to increase the number of shares issuable under the 2014 Plan for January 1, 2015.

The 2014 Plan will be administered by our board of directors or by a committee designated by the board of directors, which shall determine, subject to Israeli law, the grantees of awards and the terms of the grant, including, exercise prices, vesting schedules, acceleration of vesting and the other matters necessary in the administration of the 2014 Plan. The 2014 Plan will enable us to issue awards under various tax regimes including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 102 and 3(i) of the Ordinance, and under Section 422 of the Code. Options granted under the 2014 Plan to U.S. residents may qualify as “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, or may be non-qualified. The exercise price for “incentive stock options” must not be less than the fair market value on the date on which an option is granted, or 110% of the fair market value if the option holder holds more than 10% of our share capital.

We currently intend to grant awards under the 2014 Plan only to our employees, directors and officers who are not controlling shareholders and are considered Israeli residents, under the capital gains track of Section 102(b)2 of the Ordinance.

Awards under the 2014 Plan may be granted until June 8, 2034, 20 years from the date on which the 2014 Plan was approved by our board of directors, provided that awards granted to any U.S. participants may be granted until June 8, 2024, 10 years from the date on which the 2014 Plan was approved by our board of directors.

We expect that options granted under the 2014 Plan will generally vest over four years commencing on the date of grant such that 25% vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant and an additional 6.25% vest at the end of each subsequent three-month period thereafter for 36 months. Options, other than certain incentive share options, that are not exercised within 20 years from the grant date expire, unless otherwise determined by our board of directors or its designated committee, as applicable. Share options that qualify as “incentive stock options” granted to a person holding more than 10% of our voting power under the U.S. appendix to the 2014 Plan will expire within five years from the date of the grant and any other options granted under the U.S. appendix to the 2014 Plan will expire within 10 years from the date of grant. Except as otherwise determined by the board of directors or as set forth in an individual’s award agreement, in the event of termination of employment or services for reasons of disability or death, or retirement, the grantee, or in the case of death, his or her legal successor, may exercise options that have vested prior to termination within a period of one year from the date of disability or death, or within 180 days following retirement. If we terminate a grantee’s employment or service for cause, all of the grantee’s vested and unvested options will expire on the date of termination. If a grantee’s employment or service is terminated for any other reason, the grantee may exercise his or her vested options within 90 days of the date of termination. Any expired or unvested options return to the pool for reissuance.

In the event of a merger or consolidation of our company, or a sale of all, or substantially all, of our shares or assets or other transaction having a similar effect on us, then without the consent of the option holder, our board of directors may determine, at its absolute discretion, whether outstanding awards held by or for the benefit of any grantee and which have not yet vested, is to be assumed or substituted and whether acceleration of such awards will be available.

 

91


Table of Contents

Employee Share Ownership and Option Plan (2011)

In April 2011, we adopted the 2011 Plan. The term of the 2011 Plan is twenty years. Each option granted under the 2011 Plan entitles the grantee to purchase our ordinary shares. The options granted under the 2011 Plan generally vest during a four-year period following the date of the grant in 13 installments: 25% of the options vest one year following the grant date, and additional 1/16 of the options vest at the end of each subsequent quarter over the course of the following three years. The options expire twenty years after the date of grant if not exercised earlier.

In the case of certain changes in our share capital structure, such as a consolidation or share split or dividend, appropriate adjustments will be made to the numbers of shares and exercise prices under outstanding options. Unless otherwise determined by the board of directors, upon the consummation of certain kinds of transactions, such as a liquidation, a merger, reorganization or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, any unexercised outstanding options shall expire, provided that in case of merger or consolidation or the sale, transfer or exchange of all or substantially all our assets or shares, the surviving corporation does not assume the options or substitute them with appropriate options in the surviving corporation.

In general, when an option holder’s employment or service with us terminates, his or her option will no longer continue to vest following termination, and the holder may exercise any vested options for a period of 90 days following termination without cause. If an option holder’s employment with us terminates due to disability (as determined by the board of directors) or if the termination of employment results from his or her death then the option holder or his or her estate (as applicable) has twelve months to exercise the option. If an option holder retires from our company, then, with the approval of the board of directors, the option holder or his or her estate (as applicable) has six months to exercise the option. If termination of employment results from cause, his or her outstanding options will expire upon termination. No option may be exercised after its scheduled expiration date.

Employee Share Ownership and Option Plan (2000)

In February 2000, we adopted the 2000 Plan, which was amended and restated in 2003 due to changes in applicable tax law. The original term of the 2000 Plan was ten years. In 2013, the terms of outstanding options were extended by 10 years.

Each option granted under the 2000 Plan entitles the grantee to purchase one of our ordinary shares. The options granted under the 2000 Plan generally vest during a four-year period following the date of the grant in three installments: 50% of the options vest two years following the grant date, 25% of the options vest three years following the grant date and the remaining 25% of the options vest four years following the grant date. The options under the plan expire ten years after the date of grant if not exercised earlier.

In the case of certain changes in our share capital structure, such as a consolidation or share split or dividend, appropriate adjustments will be made to the numbers of shares and exercise prices under outstanding options. In the event of certain transactions, such as an acquisition, or a merger or reorganization or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, there shall be an acceleration of exercise of unvested options, immediate or otherwise, which depends on, among other things, the nature of such transaction, and provided that in case of merger or consolidation the surviving corporation does not assume the options or substitute them with appropriate options in the surviving corporation.

In general, when an option holder’s employment or service with us terminates, his or her option will no longer continue to vest following termination, and the holder may exercise any vested options for a period of 90 days following termination without cause. If an option holder’s employment with us terminates due to disability (as determined by the board of directors) or if the termination of employment results from his or her death or due to retirement after age 60, then with the approval of the board of directors, the option holder or his or her estate (as applicable) has twelve months to exercise the option; however, the option may not be exercised after its scheduled expiration date. If termination of employment results from cause, his or her outstanding options will expire upon termination.

 

92


Table of Contents

Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

Major Shareholders

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of March 19, 2015:

 

    each person or entity known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares;

 

    each of our executive officers and directors individually; and

 

    all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

The beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power, or the right to receive the economic benefit of ownership. For purposes of the table below, we deem ordinary shares issuable pursuant to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 19, 2015 to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but we do not treat them as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The percentage of ordinary shares beneficially owned is based on 19,898,674 ordinary shares outstanding as of March 19, 2015.

According to our transfer agent, as March 19, 2015, there were 56 record holders of our ordinary shares. None of our shareholders has different voting rights from other shareholders.

Except as described in the footnotes below, we believe each shareholder has voting and investment power with respect to the ordinary shares indicated in the table as beneficially owned. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner is c/o Vascular Biogenics Ltd., 6 Jonathan Netanyahu St., Or Yehuda, Israel 60376.

 

Name   

Number of
Ordinary
Shares

Beneficially
Owned

     Percentage of
Ownership
 

5% Shareholders

     

The Keffi Group VI LLC (1)

     4,858,737         24.4

Aurum Ventures M.K.I. Ltd (2)

     4,254,778         21.4

Persons affiliated with Pitango Ventures (3)

     1,658,630         8.3

Persons affiliated with J.J.D. Holdings (4)

     1,013,498         5.1

Executive Officers and Directors

     

Dr. Bennett M. Shapiro (5)

     235,204         1.2

Prof. Dror Harats (6)

     1,586,978         7.6

Dr. Erez Feige

     —           *   

Prof. Jacob George (7)

     256,415         1.3

Mr. Jecheskiel Gonczarowski (8)

     2,452,012         12.3

Dr. Dan J. Gelvan

     —           —     

Mr. Jide J. Zeitlin (1)

     4,858,737         24.4

Prof. Ruth Arnon

     —           —     

Ms. Ruth Alon

     —           —     

Dr. Ron Cohen

     —           *   

Mr. Philip Serlin

     —           *   

Mr. Amos Ron

     —           *   

Dr. Yael Cohen

     —           *   

Dr. Eyal Breitbart

     —           *   

Dr. Naamit Sher

     —           *   

Adv. Ayelet Horn

     —           *   

All directors and executive officers as a group (9)

     9,701,342         45.4

 

93


Table of Contents

 

* Less than 1%
(1) These shares may be deemed to be beneficially owned by Jide Zeitlin, our director and president of The Keffi Group VI LLC. The address of The Keffi Group VI LLC is 500 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10110.
(2) Consists of 4,254,778 shares held by Aurum Ventures M.K.I. Ltd. Voting and investment power over such shares are vested with Mr. Morris Kahn, who controls Aurum Ventures M.K.I. Ltd. As such, Mr. Kahn may be deemed to have beneficial ownership over our shares held by Aurum Ventures M.K.I. Ltd. The address of Aurum Ventures M.K.I. Ltd. is 16 Abba Hillel Silver Rd., Ramat Gan, 5250608, Israel.
(3) Consists of 1,623,570 shares held by Pitango Venture Capital Fund IV L.P. and 35,060 shares held by Pitango Venture Capital Principals Fund IV L.P. (collectively, the “Pitango Funds”). The Pitango Funds are managed by their sole general partner, Pitango V.C. Fund IV, L.P., the sole general partner of which is Pitango G.P. Capital Holdings Ltd., an Israeli company owned indirectly (through personal holding entities) by each of the following individuals: Rami Kalish, Chemi J. Peres, Aaron Mankovski, Isaac Hillel, Rami Beracha and Zeev Binman, none of whom has sole voting or investment power of our shares and each of whom has shared voting and investment power of such shares. Ms. Alon is a General Partner of Pitango Ventures IV L.P., but does not have sole or shared voting or investment power over the shares held by the Pitango Funds. The address of the Pitango Funds is 11 HaMenofim Street, Building B, Herzliya, Israel 46725.
(4) Consists of 246,542 shares held by J.J.D. Holdings G.P., 613,387 shares held by A.J.J.G. Technology Investments 2003, 153,569 shares held by Inspe Aktiengesellschaft (collectively, the “J.J.D. Funds”). These shares may be deemed to be beneficially owned by Jecheskiel Gonczarowski, our director and the chairman of the J.J.D.
(5) Consists of (a) 24,440 outstanding shares held by Puretech Ventures LLC, which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by Bennett M. Shapiro, our chairman and a senior partner and chairman of Puretech Ventures LLC; (b) 26,141 outstanding shares held by Bennett M. Shapiro and Fredericka F. Shapiro, JTWROS; and (c) options to purchase 167,956 shares exercisable within 60 days of March 19, 2015 held by Bennett M. Shapiro.
(6) Consists of (a) 666,742 outstanding shares held by or for Prof. Harats; (b) options to purchase 888,304 shares exercisable within 60 days of March 19, 2015; and (c) warrants exercisable for 31,932 shares within 60 days of March 19, 2015.
(7) Includes options to purchase 94,685 shares exercisable within 60 days of March 19, 2015.
(8) Consists of 1,013,498 shares held by J.J.D. Funds. These shares may be deemed to be beneficially owned by Jecheskiel Gonczarowski, our director and the chairman of the J.J.D. Funds. In addition, this number consists of 855,181 shares held directly by Mr. Jecheskiel Gonczarowski and 583,333 shares held by D.S.N.I. Investments Ltd.
(9) Consists of (a) options to purchase 1,414,391 shares exercisable within 60 days of February 15, 2015; (b) warrants exercisable for 49,725 shares within 60 days of February 15, 2015; and (c) 8,237,226 outstanding shares.

Related Party Transactions

The following is a description of the material terms of those transactions with related parties to which we are party since January 1, 2014.

We have adopted a written policy which provides that the approval of the audit committee is required to effect specified actions and transactions with our directors, executive officers and controlling shareholders, or in which such persons have an interest. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Approval of Related Party Transactions Under Israeli Law.” The term “controlling shareholder” means a shareholder with the ability to direct the activities of our company, other than by virtue of being an executive officer or director. A shareholder is presumed to be a controlling shareholder if the shareholder holds 50% or more of the voting rights in a company or has the right to appoint the majority of the directors of the company or its general manager. For

 

94


Table of Contents

the purpose of approving transactions with controlling shareholders, the term also includes any shareholder that holds 25% or more of the voting rights of a company if the company has no shareholder that owns more than 50% of its voting rights. The transactions described below were entered into prior to the effectiveness of this policy.

Issuances of Securities

Series E Financing

In May 2014, we issued and sold an aggregate of 1,495,331 Series E preferred shares under a subscription agreement, all of which converted into ordinary shares immediately prior to the closing of our initial public offering, consisting of 413,096 Series E preferred shares purchased for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $4.9 million, and 1,082,235 Series E preferred shares issued upon conversion of the convertible loan described above which we refer to as our Series E financing. The table below sets forth the number of the Series E preferred shares issued to our executive officers, directors and entities that, as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares, through purchase of shares in the Series E financing or through conversion of the convertible loan, and the number of ordinary shares resulted from the conversion of such preferred shares:

 

Shareholders

   Shares of
Series E
Preferred
Purchased
     Shares of
Series E Preferred
Resulting from
Conversion of Loan
     Number of Ordinary
Shares Resulted
from the Conversion
of Series E
Preferred Shares
 

Mr. Jecheskiel Gonczarowski

     181,859         207,068         388,927   

Inspe Aktiengesellschaft

     20,003         —           20,003   

Aurum Ventures M.K.I Ltd.

     —           390,830         390,830   

Pitango Venture Capital Fund IV L.P.

     53,222         —           53,222   

Pitango Venture Capital Principals Fund IV L.P.

     1,148         —           1,148   

The Keffi Group VI LLC

     —           400,019         400,019   

Bennett M. Shapiro and Fredericka F. Shapiro, JTWROS

     —           26,141         26,141   

Dr. Bennett M. Shapiro, Mr. Gonczarowski, who is affiliated with J.J.D. Holdings, Mr. Zeitlin, who is affiliated with The Keffi Group V LLC and The Keffi Group VI LLC, Dr. Gelvan, who manages the life science holdings of Aurum Ventures M.K.I. Ltd., and Ms. Ruth Alon, who is affiliated with Pitango Venture Capital Fund IV LP and Pitango Venture Capital Principals Fund IV LP, are each members of our board of directors.

Participation in Our Initial Public Offering

Certain of our shareholders who owned shares prior to our initial public offering, including certain 5% shareholders, directors and their affiliates, purchased an aggregate of 3,833,333 ordinary shares in our initial public offering in October 2014:

 

Shareholders and directors

   Number of Ordinary Shares purchased
In the IPO
 

The Keffi Group VI LLC

     1,783,333   

Aurum Ventures M.K.I. Ltd.

     1,250,000   

D.S.N.I. Investments Ltd

     583,333   

Pitango Venture Capital Fund IV L.P

     166,666   

Bennett M. Shapiro and Fredericka F. Shapiro, JTWROS

     16,667   

Prof. Dror Harats

     16,667   

Prof. Ruth Arnon

     16,667   

Dr. Bennett M. Shapiro, Mr. Gonczarowski, who is affiliated with J.J.D Holdings, Mr. Zeitlin, who is affiliated with The Keffi Group V LLC and The Keffi Group VI LLC, Dr. Gelvan, who manages the life science holdings of Aurum Ventures M.K.I. Ltd., Prof. Ruth Arnon and Prof. Dror Harats are each members of our board of directors.

 

95


Table of Contents

Rights of Appointment

Our current board of directors consists of nine directors. Pursuant to our articles of association in effect prior to the initial public offering, certain of our shareholders had rights to appoint members of our board of directors. All rights to appoint directors terminated, although previously serving directors that were appointed prior to the offering will continue to serve pursuant to their appointment until the first annual meeting of shareholders held after our initial public offering. We are not a party to, and are not aware of, any voting agreements among our shareholders.

Indemnification Agreements

We have in place indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers exculpating them from a breach of their duty of care to us to the fullest extent permitted by law, subject to limited exceptions, and undertaking to indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by Israeli law, subject to limited exceptions, including with respect to liabilities resulting from the initial public offering to the extent such liabilities are not covered by insurance.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with our executive officers and key employees. The employment agreements contain standard provisions, including assignment of invention provisions and non-competition clauses. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employment Agreements with Executive Officers.”

Registration Rights Agreement

Our investor rights agreement entitles our preferred shareholders to certain registration rights following the closing of our initial public offering. In accordance with this agreement, and subject to conditions described below, the following executives, directors and entities, which as of the date of this prospectus beneficially own more than 5% of our ordinary shares, assuming the conversion of all of outstanding preferred shares into ordinary shares, are entitled to registration rights: Jecheskiel Gonczarowski, The Keffi Group VI LLC, persons and entities affiliated with Aurum Ventures, Pitango Ventures and persons and entities affiliated with J.J.D. Holdings.

Form F-1 Demand Rights . Upon the request of the holders of more than 50% of the shares held by our former preferred shareholders given more than 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement related to our initial public offering, we are required to file a registration statement on Form F-1 in respect of the ordinary shares held by our former preferred shareholders. Following a request to effect such a registration, we are required to give notice of the request to the other holders of registrable securities and offer them an opportunity to include their shares in the registration statement. We are not required to effect more than two registrations on Form F-1 in the aggregate and not more than one registration in any 12 month period and we are only required to do so if the aggregate proceeds from any such registration are estimated in good faith to be in excess of $6.0 million.

Form F-3 Demand Rights . After we become eligible under applicable securities laws to file a registration statement on Form F-3, which will not be until at least 12 months after the date of this prospectus, upon the request of the holders of more than 20% of the shares held by our former preferred shareholders, we are required to file a registration statement on Form F-3 in respect of the ordinary shares held by our former preferred shareholders. Following a request to effect such a registration, we are required to give notice of the request to the other holders of registrable securities and offer them an opportunity to include their shares in the registration statement. We are not required to effect a registration on Form F-3 more than twice in any 12 month period and are only required to do so if the aggregate proceeds from any such registration are estimated in good faith to be in excess of $2.0 million.

 

96


Table of Contents

Piggyback Registration Rights . Following our initial public offering, shareholders holding registrable securities also have the right to request that we include their registrable securities in any registration statement filed by us in the future for the purposes of a public offering for cash, subject to specified exceptions.

Cutback . In the event that the managing underwriter advises the registering shareholders that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares that can be included in a registered offering, the shares will be included in the registration statement in an agreed order of preference among the holders of registration rights. The same preference also applies in the case of a piggyback registration, but we have first preference and the number of shares of shareholders that are included may not be less than 30% of the total number of shares included in the offering.

Termination . All registration rights granted to holders of registrable securities terminate on the fifth anniversary of the closing of our initial public offering and, with respect to any of our holders of registrable securities that holds less than 1% of our outstanding shares, when the shares held by such shareholder can be sold within a 90 day period under Rule 144.

Expenses . We will pay all expenses in carrying out the foregoing registrations other than selling shareholders’ underwriting discounts and transfer taxes.

 

97


Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Information

Financial statements are set forth under item 18.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends to our shareholders. We currently anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings, if any, for use in the operation of our business. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends on our ordinary shares is limited by restrictions under the terms of the agreements governing our indebtedness and under Israeli law.

Item 9. The Offer and Listing

Our ordinary shares are quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “VBLT.”

Nasdaq Global Market

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated since October 1, 2014, which was the date on which our ordinary shares began trading on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “VBLT,” the high and low sales prices of our ordinary shares as reported by the Nasdaq Global Market.

 

     Price Per Ordinary Share  
         High              Low      

Annual:

   $ 6.94      $ 5.50   

2014

     

Quarterly:

     

Fourth Quarter 2014

   $ 6.94       $ 5.50   

Most Recent Six Months:

     

October 2014

   $ 6.69      $ 5.85  

November 2014

   $ 6.94      $ 6.07  

December 2014

   $ 6.50      $ 5.50  

January 2015

   $ 16.23      $ 6.75  

February 2015

   $ 15.40      $ 4.04  

On March 19, 2015, the last reported sale price of our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Global Market was $4.74 per share.

 

98


Table of Contents

Item 10. Additional Information

A. Share Capital

Not applicable.

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

Ordinary Shares

Voting

All ordinary shares will have identical voting and other rights in all respects.

Transfer of Shares

Our fully paid ordinary shares are issued in registered form and may be freely transferred under our amended and restated articles of association, unless the transfer is restricted or prohibited by another instrument, applicable law or the rules of a stock exchange on which the shares are listed for trade. The ownership or voting of our ordinary shares by non-residents of Israel is not restricted in any way by our amended and restated articles of association or the laws of the State of Israel, except for ownership by nationals of some countries that are, or have been, in a state of war with Israel.

Election of Directors

Our ordinary shares do not have cumulative voting rights for the election of directors. As a result, the holders of a majority of the voting power represented at a shareholders meeting have the power to elect all of our directors, subject to the special approval requirements for external directors described under “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Board of Directors.”

Under our amended and restated articles of association, our board of directors must consist of not less than three, not including two external directors, but no more than nine directors, including two external directors, as required by the Companies Law. Pursuant to our amended and restated articles of association, other than the external directors, for whom special election requirements apply under the Companies Law, the vote required to appoint a director is a simple majority vote of holders of our voting shares, participating and voting at the relevant meeting. Each director will serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal by a vote of the majority voting power of our shareholders at a general meeting of our shareholders or until his or her office expires by operation of law, in accordance with the Companies Law. In addition, our amended and restated articles of association allow our board of directors to appoint directors to fill vacancies on the board of directors to serve for a term of office equal to the remaining period of the term of office of the directors(s) whose office(s) have been vacated. External directors are elected for an initial term of three years, may be elected for additional terms of three years each under certain circumstances, and may be removed from office pursuant to the terms of the Companies Law. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Board of Directors.”

Dividend and Liquidation Rights

We may declare a dividend to be paid to the holders of our ordinary shares in proportion to their respective shareholdings. Under the Companies Law, dividend distributions are determined by the board of directors and do not require the approval of the shareholders of a company unless the company’s articles of association provide otherwise. Our amended and restated articles of association do not require shareholder approval of a dividend distribution and provide that dividend distributions may be determined by our board of directors.

 

99


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the Companies Law, the distribution amount is limited to the greater of retained earnings or earnings generated over the previous two years, according to our then last reviewed or audited financial statements, provided that the date of the financial statements is not more than six months prior to the date of the distribution, or we may otherwise only distribute dividends that do not meet such criteria only with court approval. In each case, we are only permitted to distribute a dividend if our board of directors and the court, if applicable, determines that there is no reasonable concern that payment of the dividend will prevent us from satisfying our existing and foreseeable obligations as they become due.

In the event of our liquidation, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors, our assets will be distributed to the holders of our ordinary shares in proportion to their shareholdings. This right, as well as the right to receive dividends, may be affected by the grant of preferential dividend or distribution rights to the holders of a class of shares with preferential rights that may be authorized in the future.

Shareholder Meetings

Under Israeli law, we are required to hold an annual general meeting of our shareholders once every calendar year that must be held no later than 15 months after the date of the previous annual general meeting. All meetings other than the annual general meeting of shareholders are referred to in our amended and restated articles of association as extraordinary general meetings. Our board of directors may call extraordinary general meetings whenever it sees fit, at such time and place, within or outside of Israel, as it may determine. In addition, the Companies Law provides that our board of directors is required to convene an extraordinary general meeting upon the written request of (i) any two of our directors or one- quarter of the members of our board of directors or (ii) one or more shareholders holding, in the aggregate, either (a) 5% or more of our outstanding issued shares and 1% of our outstanding voting power or (b) 5% or more of our outstanding voting power. One or more shareholders, holding 1% or more of the outstanding voting power, may ask the board to add an item to the agenda of a prospective meeting, if the proposal merits discussion at the general meeting.

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and the regulations promulgated thereunder, shareholders entitled to participate and vote at general meetings are the shareholders of record on a date to be decided by the board of directors, which may be between four and 40 days prior to the date of the meeting. Furthermore, the Companies Law requires that resolutions regarding the following matters must be passed at a general meeting of our shareholders:

 

    amendments to our articles of association;

 

    appointment or termination of our auditors;

 

    appointment of external directors;

 

    approval of certain related party transactions;

 

    increases or reductions of our authorized share capital;

 

    a merger; and

 

    the exercise of our board of director’s powers by a general meeting, if our board of directors is unable to exercise its powers and the exercise of any of its powers is required for our proper management.

The Companies Law and our amended and restated articles of association require that a notice of any annual general meeting or extraordinary general meeting be provided to shareholders at least 21 days prior to the meeting and if the agenda of the meeting includes the appointment or removal of directors, the approval of transactions with office holders or interested or related parties, or an approval of a merger, notice must be provided at least 35 days prior to the meeting.

Under the Companies Law and our amended and restated articles of association, shareholders are not permitted to take action via written consent in lieu of a meeting.

 

100


Table of Contents

Quorum Requirements

Pursuant to our amended and restated articles of association, holders of our ordinary shares have one vote for each ordinary share held on all matters submitted to a vote before the shareholders at a general meeting. As a foreign private issuer, the quorum required for our general meetings of shareholders consists of at least two shareholders present in person, by proxy or written ballot who hold or represent between them at least 25% of the total outstanding voting rights. A meeting adjourned for lack of a quorum is generally adjourned to the same day in the following week at the same time and place or to a later time or date if so.

Vote Requirements

Our amended and restated articles of association provide that all resolutions of our shareholders require a simple majority vote, unless otherwise required by the Companies Law or by our amended and restated articles of association. Under the Companies Law, each of (i) the approval of an extraordinary transaction with a controlling shareholder and (ii) the terms of employment or other engagement of the controlling shareholder of the company or such controlling shareholder’s relative (even if not extraordinary) requires, the approval described above under “Management—Approval of Related Party Transactions Under Israeli Law—Disclosure of Personal Interests of Controlling Shareholders and Approval of Certain Transactions.” Under our amended and restated articles of association, the alteration of the rights, privileges, preferences or obligations of any class of our shares requires a simple majority vote of the class so affected (or such other percentage of the relevant class that may be set forth in the governing documents relevant to such class), in addition to the ordinary majority vote of all classes of shares voting together as a single class at a shareholder meeting. An exception to the simple majority vote requirement is a resolution for the voluntary winding up, or an approval of a scheme of arrangement or reorganization, of the company pursuant to Section 350 of the Companies Law, which requires the approval of holders of 75% of the voting rights represented at the meeting, in person, by proxy or by voting deed and voting on the resolution.

Access to Corporate Records

Under the Companies Law, shareholders are provided access to: minutes of our general meetings; our shareholders register and principal shareholders register, articles of association and financial statements; and any document that we are required by law to file publicly with the Israeli Companies Registrar or the Israel Securities Authority. In addition, shareholders may request to be provided with any document related to an action or transaction requiring shareholder approval under the related party transaction provisions of the Companies Law. We may deny this request if we believe it has not been made in good faith or if such denial is necessary to protect our interest or protect a trade secret or patent.

Acquisitions Under Israeli Law

Full Tender Offer

A person wishing to acquire shares of an Israeli public company and who would as a result hold over 90% of the target company’s issued and outstanding share capital is required by the Companies Law to make a tender offer to all of the company’s shareholders for the purchase of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the company. A person wishing to acquire shares of a public Israeli company and who would as a result hold over 90% of the issued and outstanding share capital of a certain class of shares is required to make a tender offer to all of the shareholders who hold shares of the relevant class for the purchase of all of the issued and outstanding shares of that class. If the shareholders who do not accept the offer hold less than 5% of the issued and outstanding share capital of the company or of the applicable class, and more than half of the shareholders who do not have a personal interest in the offer accept the offer, all of the shares that the acquirer offered to purchase will be transferred to the acquirer by operation of law. However, a tender offer will also be accepted if the shareholders who do not accept the offer hold less than 2% of the issued and outstanding share capital of the company or of the applicable class of shares.

 

101


Table of Contents

Upon a successful completion of such a full tender offer, any shareholder that was an offeree in such tender offer, whether such shareholder accepted the tender offer or not, may, within six months from the date of acceptance of the tender offer, petition an Israeli court to determine whether the tender offer was for less than fair value and that the fair value should be paid as determined by the court. However, under certain conditions, the offeror may include in the terms of the tender offer that an offeree who accepted the offer will not be entitled to petition the Israeli court as described above.

If (a) the shareholders who did not respond or accept the tender offer hold at least 5% of the issued and outstanding share capital of the company or of the applicable class or the shareholders who accept the offer constitute less than a majority of the offerees that do not have a personal interest in the acceptance of the tender offer, or (b) the shareholders who did not accept the tender offer hold 2% or more of the issued and outstanding share capital of the company (or of the applicable class), the acquirer may not acquire shares of the company that will increase its holdings to more than 90% of the company’s issued and outstanding share capital or of the applicable class from shareholders who accepted the tender offer.

Special Tender Offer

The Companies Law provides that an acquisition of shares of an Israeli public company must be made by means of a special tender offer if as a result of the acquisition the purchaser would become a holder of 25% or more of the voting rights in the company. This requirement does not apply if there is already another holder of at least 25% of the voting rights in the company. Similarly, the Companies Law provides that an acquisition of shares in a public company must be made by means of a special tender offer if, as a result of the acquisition, the purchaser would become a holder of more than 45% of the voting rights in the company, provided that there is no other shareholder of the company who holds more than 45% of the voting rights in the company, subject to certain exceptions.

A special tender offer must be extended to all shareholders of a company but the offeror is not required to purchase shares representing more than 5% of the voting power attached to the company’s outstanding shares, regardless of how many shares are tendered by shareholders. A special tender offer may be consummated only if (i) outstanding shares representing at least 5% of the voting power of the company will be acquired by the offeror and (ii) the number of shares tendered in the offer exceeds the number of shares whose holders objected to the offer (excluding the purchaser, controlling shareholders, holders of 25% or more of the voting rights in the company or any person having a personal interest in the acceptance of the tender offer). If a special tender offer is accepted, then the purchaser or any person or entity controlling it or under common control with the purchaser or such controlling person or entity may not make a subsequent tender offer for the purchase of shares of the target company and may not enter into a merger with the target company for a period of one year from the date of the offer, unless the purchaser or such person or entity undertook to effect such an offer or merger in the initial special tender offer.

Merger

The Companies Law permits merger transactions if approved by each party’s board of directors and, unless certain requirements described under the Companies Law are met, by a majority vote of each party’s shareholders, and, in the case of the target company, a majority vote of each class of its shares, voted on the proposed merger at a shareholders meeting.

For purposes of the shareholder vote, unless a court rules otherwise, the merger will not be deemed approved if a majority of the votes of shares represented at the shareholders meeting that are held by parties other than the other party to the merger, or by any person (or group of persons acting in concert) who holds (or hold, as the case may be) 25% or more of the voting rights or the right to appoint 25% or more of the directors of the other party, vote against the merger. If, however, the merger involves a merger with a company’s own controlling shareholder or if the controlling shareholder has a personal interest in the merger, then the merger is instead subject to the same Special Majority approval that governs all extraordinary transactions with controlling shareholders (as described under “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Disclosure of Personal Interests of Controlling Shareholders and Approval of Certain Transactions”).

 

102


Table of Contents

If the transaction would have been approved by the shareholders of a merging company but for the separate approval of each class or the exclusion of the votes of certain shareholders as provided above, a court may still approve the merger upon the request of holders of at least 25% of the voting rights of a company, if the court holds that the merger is fair and reasonable, taking into account the value of the parties to the merger and the consideration offered to the shareholders of the target company.

Upon the request of a creditor of either party to the proposed merger, the court may delay or prevent the merger if it concludes that there exists a reasonable concern that, as a result of the merger, the surviving company will be unable to satisfy the obligations of the merging entities, and may further give instructions to secure the rights of creditors.

In addition, a merger may not be consummated unless at least 50 days have passed from the date on which a proposal for approval of the merger was filed by each party with the Israeli Registrar of Companies and at least 30 days have passed from the date on which the merger was approved by the shareholders of each party.

Anti-takeover Measures

The Companies Law allow us to create and issue shares having rights different from those attached to our ordinary shares, including shares providing certain preferred rights with respect to voting, distributions or other matters and shares having preemptive rights. No preferred shares are currently authorized under our amended and restated articles of association. In the future, if we do authorize, create and issue a specific class of preferred shares, such class of shares, depending on the specific rights that may be attached to it, may have the ability to frustrate or prevent a takeover or otherwise prevent our shareholders from realizing a potential premium over the market value of their ordinary shares. The authorization and designation of a class of preferred shares will require an amendment to our amended and restated articles of association, which requires the prior approval of the holders of a majority of the voting power attaching to our issued and outstanding shares at a general meeting. The convening of the meeting, the shareholders entitled to participate and the majority vote required to be obtained at such a meeting will be subject to the requirements set forth in the Companies Law as described above in “—Voting Rights.”

Tax Law

Israeli tax law treats some acquisitions, such as stock-for-stock swaps between an Israeli company and a foreign company, less favorably than U.S. tax law. For example, Israeli tax law may subject a shareholder who exchanges ordinary shares in an Israeli company for shares in a non-Israeli corporation to immediate taxation unless such shareholder receives authorization from the Israeli Tax Authority for different tax treatment.

Modification of Class Rights

Under the Companies Law and our amended and restated articles of association, the rights attached to any class of share, such as voting, liquidation and dividend rights, may be amended by adoption of a resolution by the holders of a majority of the shares of that class present at a separate class meeting, or otherwise in accordance with the rights attached to such class of shares, as set forth in our amended and restated articles of association.

Establishment

Our registration number with the Israeli Registrar of Companies is 51-289976-6. Our purpose as set forth in our amended and restated articles of association is to engage in any lawful activity.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our ordinary shares is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

 

103


Table of Contents

C. Material Contracts

We have not entered into any material contracts other than in the ordinary course of business and other than those described in “Item 4. Information on the Company,” “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees” or elsewhere in this Annual Report.

D. Exchange Controls

There are currently no Israeli currency control restrictions on remittances of dividends on our ordinary shares, proceeds from the sale of the shares or interest or other payments to non- residents of Israel, except for shareholders who are subjects of countries that are, or have been, in a state of war with Israel.

In 1998, Israeli currency control regulations were liberalized significantly, so that Israeli residents generally may freely deal in foreign currency and foreign assets, and non-residents may freely deal in Israeli currency and Israeli assets. There are currently no Israeli currency control restrictions on remittances of dividends on the ordinary shares or the proceeds from the sale of the shares provided that all taxes were paid or withheld; however, legislation remains in effect pursuant to which currency controls can be imposed by administrative action at any time.

Non-residents of Israel may freely hold and trade our securities. Neither our articles of association nor the laws of the State of Israel restrict in any way the ownership or voting of ordinary shares by non-residents, except that such restrictions may exist with respect to citizens of countries which are in a state of war with Israel. Israeli residents are allowed to purchase our ordinary shares.

E. Taxation

The following description is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of all tax consequences relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares. You should consult your own tax advisor concerning the tax consequences of your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences that may arise under the laws of any state, local, foreign or other taxing jurisdiction.

Israeli Tax Considerations and Government Programs

The following is a brief summary of the material Israeli tax laws applicable to us, and certain Israeli Government programs that may benefit us. This section also contains a discussion of material Israeli tax consequences concerning the ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares purchased by investors. This summary does not discuss all the aspects of Israeli tax law that may be relevant to a particular investor in light of his or her personal investment circumstances or to some types of investors subject to special treatment under Israeli law. Examples of such investors include residents of Israel or traders in securities who are subject to special tax regimes not covered in this discussion. Because parts of this discussion are based on new tax legislation that has not yet been subject to judicial or administrative interpretation, we cannot assure you that the appropriate tax authorities or the courts will accept the views expressed in this discussion. The discussion below is subject to change, including due to amendments under Israeli law or changes to the applicable judicial or administrative interpretations of Israeli law, which change could affect the tax consequences described below.

General Corporate Tax Structure in Israel

Israeli companies are generally subject to corporate tax, currently at the rate of 26.5% of a company’s taxable income. However, the effective tax rate payable by a company that derives income from an Approved Enterprise, a Benefited Enterprise or a Preferred Enterprise (as discussed below) may be considerably less. Capital gains derived by an Israeli company are subject to tax at the prevailing corporate tax rate.

Law for the Encouragement of Industry (Taxes), 5729-1969

The Law for the Encouragement of Industry (Taxes), 5729-1969, generally referred to as the Industry Encouragement Law, provides several tax benefits for “Industrial Companies.”

 

104


Table of Contents

The Industry Encouragement Law defines an “Industrial Company” as a company resident in Israel, of which 90% or more of its income in any tax year, other than income from defense loans, is derived from an “Industrial Enterprise” owned by it. An “Industrial Enterprise” is defined as an enterprise whose principal activity in a given tax year is industrial production.

The following corporate tax benefits, among others, are available to Industrial Companies:

 

    amortization over an eight-year period of the cost of patents and rights to use patents and know-how which were purchased in good faith and are used for the development or advancement of the Industrial Enterprise;

 

    under certain conditions, an election to file consolidated tax returns with related Israeli Industrial Companies; and

 

    expenses related to a public offering are deductible in equal amounts over three years.

As we have not generated income yet, there is no assurance that we qualify as an Industrial Company or that the benefits described above will be available to us in the future.

Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 5719-1959

The Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 5719-1959, generally referred to as the Investment Law, provides certain incentives for capital investments in productive assets, such as production facilities, by “Industrial Enterprises” (as defined under the Investment Law).

The Investment Law was significantly amended effective April 1, 2005 (the “2005 Amendment”), and further amended as of January 1, 2011 (the “2011 Amendment”). Pursuant to the 2005 Amendment, tax benefits granted in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Law prior to its revision by the 2005 Amendment remain in force but any benefits granted subsequently are subject to the provisions of the 2005 Amendment. Similarly, the 2011 Amendment introduced new benefits to replace those granted in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Law in effect prior to the 2011 Amendment. However, companies entitled to benefits under the Investment Law as in effect prior to January 1, 2011 were entitled to choose to continue to enjoy such benefits, provided that certain conditions are met, or elect instead, irrevocably, to forego such benefits and have the benefits of the 2011 Amendment apply. We have examined the possible effect, if any, of these provisions of the 2011 Amendment on our financial statements and have decided, at this time, not to opt to apply the new benefits under the 2011 Amendment.

Tax Benefits Prior to the 2005 Amendment

An investment program that is implemented in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Law prior to the 2005 Amendment, referred to as an “Approved Enterprise,” is entitled to certain benefits. A company that wished to receive benefits as an Approved Enterprise must have received approval from the Investment Center of the Israeli Ministry of the Economy (formerly the Ministry of Industry, Trade and Labor), or the Investment Center. Each certificate of approval for an Approved Enterprise relates to a specific investment program in the Approved Enterprise, delineated both by the financial scope of the investment and by the physical characteristics of the facility or the asset.

In general, an Approved Enterprise is entitled to receive a grant from the Government of Israel or an alternative package of tax benefits, known as the alternative benefits track. The tax benefits from any certificate of approval relate only to taxable income attributable to the specific Approved Enterprise. Income derived from activity that is not integral to the activity of the Approved Enterprise does not enjoy tax benefits.

In addition, a company that has an Approved Enterprise program is eligible for further tax benefits if it qualifies as a Foreign Investors’ Company (“FIC”), which is a company with a level of foreign investment, as defined in the Investment Law, of more than 25%. The level of foreign investment is measured as the percentage of rights

 

105


Table of Contents

in the company (in terms of shares, rights to profits, voting and appointment of directors), and of combined share capital and loans, that are owned, directly or indirectly, by persons who are not residents of Israel. The determination as to whether a company qualifies as an FIC is made on an annual basis.

If a company elects the alternative benefits track and distributes a dividend out of income derived by its Approved Enterprise during the tax exemption period it will be subject to corporate tax in respect of the amount of the dividend (grossed-up to reflect the pre-tax income that it would have had to earn in order to distribute the dividend) at the corporate tax rate which would have been applicable without the tax exemption under the alternative benefits track. In addition, dividends paid out of income attributed to an Approved Enterprise are generally subject to withholding tax at source at the rate of 15% or such lower rate as may be provided in an applicable tax treaty.

The Investment Law also provides that an Approved Enterprise is entitled to accelerated depreciation on its property and equipment that are included in an Approved Enterprise program during the first five years in which the equipment is used.

The benefits available to an Approved Enterprise are subject to the fulfillment of conditions stipulated in the Investment Law and its regulations and the criteria in the specific certificate of approval. If a company does not meet these conditions, it would be required to repay the amount of tax benefits, as adjusted by the Israeli consumer price index, and interest.

We do not have Approved Enterprise programs.

Tax Benefits Subsequent to the 2005 Amendment

The 2005 Amendment applies to new investment programs commencing after 2004, but does not apply to investment programs approved prior to April 1, 2005. The 2005 Amendment provides that terms and benefits included in any certificate of approval that was granted before the 2005 Amendment became effective (April 1, 2005) will remain subject to the provisions of the Investment Law as in effect on the date of such approval.

The 2005 Amendment provides that a certificate of approval from the Investment Center will only be necessary for receiving cash grants. As a result, it was no longer necessary for a company to obtain an Approved Enterprise certificate of approval in order to receive the tax benefits previously available under the alternative benefits track. Rather, a company may claim the tax benefits offered by the alternative benefits track directly in its tax returns, provided that it meets the criteria for tax benefits set forth in the amendment. In order to receive the tax benefits, the 2005 Amendment states that a company must make an investment which meets all of the conditions, including a minimum qualifying investment in certain productive assets as specified in the Investment Law. Such investment allows a company to receive “Benefited Enterprise” status, and may be made over a period of no more than three years culminating with the end of the Benefited Enterprise election year.

The extent of the tax benefits available under the 2005 Amendment to qualifying income of a Benefited Enterprise depends on, among other things, the geographic location in Israel of the Benefited Enterprise. The location will also determine the period for which tax benefits are available. Such tax benefits include an exemption from corporate tax on undistributed income generated by the Benefited Enterprise for a period of between two to ten years, depending on the geographic location of the Benefited Enterprise in Israel, and a reduced corporate tax rate of between 10% to 25% for the remainder of the benefits period, depending on the level of foreign investment in the company in each year. The benefits period is limited to 12 or 14 years from the beginning of the Benefited Enterprise election year, depending on the location of the Benefited Enterprise. We informed the Israeli Tax Authority of our choice of 2012 as a Benefited Enterprise election year. A company qualifying for tax benefits under the 2005 Amendment which pays a dividend out of income derived by its Benefited Enterprise during the tax exemption period will be subject to corporate tax in respect of the amount of the dividend (grossed-up to reflect the pre-tax income that it would have had to earn in order to distribute the dividend) at the corporate tax rate which would have otherwise been applicable. Dividends paid out of income attributed to a Benefited Enterprise are generally subject to withholding tax at source at the rate of 15% or such lower rate as may be provided in an applicable tax treaty.

 

106


Table of Contents

The benefits available to a Benefited Enterprise are subject to the fulfillment of conditions stipulated in the Investment Law and its regulations. If a company does not meet these conditions, in a given tax year during the benefits period, it would generally not be eligible for tax benefits during such tax year; however, the company’s eligibility for tax benefits in prior and future years should not be impacted.

We currently have one Benefited Enterprise program under the Investments Law, which, we believe, may entitle us to certain tax benefits. The tax benefit period for this program has not yet commenced but is expected to end no later than the end of tax year 2023 or tax year 2025. During the benefits period, which shall commence with the year we will first earn taxable income relating to such enterprise, subject to the 12 or 14 year limitation described above, and shall run for a period of up to 10 years (assuming FIC status), a corporate tax exemption is expected to apply with respect to the taxable income from our Benefited Enterprise program (once generated) generated during the first two years of the benefits period (so long as it remains undistributed) and reduced corporate tax rates are expected to apply to such taxable income generated in the remaining years of the benefits period.

There is no assurance that our future taxable income will qualify as Benefited Enterprise income or that the benefits described above will be available to us in the future.

Tax Benefits Under the 2011 Amendment

The 2011 Amendment canceled the availability of the benefits granted to companies under the Investment Law prior to 2011 and, instead, introduced new benefits for income generated by a “Preferred Company” through its “Preferred Enterprise” (as such terms are defined in the Investment Law) as of January 1, 2011. The definition of a Preferred Company includes a company incorporated in Israel that is not wholly-owned by a governmental entity, and that has, among other things, Preferred Enterprise status and is controlled and managed from Israel. Pursuant to the 2011 Amendment, in 2014 and thereafter a Preferred Company is entitled to a reduced corporate tax rate of 16% with respect to its income derived by its Preferred Enterprise unless the Preferred Enterprise is located in development zone A, in which case the rate will be 9%. It should be noted, that the classification of income generated from the provision of usage rights in know-how or software that were developed in the Preferred Enterprise, as well as royalty income received with respect to such usage, as Preferred Enterprise income is subject to the issuance of a pre-ruling from the Israel Tax Authority stipulating that such income is associated with the productive activity of the Preferred Enterprise in Israel.

Dividends paid out of income attributed to a Preferred Enterprise are generally subject to withholding tax at source at the rate of 20% or such lower rate as may be provided in an applicable tax treaty. However, if such dividends are paid to an Israeli company, no tax is required to be withheld (although, if such dividends are subsequently distributed to individuals or a non-Israeli company, withholding tax at a rate of 20% or such lower rate as may be provided in an applicable tax treaty will apply).

The 2011 Amendment also provided transitional provisions to address companies that may be eligible for tax benefits under the Approved Enterprise or Benefited Enterprise regimes. These transitional provisions provide, among other things, that unless an irrevocable request is made to apply the provisions of the Investment Law as amended in 2011 with respect to income to be derived as of January 1, 2011: (1) the terms and benefits included in any certificate of approval that was granted to an Approved Enterprise which chose to receive grants before the 2011 Amendment became effective will remain subject to the provisions of the Investment Law as in effect on the date of such approval, and subject to certain other conditions, (2) terms and benefits included in any certificate of approval that was granted to an Approved Enterprise which had participated in an alternative benefits track before the 2011 Amendment became effective will remain subject to the provisions of the Investment Law as in effect on the date of such approval, provided that certain conditions are met, and (3) a Benefited Enterprise can elect to continue to benefit from the benefits provided to it before the 2011 Amendment came into effect, provided that certain conditions are met.

 

107


Table of Contents

We have examined the potential Israeli tax implications associated with the adoption and implementation of the provisions of the 2011 Amendment and have decided, at this time, not to apply the new benefits under the 2011 Amendment. There is no assurance that our future taxable income will qualify as Preferred Enterprise income or that the benefits described above will be available to us in the future.

The termination or substantial reduction of any of the benefits available under the Investment Law could materially increase our tax liabilities.

Taxation of Our Shareholders

This discussion does not address the tax consequences applicable to shareholders that own, or have owned at any time, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of our shares (“Controlling Shareholders”), and such shareholders should consult their tax advisers as to the tax consequences of owning or disposing of our shares.

Capital Gains Taxes Applicable to Non-Israeli Resident Shareholders

A non-Israeli resident who derives capital gains from the sale of shares in an Israeli resident company that were purchased after the Company was listed for trading on a stock exchange outside of Israel will be exempt from Israeli tax so long as such capital gains were not attributable to a permanent establishment that the non-resident maintains in Israel.

However, non-Israeli resident corporations will not be entitled to the foregoing exemption if the Israeli residents: (i) have a controlling interest, directly or indirectly, alone, together with another (i.e., together with a relative, or together with someone who is not a relative but with whom, according to an agreement, there is regular cooperation in material matters of the company, directly or indirectly), or together with another Israeli resident, of more than 25% in one or more of the means of control in such non-Israeli resident corporation, or (ii) Israeli residents are the beneficiaries of, or are entitled to, 25% or more of the revenues or profits of such non-Israeli resident corporation, whether directly or indirectly.

Additionally, a sale of securities by a non-Israeli resident may be exempt from Israeli capital gains tax under the provisions of an applicable tax treaty. For example, under the United States- Israel Tax Treaty, the disposition of shares by a shareholder who (1) is a U.S. resident (for purposes of the treaty), (2) holds the shares as a capital asset, and (3) is entitled to claim the benefits afforded to such person by the treaty, is generally exempt from Israeli capital gains tax. Such exemption will not apply if: (1) the capital gain arising from the disposition can be attributed to a permanent establishment in Israel, (2) the shareholder holds, directly or indirectly, shares representing 10% or more of the voting power of the company during any part of the 12-month period preceding the disposition, subject to certain conditions, or (3) such U.S. resident is an individual and was present in Israel for 183 days or more during the relevant taxable year. In such case, the sale, exchange or disposition of our ordinary shares would be subject to Israeli tax, to the extent applicable; however, under the United States-Israel Tax Treaty, the taxpayer would be permitted to claim a credit for such taxes against the U.S. federal income tax imposed with respect to such sale, exchange or disposition, subject to the limitations under U.S. law applicable to foreign tax credits. The United States-Israel Tax Treaty does not relate to U.S. state or local taxes.

In some instances where our shareholders may be liable for Israeli tax on the sale of their ordinary shares, the payment of the consideration may be subject to the withholding of Israeli tax at source. Shareholders may be required to demonstrate that they are exempt from tax on their capital gains in order to avoid withholding at source at the time of sale.

Taxation of Non-Israeli Shareholders on Receipt of Dividends

Non-Israeli residents are generally subject to Israeli withholding tax on the receipt of dividends paid on our ordinary shares at the rate of 25%, unless relief is provided in a treaty between Israel and the shareholder’s

 

108


Table of Contents

country of residence, subject to receipt of a valid certificate from the Israeli Tax Authority allowing for such reduced rate. With respect to a person who is a “substantial shareholder” at the time of receiving the dividend or at any time during the preceding twelve months, the applicable withholding tax rate is 30%. Furthermore, an additional 2% tax might be applicable to individual shareholders if certain conditions are met. A “substantial shareholder” is generally a person who alone or together with such person’s relative or another person who collaborates with such person on a permanent basis, holds, directly or indirectly, at least 10% of any of the “means of control” of the corporation. “Means of control” generally include the right to vote, receive profits, nominate a director or an executive officer, receive assets upon liquidation, or order someone who holds any of the aforesaid rights how to act, regardless of the source of such right. Notwithstanding the above, dividends paid to a non-Israeli resident “substantial shareholder” on publicly traded shares, like our ordinary shares, which are held via a “nominee company” (as defined under the Securities Law, 1968), are generally subject to Israeli withholding tax at a rate of 25%, unless a different rate is provided under an applicable tax treaty, provided that a certificate from the Israeli Tax Authority allowing for a reduced withholding tax rate is obtained in advance. Under the United States-Israel Tax Treaty, the maximum rate of tax withheld at source in Israel on dividends paid to a holder of our ordinary shares who is a U.S. resident (for purposes of the United States- Israel Tax Treaty) is 25%. Unless a reduced tax rate is provided under an applicable tax treaty, a distribution of dividends to non-Israeli residents is subject to withholding tax at source at a rate of 15% if the dividend is distributed from income attributed to an Approved Enterprise or a Benefited Enterprise, while a 20% rate applies if the dividend is distributed from income attributed to a Preferred Enterprise. We cannot assure you that in the event we declare a dividend we will designate the income out of which the dividend is paid in a manner that will reduce shareholders’ tax liability.

If the dividend is attributable partly to income derived from an Approved Enterprise, Benefited Enterprise or Preferred Enterprise, and partly to other sources of income, the withholding rate will be a blended rate reflecting the relative portions of the two types of income. U.S. residents who are subject to Israeli withholding tax on a dividend may be entitled to a credit or deduction for Untied States federal income tax purposes in the amount of the taxes withheld, subject to detailed rules contained in U.S. tax legislation.

Estate and Gift Tax

Israeli law presently does not impose estate or gift taxes.

Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following is a description of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares by a U.S. Holder (as defined below). This description addresses only the U.S. federal income tax considerations to U.S. Holders that are initial purchasers of our ordinary shares pursuant to the offering and that will hold such ordinary shares as capital assets. This description does not address tax considerations applicable to U.S. Holders that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

    banks, financial institutions or insurance companies;

 

    real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies or grantor trusts;

 

    brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies;

 

    tax exempt entities or organizations, including an “individual retirement account” or “Roth IRA” as defined in Section 408 or 408A of the Code (as defined below), respectively;

 

    certain former citizens or long term residents of the United States;

 

    persons that received our shares as compensation for the performance of services;

 

    persons that will hold our shares as part of a “hedging,” “integrated” or “conversion” transaction or as a position in a “straddle” for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

109


Table of Contents
    partnerships (including entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or other pass-through entities, or holders that will hold our shares through such an entity;

 

    S corporations;

 

    persons that acquire ordinary shares as a result of holding or owning our preferred shares;

 

    persons whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar; or

 

    persons that own directly, indirectly or through attribution 10% or more of the voting power or value of our shares.

Moreover, this description does not address the U.S. federal estate, gift, or alternative minimum tax considerations, or any U.S. state, local or non-U.S. tax considerations of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares.

This description is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, existing, proposed and temporary U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, in each case as in effect and available on the date hereof. All the foregoing is subject to change, which change could apply retroactively, and to differing interpretations, all of which could affect the tax considerations described below. There can be no assurances that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, will not take a different position concerning the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares or that such a position would not be sustained. Holders should consult their own tax advisers concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of our ordinary shares in their particular circumstances.

For purposes of this description, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is (i) a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation (or entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust with respect to which a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions.

If a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our ordinary shares, the U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to an investment in our ordinary shares will depend in part upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such a partner or partnership should consult its tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations of acquiring, owning and disposing of our ordinary shares in its particular circumstances.

As indicated below, this discussion is subject to U.S. federal income tax rules applicable to a “passive foreign investment company,” or a PFIC.

Persons considering an investment in our ordinary shares should consult their own tax advisors as to the particular tax consequences applicable to them relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares, including the applicability of U.S. federal, state and local tax laws and non-U.S. tax laws.

Distributions

Subject to the discussion under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,” below, if you are a U.S. Holder, the gross amount of any distribution made to you with respect to our ordinary shares before reduction for any Israeli taxes withheld therefrom, other than certain distributions, if any, of our ordinary shares distributed pro rata to all our shareholders, generally will be includible in your income as dividend income to the

 

110


Table of Contents

extent such distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent that the amount of any distribution by us exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, it will generally be treated first as a return of your adjusted tax basis in our ordinary shares and thereafter as either long-term or short-term capital gain depending upon whether the U.S. Holder has held our ordinary shares for more than one year as of the time such distribution is received. We do not expect to maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles. Therefore, U.S. Holders should expect that the entire amount of any distribution generally will be reported as dividend income. Non-corporate U.S. Holders may qualify for the preferential rates of taxation with respect to dividends on ordinary shares applicable to long-term capital gains (i.e., gains from the sale of capital assets held for more than one year) applicable to qualified dividend income (as discussed below). The Company, which is incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel, believes that it qualifies as a resident of Israel for purposes of, and is eligible for the benefits of, the Convention between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the State of Israel with Respect to Taxes on Income, signed on November 20, 1975, as amended and currently in force, or the U.S.-Israel Tax Treaty, although there can be no assurance in this regard. Further, the IRS has determined that the U.S.-Israel Tax Treaty is satisfactory for purposes of the qualified dividend rules and that it includes an exchange-of-information program. Therefore, subject to the discussion under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,” below, if the U.S.-Israel Tax Treaty is applicable, such dividends will generally be “qualified dividend income” in the hands of individual U.S. Holders, provided that certain conditions are met, including holding period and the absence of certain risk reduction transaction requirements are met. The dividends will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to corporate U.S. Holders.

U.S. Holders generally may claim the amount of Israel withholding tax withheld either as a deduction from gross income or as a credit against U.S. federal income tax liability. However, the foreign tax credit is subject to numerous complex limitations that must be determined and applied on an individual basis. Generally, the credit cannot exceed the proportionate share of a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability that such U.S. Holder’s “foreign source” taxable income bears to such U.S. Holder’s worldwide taxable income. In applying this limitation, a U.S. Holder’s various items of income and deduction must be classified, under complex rules, as either “foreign source” or “U.S. source.” In addition, this limitation is calculated separately with respect to specific categories of income. The amount of a distribution with respect to the ordinary shares that is treated as a “dividend” may be lower for U.S. federal income tax purposes than it is for Israeli income tax purposes, potentially resulting in a reduced foreign tax credit for the U.S. Holder. Each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisors regarding the foreign tax credit rules.

In general, the amount of a distribution paid to a U.S. Holder in a foreign currency will be the dollar value of the foreign currency calculated by reference to the spot exchange rate on the day the U.S. Holder receives the distribution, regardless of whether the foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollars at that time. Any foreign currency gain or loss a U.S. Holder realizes on a subsequent conversion of foreign currency into U.S. dollars will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss. If dividends received in foreign currency are converted into U.S. dollars on the day they are received, a U.S. Holder generally should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend.

Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Ordinary Shares

Subject to the discussion below under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,” if you are a U.S. Holder, you generally will recognize gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares equal to the difference between the amount realized on such sale, exchange or other taxable disposition and your adjusted tax basis in our ordinary shares, and such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss. The adjusted tax basis in an ordinary share generally will be equal to the cost of such ordinary share. If you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder, capital gain from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares is generally eligible for a preferential rate of taxation applicable to capital gains, if your holding period determined at the time of such sale, exchange or other taxable disposition for such ordinary shares exceeds one year (i.e.,

 

111


Table of Contents

such gain is long-term capital gain). The deductibility of capital losses for U.S. federal income tax purposes is subject to limitations under the Code. Any such gain or loss that a U.S. Holder recognizes generally will be treated as U.S. source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

For a cash basis taxpayer, units of foreign currency paid or received are translated into U.S. dollars at the spot rate on the settlement date of the purchase or sale. In that case, no foreign currency exchange gain or loss will result from currency fluctuations between the trade date and the settlement date of such a purchase or sale. An accrual basis taxpayer, however, may elect the same treatment required of cash basis taxpayers with respect to purchases and sales of our ordinary shares that are traded on an established securities market, provided the election is applied consistently from year to year. Such election may not be changed without the consent of the IRS. For an accrual basis taxpayer who does not make such election, units of foreign currency paid or received are translated into U.S. dollars at the spot rate on the trade date of the purchase or sale. Such an accrual basis taxpayer may recognize exchange gain or loss based on currency fluctuations between the trade date and the settlement date. Any foreign currency gain or loss a U.S. Holder realizes will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations

If we are classified as a PFIC in any taxable year, a U.S. Holder would be subject to special rules generally intended to reduce or eliminate any benefits from the deferral of U.S. federal income tax that a U.S. Holder could derive from investing in a non-U.S. company that does not distribute all of its earnings on a current basis.

A non-U.S. corporation is classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes in any taxable year in which, after applying certain look-through rules with respect to the income and assets of subsidiaries, either (i) at least 75% of its gross income is “passive income” or (ii) at least 50% of the average quarterly value of its total gross assets (which, assuming we are not a CFC for the year being tested, would be measured by fair market value of the assets, and for which purpose the total value of our assets may be determined in part by the market value of our ordinary shares, which is subject to change) is attributable to assets that produce “passive income” or are held for the production of passive income.

Passive income for this purpose generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents, gains from commodities and securities transactions, the excess of gains over losses from the disposition of assets which produce passive income, and includes amounts derived by reason of the temporary investment of funds raised in offerings of our ordinary shares. If a non-U.S. corporation owns directly or indirectly at least 25% by value of the stock of another corporation, the non-U.S. corporation is treated for purposes of the PFIC tests as owning its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation and as receiving directly its proportionate share of the other corporation’s income. If we are classified as a PFIC in any year with respect to which a U.S. Holder owns our ordinary shares, we will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such U.S. Holder in all succeeding years during which the U.S. Holder owns our ordinary shares, regardless of whether we continue to meet the tests described above.

We must determine our PFIC status annually based on tests which are factual in nature, and our status will depend on our income, assets and activities each year. In addition, our status as a PFIC may depend on how quickly we use the cash proceeds from our initial public offering in our business.

However, because we had no revenue-producing operations, we believe that we were a PFIC for our 2013 taxable year. Unless and until we generate sufficient revenue from active licensing and other non-passive sources and otherwise satisfy the asset test above, we expect to be treated as a PFIC for our current taxable year and thereafter.

If we are a PFIC, and you are a U.S. Holder, then unless you make one of the elections described below, a special tax regime will apply to both (a) any “excess distribution” by us to you (generally, your ratable portion of distributions in any year which are greater than 125% of the average annual distribution received by you in the

 

112


Table of Contents

shorter of the three preceding years or your holding period for our ordinary shares) and (b) any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the ordinary shares. Under this regime, any excess distribution and realized gain will be treated as ordinary income and will be subject to tax as if (a) the excess distribution or gain had been realized ratably over your holding period, (b) the amount deemed realized in each year had been subject to tax in each year of that holding period at the highest marginal rate for such year (other than income allocated to the current period or any taxable period before we became a PFIC, which would be subject to tax at the U.S. Holder’s regular ordinary income rate for the current year and would not be subject to the interest charge discussed below), and (c) the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax had been imposed on the taxes deemed to have been payable in those years. In addition, dividend distributions made to you will not qualify for the lower rates of taxation applicable to long-term capital gains discussed above under “Distributions.”

Certain elections exist that may alleviate some of the adverse consequences of PFIC status and would result in an alternative treatment (such as mark-to-market treatment) of our ordinary shares. If a U.S. Holder makes the mark-to-market election, the U.S. Holder generally will recognize as ordinary income any excess of the fair market value of the ordinary shares at the end of each taxable year over their adjusted tax basis, and will recognize an ordinary loss in respect of any excess of the adjusted tax basis of the ordinary shares over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). If a U.S. Holder makes the election, the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect these income or loss amounts. Any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares in a year when we are a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as an ordinary loss (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). The mark-to-market election is available only if we are a PFIC and our ordinary shares are “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange.” Our ordinary shares will be treated as “regularly traded” in any calendar year in which more than a de minimis quantity of the ordinary shares are traded on a qualified exchange on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter (subject to the rule that trades that have as one of their principle purposes the meeting of the trading requirement as disregarded). The NASDAQ Global Market is a qualified exchange for this purpose and, consequently, if the ordinary shares are regularly traded, the mark-to-market election will be available to a U.S. Holder.

We do not currently intend to provide the information necessary for U.S. Holders to make qualified electing fund elections. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors to determine whether any of these elections would be available and if so, what the consequences of the alternative treatments would be in their particular circumstances.

If we are determined to be a PFIC, the general tax treatment for U.S. Holders described in this section would apply to indirect distributions and gains deemed to be realized by U.S. Holders in respect of any of our subsidiaries that also may be determined to be PFICs.

If a U.S. Holder owns ordinary shares during any year in which we are a PFIC and the U.S. Holder recognizes gain on a disposition of our ordinary shares or receives distributions with respect to our ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder generally will be required to file an IRS Form 8621 (Information Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign Investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund) with respect to the company, generally with the U.S. Holder’s federal income tax return for that year. If our company were a PFIC for a given taxable year, then you should consult your tax advisor concerning your annual filing requirements.

The U.S. federal income tax rules relating to PFICs are complex. Prospective U.S. investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares, the consequences to them of an investment in a PFIC, any elections available with respect to our ordinary shares and the IRS information reporting obligations with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares.

 

113


Table of Contents

Medicare Tax

Certain U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates or trusts are subject to a 3.8% tax on all or a portion of their “net investment income,” which may include all or a portion of their dividend income and net gains from the disposition of ordinary shares. Each U.S. Holder that is an individual, estate or trust is urged to consult its tax advisors regarding the applicability of the Medicare tax to its income and gains in respect of its investment in our ordinary shares.

Certain Reporting Requirements With Respect to Payments of Offer Price

U.S. Holders paying more than U.S. $100,000 for our ordinary shares generally may be required to file IRS Form 926 reporting the payment of the Offer Price for our ordinary shares to us. Substantial penalties may be imposed upon a U.S. Holder that fails to comply. Each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor as to the possible obligation to file IRS Form 926.

Backup Withholding Tax and Information Reporting Requirements

U.S. backup withholding tax and information reporting requirements may apply to certain payments to certain shareholders. Information reporting generally will apply to payments of dividends on, and to proceeds from the sale or redemption of, our ordinary shares made within the United States, or by a U.S. payor or U.S. middleman, to a holder of our ordinary shares, other than an exempt recipient (including a payee that is not a U.S. person that provides an appropriate certification and certain other persons). A payor will be required to withhold backup withholding tax from any payments of dividends on, or the proceeds from the sale or redemption of, ordinary shares within the United States, or by a U.S. payor or U.S. middleman, to a holder, other than an exempt recipient, if such holder fails to furnish its correct taxpayer identification number or otherwise fails to comply with, or establish an exemption from, such backup withholding tax requirements. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a credit against the beneficial owner’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, and any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be refunded, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Foreign Asset Reporting

Certain U.S. Holders who are individuals are required to report information relating to an interest in our ordinary shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for shares held in accounts maintained by U.S. financial institutions) by filing IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets) with their federal income tax return. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their information reporting obligations, if any, with respect to their ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares.

THE DISCUSSION ABOVE IS A GENERAL SUMMARY. IT DOES NOT COVER ALL TAX MATTERS THAT MAY BE OF IMPORTANCE TO A PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR ABOUT THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO IT OF AN INVESTMENT IN ORDINARY SHARES IN LIGHT OF THE INVESTOR’S OWN CIRCUMSTANCES.

F. Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

G. Statement by Experts

Not applicable.

H. Documents on Display

You may inspect our securities filings, including this Annual Report and the exhibits and schedules thereto, without charge at the offices of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies

 

114


Table of Contents

of all or any part of the Annual Report from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549 upon the payment of the prescribed fees. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants like us that file electronically with the SEC. You can also inspect the Annual Report on this website.

A copy of each document (or a translation thereof to the extent not in English) concerning our company that is referred to in this Annual Report is available for public view (subject to confidential treatment of certain agreements pursuant to applicable law) at our principal executive offices.

I. Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of foreign currency exchange rates. Approximately 35% of our expenses in 2014 were denominated in New Israeli Shekels and 25% in Euros. Changes of 5% and 10% in the US$/NIS or the US$/Euro exchange rate will increase or decrease the operation expenses by up to 1% and 2%, respectively.

Foreign Currency Risk

Fluctuations in exchange rates, especially the NIS against the U.S. dollar, may affect our results, as some of our assets are linked to NIS, as are some of our liabilities. In addition, the fluctuation in the NIS exchange rate against the U.S. dollar may impact our results, as a portion of our operating cost is NIS denominated.

The following table presents information about the changes in the exchange rates of the NIS against the U.S. dollar at year end:

 

Period

      

Year ended December 31, 2014

     (10.7 %) 

Year ended December 31, 2013

     7.5

Year ended December 31, 2012

     2.4

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations in the last two fiscal years. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through hedging transactions. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Item 12. Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities

Not applicable.

 

115


Table of Contents

PART II

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

Not applicable.

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

Use of Proceeds from Initial Public Offering

On October 6, 2014, we completed an initial public offering in the United States on the NASDAQ Global Market of our ordinary shares, par value NIS 0.01 per share, pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form F-1, as amended (File No. 333-196584), which became effective on September 30, 2014. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. acted as the representative of the underwriters. We registered 7,666,667 ordinary shares in the offering, which included the grant to the underwriters of a 30-day over-allotment option to purchase up to 1,000,000 additional ordinary shares from us. The option to purchase additional ordinary shares was partially exercised on October 30, 2014, for 93,751 ordinary shares.

Pursuant to the initial public offering, we sold a total of 6,760,418 ordinary shares (including the shares sold pursuant to the over-allotment option) at a price of $6.00 per share. The aggregate offering price of the shares sold (including the over-allotment option) was approximately $40.5 million. The total expenses of the offering, including underwriting discounts and commissions, were approximately $5.6 million. The net proceeds we received from the offering (including the over-allotment option) were approximately $34.9 million.

As of December 31, 2014, we had not used any of the net proceeds of our initial public offering. We intend to use the net proceeds we received from our initial public offering as disclosed in our Registration Statement on Form F-1. None of proceeds from our initial public offering were used for direct or indirect payments to our directors, officers or their associates, or to persons owning 10% or more of our equity securities, or to our affiliates.

Item 15. Controls and Procedures

We have performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that the material financial and non-financial information required to be disclosed to the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized and reported timely. Based on our evaluation, our management, including the CEO and CFO, has concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of the end of the period covered by this report are effective. Notwithstanding the foregoing, there can be no assurance that our disclosure controls and procedures will detect or uncover all failures of persons within the Company to disclose material information otherwise required to be set forth in our reports.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act. Our internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and board of directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation, pursuant to Rule 13a-15(c) promulgated under the Exchange Act, of the effectiveness, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report, of its internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal

 

116


Table of Contents

Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013). Based on the results of this evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2014.

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the company’s registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for newly public companies.

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal controls will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of a simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2014 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 16A. Audit committee financial expert

All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the NASDAQ corporate governance rules. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Philip A. Serlin and Mr. Dan J. Gelvan are audit committee financial experts as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and have the requisite financial experience as defined by the NASDAQ corporate governance rules.

Item 16B. Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to all of our directors and employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, controller or principal accounting officer, or other persons performing similar functions, which is a “code of ethics” as defined in this Item 16B of Form 20-F promulgated by the SEC. The full text of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is posted on our website at www.vblrx.com Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of this Form 20-F and is not incorporated by reference herein. If we make any amendment to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics or grant any waivers, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the code of ethics, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website to the extent required by the rules and regulations of the SEC.

 

117


Table of Contents

Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The following table sets forth, for each of the years indicated, the fees billed by our independent registered public accounting firms (members of PricewaterhouseCoopers International Ltd.).

 

     Year Ended December 31  
     2014      2013  
     (in thousands)  

Service rendered

     

Audit Fees(1)

   $ 90       $ 295   

Audit-Related Fees(2)

     —           —     

Tax Fees(3)

     5         5   

All Other Fees

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 95    $ 300   

 

(1) Audit fees consist of services that would normally be provided in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements, including services that generally only the independent accountant can reasonably provide, including work regarding the public listing or offering during 2014.
(2) Audit related services relate to reports to the OCS.
(3) Tax fees relate to tax compliance, planning and advice.

Our board of directors reviews and pre-approves all audit services and permitted non-audit services (including the fees and other terms) to be provided by our independent auditors.

Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

Not applicable.

Item 16E. Purchase of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

In the year ended December 31, 2014, neither we nor any affiliated purchaser (as defined in the Exchange Act) purchased any of our ordinary shares.

Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

None.

Item 16G. Corporate Governance

As a foreign private issuer whose shares are listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, we have the option to follow certain Israeli corporate governance practices rather than those of NASDAQ, except to the extent that such laws would be contrary to U.S. securities laws and provided that we disclose the practices we are not following and describe the home country practices we follow instead. We rely on this “foreign private issuer exemption” with respect to the following NASDAQ requirements:

 

    Quorum requirement. Under our articles of association and as permitted under the Companies Law, a quorum for any meeting of shareholders shall be the presence of at least two shareholders present in person, by proxy or by a voting instrument, who hold at least 25% of the voting power of our shares instead of 33 1/3% of the issued share capital required under Nasdaq requirements.

Except as stated above, we comply with the rules generally applicable to U.S. domestic companies listed on NASDAQ, subject to certain exemptions the JOBS Act provides to emerging growth companies. We may in the future elect to follow home country practices in Israel with regard to other matters, including the formation of compensation, nominating and corporate governance committees, separate executive sessions of independent

 

118


Table of Contents

directors and non-management directors and the requirement to obtain shareholder approval for certain dilutive events (such as for the establishment or amendment of certain equity-based compensation plans, issuances that will result in a change of control of the company, certain transactions other than a public offering involving issuances of a 20% or more interest in the company and certain acquisitions of the stock or assets of another company).

Following our home country governance practices, as opposed to the requirements that would otherwise apply to a company listed on NASDAQ, may provide less protection than is accorded to investors under NASDAQ listing requirements applicable to domestic issuers. For more information, see “Item 3. Risk Factors—We are an ‘emerging growth company’ and a ‘foreign private issuer,’ and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and foreign private issuers will make our ordinary shares less attractive to investors” and “Risk Factors—We are a ‘foreign private issuer’ and intend to follow certain home country corporate governance practices, and our shareholders may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all NASDAQ corporate governance requirements.” We will also be required to comply with Israeli corporate governance requirements under the Companies Law applicable to Israeli public companies such as us whose shares are also listed for trade on an exchange outside Israel.

Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure

Not applicable.

 

119


Table of Contents

PART III

Item 17. Financial Statements

Financial Statements are set forth under Item  18.

Item 18. Financial Statements

Our Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on pages F-1 through F-[    ], as set forth in the following index, are hereby incorporated herein by reference. These Consolidated Financial Statements are filed as part of this Annual Report.

 

     Page  

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

     F-2   

STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

     F-3   

STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

     F-4   

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (CAPITAL DEFICIENCY)

     F-5   

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

     F-6   

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-7   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the shareholders of Vascular Biogenics Ltd

In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related statements of comprehensive loss, changes in equity (capital deficiency) and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Vascular Biogenics Ltd at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s board of directors and management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion .

 

Tel-Aviv, Israel /s/ Kesselman & Kesselman
March 19, 2015 Certified Public Accountants (lsr.)
A member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers International Limited

 

   Kesselman & Kesselman, Trade Tower, 25 Hamered Street, Tel-Aviv 6812508, Israel,

P.O Box 50005 Tel-Aviv 6150001 Telephone: +972 -3- 7954555, Fax:+972 -3- 7954556, www.pwc.com/il

 

F-2


Table of Contents

VASCULAR BIOGENICS LTD.

STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

 

          December 31  
     Note    2014     2013  
          U.S. dollars in thousands  
Assets        

CURRENT ASSETS:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   5a    $ 36,783      $ 9,377   

Short-term bank deposits

   5b      —          1,494   

Other current assets

   12a      961        507   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

  37,744      11,378   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS:

Property and equipment

6   358      436   

Long-term prepaid expenses

  36      13   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS

  394      449   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

$ 38,138    $ 11,827   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
Liabilities and equity (net of capital deficiency)

CURRENT LIABILITIES—

Accounts payable:

Trade

$ 695    $ 1,348   

Other

12b   2,235      2,897   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

  2,930      4,245   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES:

Convertible loan

8   —        31,039   

Severance pay obligations, net

7   106      126   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

  106      31,165   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

  3,036      35,410   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS

9

EQUITY (CAPITAL DEFICIENCY):

10

Ordinary Shares, NIS 0.01 par value—authorized—as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, 49,200,000 and 2,044,005 shares, respectively; issued and outstanding—as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, 19,898,674 and 1,098,248 shares, respectively

  32      1   

Preferred Shares, NIS 0.01 par value—authorized—as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, 20,800,000 and 2,955,995 shares, respectively; issued and outstanding—as of December 31, 2013, 10,069,566 shares

  —        7   

Other comprehensive income

  39      29   

Additional paid in capital

  162,191      86,133   

Accumulated deficit

  (127,160   (109,753
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL EQUITY (CAPITAL DEFICIENCY)

  35,102      (23,583
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY (NET OF CAPITAL DEFICIENCY)

$ 38,138    $ 11,827   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

V ASCULAR BIOGENICS LTD.

STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 

            Year ended December 31  
     Note      2014     2013     2012  
            U.S. dollars in thousands  

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES , net

     12c       $ 10,974      $ 13,508      $ 10,572   

GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

     12d         3,804        2,452        1,897   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING LOSS

  14,778      15,960      12,469   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FINANCIAL INCOME

  14      (15   (240   (295

FINANCIAL EXPENSES:

Loss from change in fair value of convertible loan

  8,14      2,342      1,638      —     

Other financial expenses

  14      302      12      51   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FINANCIAL EXPENSES , (income) net

  2,629      1,410      (244
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LOSS FOR THE YEAR

  17,407      17,370      12,225   

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME—

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:

Re-measurements of post-employment benefit obligation

  (10   (22   (7
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

$ 17,397    $ 17,348    $ 12,218   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
            U.S. dollars  

LOSS PER ORDINARY SHARE—

     

basic and diluted

     13       $ 3.09      $ 15.82      $ 11.13   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE ORDINARY SHARES OUTSTANDING—

            Number of Shares  

basic and diluted

        5,627,324        1,098,248        1,098,248   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

VASCULAR BIOGENICS LTD.

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (CAPITAL DEFICIENCY)

 

    Number of shares     Ordinary
Shares
    Preferred
Shares
    Other
comprehensive
income
    Additional
paid in
capital
    Accumulated
deficit
    Total  
    U.S. dollars in thousands  
    *Ordinary     *Preferred                                      

BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 2012

    1,098,248        10,069,566      $ 1      $ 7      $ —        $ 104,575      $ (80,158   $ 24,425   

Changes during the year ended December 31, 2012:

               

Comprehensive loss

    —          —          —          —          7        —          (12,225     (12,218

Share based payments-value of employees and non-employees services

    —          —          —          —          —          465        —          465   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2012

    1,098,248        10,069,566      $ 1      $ 7      $ 7      $ 105,040      $ (92,383   $ 12,672   

CHANGES DURING THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013:

               

Comprehensive loss

    —          —          —          —          22        —          (17,370     (17,348

Excess of fair value of convertible loan, at date of inception, over the amount received

    —          —          —          —          —          (19,401     —          (19,401

Share based payments—value of employees and non-employees services

    —          —          —          —          —          494        —          494   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2013

    1,098,248        10,069,566      $ 1      $ 7      $ 29      $ 86,133      $ (109,753   $ (23,583 )

CHANGES DURING THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014:

               

Comprehensive loss

    —          —          —          —          10        —          (17,407     (17,397

Conversion of convertible loan into preferred E shares

    —          1,082,235        —          3        —          33,378        —          33,381  

Issuance of preferred E shares

      413,096        —          1        —          4,937        —          4,938  

Shares issued and stock options exercised by employees

    475,111        —          1        —          —          266        —          267  

Conversion of preferred shares into ordinary shares

    11,564,897        (11,564,897     11        (11     —          —          —          —     

Issuance of ordinary shares, net of issuance costs in amount of 5,684 thousand

    6,760,418        —          19        —          —          34,860        —          34,879  

Share based payments—value of employees and non-employees services

    —          —          —          —          —          2,617        —          2,617  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2014

    19,898,674        —        $ 32      $ —        $ 39      $ 162,191      $ (127,160   $ 35,102  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* The number of shares has been adjusted retroactively following the Split

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

VASCULAR BIOGENICS LTD.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2014     2013     2012  
     U.S. dollars in thousands  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

      

Loss for the year

   $ (17,407   $ (17,370   $ (12,225

Adjustments required to reflect net cash used in operating activities (see Appendix A)

     3,689        4,194        (1,225

Interest received

     15        47        442   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

  (13,703   (13,129   (13,008
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

Purchase of property and equipment

  (57   (32   (155

Short-term deposits, net

  1,494      6,510      6,696   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated from investing activities

  1,437      6,478      6,541   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES—

Exercised of options by employees

  267      —        —     

Issuance of preferred E shares, net

  4,938      —        —     

Issuance of ordinary shares, net

  34,879      —        —     

Convertible loan

  —        10,000      —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH GENERATED FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

  40,084      10,000      —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

  27,818      3,349      (6,467

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF THE YEAR

  9,377      5,936      12,309   

EXCHANGE GAINS (LOSSES) ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

  (412   92      94   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF THE YEAR

$ 36,783    $ 9,377    $ 5,936   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

APPENDIX A:

ADJUSTMENTS REQUIRED TO REFLECT NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

Depreciation

$ 135    $ 169    $ 197   

Interest income

  (15   (28   (252

Loss from change in fair value of convertible loan

  2,342      1,638      —     

Exchange losses (gains) on cash and cash equivalents

  412      (92   (94

Net changes in severance pay

  (10   20      14   

Share based payments

  2,617      494      465   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  5,481      2,201      330  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CHANGES IN WORKING CAPITAL:

Decrease (increase) in other current assets

  (454   156      (358

Decrease (increase) in long term prepaid expenses

  (23   16      8   

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable:

Trade

  (653   39      81   

Other

  (662   1,782      (1,286
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  (1,792   1,993      (1,555
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
$ 3,689   $ 4,194    $ (1,225
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

APPENDIX B—

Non cash activity—

Conversion of convertible loan into preferred E shares

  33,381  
  

 

 

     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

VASCULAR BIOGENICS LTD.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—GENERAL INFORMATION:

 

  a. General

Vascular Biogenics Ltd. (the “Company”) is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company committed to the discovery, development and commercialization of first-in-class treatments for cancer and immune-inflammatory diseases. Since its inception, the Company has been engaged in research and development activities and thus cannot determine with reasonable certainty when and if the Company will have sustainable profits.

In October 2014 , the Company raised $ 34.9 million in an Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) in the NASDAQ Stock Market (see note 10d), net of issuance costs.

 

  b. Approval of financial statements

These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on March 2, 2015.

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

 

  a. Basis of preparation of the financial statements

The financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, (“IFRS”), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

The significant accounting policies described below have been applied consistently in relation to all the periods presented, unless otherwise stated.

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, subject to adjustments in respect of revaluation of financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgment in the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in note 3.

Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.

 

  b. Functional and presentation currency:

 

  1) Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of the Company are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the “functional currency”). The financial statements are presented in U.S. dollar ($), which is the Company’s functional and presentation currency.

 

  2) Transaction and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the income statement.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

VASCULAR BIOGENICS LTD.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (continued) :

 

All foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the statements of comprehensive loss within financial income or expenses.

 

  3) Exchange rates and linkage basis

Set forth below are data regarding the exchange rates of certain currencies in relation to the U.S. dollar:

 

     Exchange
rate of one
Euro
    Exchange
rate of one
NIS*
 

At end of year:

    

2014

     1.215        0.257   

2013

     1.377        0.288   

2012

     1.318        0.268   

Increase (decrease) during the year:

    

2014

     (11.7 %)      (10.7 %) 

2013

     4.5     7.5

2012

     2.0     2.4

 

  * NIS—New Israeli Shekel

 

  c. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and short-term bank deposits (with original maturities of three months or less) that are not restricted as to withdrawal or use, and are therefore considered to be cash equivalents.

 

  d. Property and equipment:

 

  1) All property and equipment (including leasehold improvements) are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Historical cost includes expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.

Repairs and maintenance are charged to the income statement during the period in which they are incurred.

 

  2) The assets are depreciated using the straight-line method to allocate their cost over their estimated useful lives.

Annual rates of depreciation are as follows:

 

     %  

Laboratory equipment

     9-15   

Computers

     25-33   

Office furniture and equipment

     7   

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount.

Leasehold improvements in buildings under operating leases are depreciated using the straight-line method over the shorter of the term of the lease or the estimated useful life of the improvements.

 

  3) Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with the associated carrying amount. These are included in the statement of comprehensive loss.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

VASCULAR BIOGENICS LTD.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (continued) :

 

  e. Impairment of non-financial assets

Assets that are subject to depreciation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset fair value less costs to dispose and its value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units).

Non-financial assets that suffered from impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

Through December 31, 2014, no impairment has been identified.

 

  f. Financial assets:

 

  1) Classification

The Company classifies its financial assets as “Loans and Receivables.” The classification depends on the purpose for which each financial asset was acquired. The Company’s management determines the classification of financial assets at initial recognition.

Receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. The Company’s receivables include “other accounts receivable,” “cash and cash equivalents,” and “short-term bank deposits.”

 

  2) Recognition and measurement

Ordinary purchases and sales of financial assets are carried at the settlement date, the date on which the asset is delivered to or by the Company.

Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the assets have expired or have been transferred and the Company has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of the assets.

The Company’s Loans and Receivables are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs.

 

  3) Impairment of financial assets

The Company assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired. The amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The asset’s carrying amount is reduced and the amount of the loss is recognized in the statement of comprehensive loss.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company has not recognized impairment.

 

  g. Financial Liabilities:

 

  1) Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

This category includes the Company’s convertible loan, which was designated by management to be recorded at fair value through profit or loss (see note 8). The loan was convertible into a variable number of Preferred Shares.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

VASCULAR BIOGENICS LTD.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (continued) :

 

Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are presented in the statement of comprehensive loss under “financial income or expenses.”

 

  2) Other financial liabilities

Other financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs. In subsequent periods, the other financial liabilities are presented at amortized cost. Any difference between the consideration (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is accreted to profit or loss over the term of the liability, using the effective interest method.

Financial liabilities are classified as current liabilities, unless the Company has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the end of the reporting period, in which case they are classified as noncurrent liabilities.

 

  h. Share capital

Ordinary and Preferred Shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are included in equity as a deduction from the proceeds.

The Company’s Preferred Shares were converted into Ordinary Shares following the completion of an IPO by the company in a ratio of 1:1 (see also note 10).

On July 10, 2014, the Company executed a 1-to-4.5 share split of the Company’s shares by way of an issuance of bonus shares for each share. Upon the effectiveness of the share split, (i) 3.5 bonus shares were issued for each outstanding share, (ii) the number of ordinary shares into which each outstanding option to purchase ordinary shares is exercisable was proportionally increased, and (iii) the exercise price of each outstanding option to purchase ordinary shares was proportionately decreased. Unless otherwise indicated, and except for authorized capital, all of the share numbers, loss per share amounts, share prices and option exercise prices in these financial statements have been adjusted, on a retroactive basis, to reflect this 1-to-4.5 share split.

 

  i. Deferred income tax

Deferred taxes are recognized using the liability method on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. However, deferred income taxes are not recognized if they arise from the initial recognition of an asset or liability which is not part of a business combination, which at the time of the transaction no effect on the profit or the loss—whether for accounting purposes or for tax reporting purposes.

Deferred income tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

In the absence of expectation of taxable income in the future, no deferred tax assets have been recorded in the financial statements.

 

  j. Employee benefits:

 

  1) Post employment benefit obligation

Israeli labor laws and the Company’s agreements require the Company to pay retirement benefits to employees terminated or leaving their employment in certain other circumstances. Most of the

 

F-10


Table of Contents

VASCULAR BIOGENICS LTD.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (continued) :

 

Company’s employees are covered by a defined contribution plan under Section 14 of the Israel Severance Pay Law from the beginning of employment.

With respect to the remaining employees, which are covered by a defined contribution plan under Section 14 of the Israel Severance Pay Law only from January 1, 2010, the Company records a liability in its statement of financial position for defined benefit plans that represents the present value of the defined benefit obligation as of the statement of financial position date, net of the fair value of plan assets.

The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates of highly rated corporate bonds that are denominated in the currency (up to December 31,2014 the independent actuary used Israeli Government bonds) in which the benefits will be paid (NIS) and that have terms to maturity approximating the terms of the related liability, since the Company’s management is of the opinion that Israel does not have a deep market for high-quality corporate bonds.

Remeasurement gains and losses arising from adjustments to reflect actual experience and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to equity in other comprehensive loss in the period in which they arise.

 

  2) Vacation and recreation pay

Under Israeli law, each employee is entitled to vacation days and recreation pay, both computed on an annual basis. The entitlement is based on the length of the employment period. The Company recognizes a liability and an expense for vacation and recreation pay, based on the entitlement of each employee.

 

  k. Share-based payments

The Company operates a number of equity-settled, share-based compensation plans to employees (as defined in IFRS 2 “Share-Based Payments”), directors and service providers. As part of the plans, the Company grants employees, directors and service providers, from time to time and at its discretion, options to purchase Company shares. The fair value of the employee and service provider services received in exchange for the grant of the options is recognized as an expense in profit or loss and is recorded to Additional paid in capital within equity. The total amount recognized as an expense over the vesting period of the options (the period during which all vesting conditions are expected to be met) was determined as follows:

 

  1) Share based payments to employees and directors by reference to the fair value of the options granted at date of grant.

 

  2) Share based payments to service providers by reference to the fair value of the service provided.

Vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options that are expected to vest. The total expense is recognized over the vesting period, which is the period over which all of the specified vesting conditions are to be satisfied.

At the end of each reporting period, the Company revises its estimates of the number of options that are expected to vest based on the vesting conditions. The Company recognizes the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in profit or loss, with a corresponding adjustment to additional paid in capital.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

VASCULAR BIOGENICS LTD.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (continued) :

 

When options are exercised, the Company issues new shares, with proceeds less directly attributable transaction costs recognized as share capital (par value) and additional paid in capital.

 

  l. Provisions

Provisions are recognized when the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events and it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are measured by discounting the future cash outflow at a pretax interest rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation. The carrying amount of the provision is adjusted in each reporting period in order to reflect the passage of time and the changes in the carrying amounts are carried to the statement of comprehensive loss.

 

  m. Research and development expenses

Research expenses are charged to profit or loss as incurred. An intangible asset arising from development of the Company’s products is recognized if all of the following conditions are met:

 

    It is technically feasible to complete the intangible asset so that it will be available for use;

 

    Management intends to complete the intangible asset and use it or sell it;

 

    There is an ability to use or sell the intangible asset;

 

    It can be demonstrated how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits;

 

    Adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the intangible asset are available;

 

    Costs associated with the intangible asset during development can be measured reliably.

Other development costs that do not meet the above criteria are recognized as expenses as incurred. Development costs previously recognized as an expense are not recognized as an asset in a subsequent period.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company has not yet capitalized any development costs.

 

  n. Government grants

Government grants, which are received from the Israeli Office of Chief Scientist (the “OCS”) by way of participation in research and development that is conducted by the Company, fall within the scope of “forgivable loans,” as set forth in International Accounting Standard 20 “Accounting for Government Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance” (“IAS 20”).

As approved by the OCS, the grants are received in installments as the program progresses. The Company recognizes each forgivable loan on a systematic basis at the same time the Company records, as an expense, the related research and development costs for which the grant is received, provided that there is reasonable assurance that (a) the Company complies with the conditions attached to the grant, and (b) it is probable that the grant will be received (usually upon receipt of approval notice). The amount of the forgivable loan is recognized based on the participation rate approved by the OCS; thus, a forgivable loan is recognized as a receivable when approved research and development costs have been incurred before grant funds are received.

Since at the time of grant approval there is reasonable assurance that the Company will comply with the forgivable loan conditions attached to the grant, and it is not probable that the related research and

 

F-12


Table of Contents

VASCULAR BIOGENICS LTD.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (continued) :

 

development will generate revenue, grant income is recorded against the related research and development expenses in the statement of comprehensive loss. If in subsequent periods it becomes probable that royalties will be owed to the OCS, then a liability is recorded at that time.

 

  o. Operating lease

Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

 

  p. Segment reporting

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments. The Company operates in one operating segment.

 

  q. Loss per Ordinary Share

Basic earnings (loss) per share are calculated by dividing the loss attributable to equity holders of the Company by the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding during the year.

The diluted earnings (loss) per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of outstanding Ordinary Shares, assuming conversion of all dilutive potential shares. The Company’s dilutive potential shares consist of Preferred Shares. Convertible loan and options granted to employees and service providers. The dilutive potential shares were not taken into account in computing loss per share in 2014, 2013 and 2012, as their effect would not have been dilutive.

 

  r. The following new standard has been issued, but is not effective for the financial periods beginning January 1, 2014, and has not been early adopted:

IFRS 9, Financial Instruments, addresses the classification, measurement and recognition of financial assets and financial liabilities. The complete version of IFRS 9 was issued in July 2014. It replaces the guidance in IAS 39 that relates to the classification and measurement of financial instruments. IFRS 9 retains but simplifies the mixed measurement model and establishes three primary measurement categories for financial assets: amortized cost, fair value through OCI and fair value through P&L. There is now a new expected credit losses model that replaces the incurred loss impairment model used in IAS 39. For financial liabilities, there were no changes to classification and measurement except for the recognition of changes in own credit risk in other comprehensive income for liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss. The standard is effective for accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is yet to assess IFRS 9’s full impact.

NOTE 3—CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

Estimates and judgments are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

VASCULAR BIOGENICS LTD.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 3—CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS (continued)

 

The Company makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below:

Share-based payments

With respect to grants to employees, the value of the labor services received from them in return is measured on the date of grant based on the fair value of the equity instruments granted to the employees. For options granted prior to the Company’s IPO in order to measure the fair value of the labor service received, the Company first measured the share value by using the income approach method which is an analysis that involves forecasting the appropriate cash flow stream over an appropriate period and then discounting it back to a present value at an appropriate discount rate. This discount rate should consider the time value of money, inflation, and the risk inherent in ownership of the asset or security interest being valued. Once the share value was estimated, the Company used the Black-Scholes model to value the equity instrument. Since the Company was not publicly traded, it looked for comparable companies in the healthcare sector to set the volatility assumption and estimated the equity instrument’s life.

The Company’s management estimate the fair value of the options granted to consultants based on the value of services receivable over the vesting period of the applicable options.

The value of the transactions, measured as aforesaid, is expensed over the period during which the right of the employees and non-employees to exercise or receive the underlying equity instruments vests; commensurate with every periodic recognition of the expense, a corresponding increase is recorded to additional paid in capital, included under the Company’s equity (see also note 10).

The fair value of convertible loan

To determine the fair value of the convertible loan, the Company uses its judgment to select a variety of methods and make assumptions that are mainly based on market conditions existing at the end of each reporting period. The estimated fair value of these loans might have changed had Company’s management used different estimates and assumptions.

On May 16, 2014 the Convertible Loan was converted into 1,082,235 Preferred E Shares.

NOTE 4—FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT:

 

  a. Financial risk management:

 

  1) Financial risk factors

The Company’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including foreign exchange risk and price risk), credit and interest risks and liquidity risk. The Company’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the Company’s financial performance.

Risk management is performed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, who identifies and evaluates financial risks in close cooperation with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

VASCULAR BIOGENICS LTD.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 4—FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT  (continued):

 

The Company’s finance department is responsible for carrying out risk management activities in accordance with policies approved by its Board of Directors. The Board of Directors provides guidelines for overall risk management, as well as policies dealing with specific areas, such as exchange rate risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, use of financial instruments, and investment of excess cash. In order to minimize exposure to market risk and credit risk, the Company invested the majority of its cash balances in highly-rated banks.

 

  2) Credit and interest risk

Credit and interest risk arises from cash and cash equivalents and deposits with banks. A substantial portion of the liquid instruments of the Company are invested in short-term deposits in a leading Israeli bank. The Company estimates that since the liquid instruments are mainly invested for the short-term and with a highly-rated institution, the credit and interest risk associated with these balances is immaterial.

 

  3) Liquidity risk

Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities.

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Company’s liquidity reserve (comprising cash and cash equivalents and deposits). This is generally carried out based on the expected cash flows in accordance with practice and limits set by the management of the Company.

The Company is in a research stage and has not yet generated revenues. It is therefore exposed to liquidity risk, taking into consideration the forecasts of cash flows required to finance its investments and other activities.

 

  4) Market risk—Foreign exchange risk

The Company might be exposed to foreign exchange risk as a result of making payments to employees or service providers and investment of some liquidity in currencies other than the U.S. dollar (the functional currency of the Company). The Company manages the foreign exchange risk by aligning the currencies for holding liquidity with the currencies of expected expenses, based on the expected cash flows of the Company. Had the dollar been stronger by 5% against the NIS, assuming all other variables remained constant, the Company would have recognized an additional expense of $87 thousand, $82 thousand and $21 thousand in profit or loss for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

  5) Interest rate risk

The Company has no significant interest bearing liabilities except for the convertible loan. The Company’s interest rate risk arises from interest bearing cash deposits and other short term investments, and therefore the income and operating cash flows are dependent on changes in market interest rates. NIS cash deposits bear variable interest rate and the cash deposits in other currencies bear fixed interest rate.

 

  b. Capital risk management

The Company’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital. It should be noted that the Company is in the research and development stage and has not yet generated revenues. (See also note 1a).

 

F-15


Table of Contents

VASCULAR BIOGENICS LTD.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 4—FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT  (continued) :

 

  c. Fair value of financial instruments

The different levels of valuation of financial instruments are defined as follows:

 

Level 1

Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2

Inputs, other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices).

Level 3

Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets is based on quoted market prices at the dates of the statements of financial position.

A market is regarded as active if quoted prices are readily and regularly available from an exchange, dealer, broker, industry group, pricing service, or regulatory agency, and those prices represent actual and regularly occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis. These instruments are included in level 1.

The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market is determined by using valuation techniques. These valuation techniques maximize the use of observable market data where it is available and rely as little as possible on entity specific estimates. If all significant inputs required to fair value an instrument are observable, the instrument is included in level 2.

If one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is included in level 3.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the fair value of financial instruments (cash and cash equivalents, short term bank deposits, accounts receivable and accounts payable) are assumed to approximate their carrying value.

 

  d. Classification of financial instruments by groups:

 

     Loans and
receivables
 
     U.S. dollars in
thousands
 

As of December 31, 2014:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 36,783   

Other current assets (except for prepaid expenses)

     595   
  

 

 

 
$ 37,378   
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013:

Cash and cash equivalents

$ 9,377   

Bank deposits

  1,494   

Other current assets (except for prepaid expenses)

  380   
  

 

 

 
$ 11,251   
  

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

VASCULAR BIOGENICS LTD.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 4—FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT  (continued) :

 

     Financial
liabilities at fair
value through
profit or loss
     Financial
liabilities at
amortized cost
     Total  
     U.S. dollars in thousands  

As of December 31, 2014:

        

Trade and other payable

   $ —         $ 2,930       $ 2,930   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ —      $ 2,930    $ 2,930   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013:

Trade and other payable

$ —      $ 4,245    $ 4,245   

Convertible loan (see note 8)

  31,039      —        31,039   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 31,039    $ 4,245    $ 35,284   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  e. Composition of monetary balances

The composition of financial instruments by currency:

As of December 31, 2014:

 

     Dollars      NIS      Pound
sterling
    Euro
&SEK
     Total  
     U.S. dollars in thousands  

Assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 33,058       $ 2,229       $ 35      $ 1,461       $ 36,783   

Other current assets (except for prepaid expenses)

     9         586         —          —           595   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
  33,067      2,815      35      1,461      37,378   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

  947      1,071      99      813      2,930   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
  947      1,071      99      813      2,930   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net assets (liabilities)

$ 32,120    $ 1,744    $ (64 $ 648    $ 34,448   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013:

 

     Dollars     NIS      Pound
sterling
    Euro      Total  
     U.S. dollars in thousands  

Assets:

            

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 7,035      $ 833       $ 13      $ 1,496       $ 9,377   

Short term bank deposits

     —          839         —          655         1,494   

Other current assets (except for prepaid expenses)

     8        372         —          —           380   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
  7,043      2,044      13      2,151      11,251   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

  1,396      1,613      172      1,064      4,245   

Convertible loan

  31,039      —        —        —        31,039   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
  32,435      1,613      172      1,064      35,284   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net assets (liabilities)

$ (25,392 $ 431    $ (159 $ 1,087    $ (24,033
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

VASCULAR BIOGENICS LTD.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 5—CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS BANK DEPOSITS:

 

  a. Cash and cash equivalents:

 

     December 31  
     2014      2013  
     U.S. dollars
in thousands
 

Cash in bank

   $ 36,783       $ 2,382   

Short-term bank deposits (up to three months)

        6,995   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 36,783    $ 9,377   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  b. Short-term bank deposits

The bank deposits in 2013 were for terms of three months to one year and carried interest at annual rates of 0.27%—1.077%.

NOTE 6—PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Composition of assets, grouped by major classifications, and changes therein is as follows:

 

     Cost      Accumulated depreciation         
     Balance at
beginning
of year
     Additions
during
the year
     Balance
at end
of year
     Balance at
beginning
of year
     Additions
during
the year
     Balance
at end
of year
     Net book
value
 
     U.S. dollars in thousands  

Year ended December 31, 2014:

                    

Laboratory equipment

   $ 1,621       $ 17       $ 1,638       $ 1,376       $ 83       $ 1,459       $ 179   

Computers

     318         29         347         274         32         306         41   

Office furniture and equipment

     65            65         46         4         50         15   

Leasehold improvements

     601         11         612         473         16         489         123   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 2,605    $ 57    $ 2,662    $ 2,169    $ 135    $ 2,304    $ 358   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2013:

Laboratory equipment

$ 1,608    $ 13    $ 1,621    $ 1,265    $ 111    $ 1,376    $ 245   

Computers

  299      19      318      239      35      274      44   

Office furniture and equipment

  65      —        65      42      4      46      19   

Leasehold improvements

  601      —        601      454      19      473      128   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 2,573    $ 32    $ 2,605    $ 2,000    $ 169    $ 2,169    $ 436   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2012:

Laboratory equipment

$ 1,573    $ 35    $ 1,608    $ 1,129    $ 136    $ 1,265    $ 343   

Computers

  285      14      299      202      37      239      60   

Office furniture and equipment

  65      —        65      38      4      42      23   

Leasehold improvements

  495      106      601      434      20      454      147   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 2,418    $ 155    $ 2,573    $ 1,803    $ 197    $ 2,000    $ 573   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

VASCULAR BIOGENICS LTD.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 7—SEVERANCE PAY OBLIGATIONS, NET:

 

  a. The Company has both defined benefit and defined contribution plans.

The Company has no obligation relating to the defined contribution plans. The obligation under the defined benefit plans is covered partly by regular deposits with severance pay funds and by purchase of insurance policies.

 

  b. The Company’s obligation to make pension payments is covered by regular deposits with defined contribution plans. The amounts deposited are not reflected in the statements of financial position.

 

  c. The amounts recognized in the statements of financial position were as follows:

 

     Year ended
December 31
 
     2014      2013  
     U.S. dollars
in thousands
 

Severance pay obligations

   $ 410       $ 459   

Fair value of plan assets

     304         333   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liability in the statements of financial position

$ 106    $ 126   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts credited to other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were $10 thousand , $22 thousand and $7 thousand, respectively.

The principal actuarial assumptions used for December 31, 2013 and 2014 were as follows:

 

     2014     2013  

Discount rate

     3.5     3.7

Future salary increases

     4.5     4.5

 

  d. The amounts recorded as an employee benefit expense in respect of defined contribution plans for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were $268 thousand , $270 thousand and $259 thousand, respectively.

NOTE 8—CONVERTIBLE LOAN

On July 1, 2013, the Company closed a Convertible Bridge Loan Agreement (“CLA”) with some of its shareholders and related parties. The CLA provided for the infusion of an aggregate amount of $10.0 million in the form of a convertible bridge loan (the “Convertible Loan”), to bridge for the Company’s cash needs until a financing opportunity was achieved. The Convertible Loan is denominated in U.S. dollars and bore an annual interest rate of 10%. The principal shall automatically convert upon the earlier of: (i) a financing round for investment in preferred convertible shares of the Company superior to the Preferred D Shares in liquidation preference, in which case the conversion will automatically be into the new round Preferred Shares at an average discount of 22.7%, (ii) immediately prior to an IPO, in which case the conversion will automatically be into 1,153,773 Preferred D-1 shares or (iii) on April 30, 2014, in which case the conversion will automatically be into 1,153,773 Preferred D-1 Shares. The lenders had the right to demand repayment of the principal amount plus interest only on the occurrence of the earlier of the following events: (i) an event of acceleration as defined in the CLA, (ii) any of the distribution events described in the Articles of Association or (iii) the consummation by the Company of a transaction generating proceeds to the Company of at least $20.0 million.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

VASCULAR BIOGENICS LTD.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 8—CONVERTIBLE LOAN  (continued)

 

As aforementioned, the convertible loan was designated by management to be recorded at fair value through profit or loss.

At initial recognition, the difference between the fair value of the CLA and the consideration received was $19.4 million which was charged to additional paid in capital within equity.

The change in the fair value from January 1, 2014 until the Conversion date and from July 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013 amounting to $2.3 million and $1.6 million, respectively, were charged to financial expenses in the statement of comprehensive loss.

On May 15, 2014 (hereafter—“Conversion date”), upon the closing of a financing round (see note 10c), the Convertible Loan was converted into 1,082,235 Preferred E Shares.

NOTE 9—COMMITMENTS:

 

  a. In October 2012, the Company signed a lease agreement for the building it uses in consideration of $203 thousand per year. The lease was to expire on September 30, 2013 and the Company had the option to extend it twice for additional one year periods. The Company exercised the option for the two additional years.

The Company entered into operating lease agreements for vehicles it uses. The leases will expire in 2017. The projected annual lease payments in the future years, at rates in effect as of December 31, 2014, approximate $151 thousand.

 

  b. The Company is committed to pay royalties to the Government of Israel on proceeds from sales of products in the research and development of which the Government participates by way of grants. At time the grants were received, successful development of the related project was not assumed. In the case of failure of the project that was partly financed by the Government of Israel, the Company is not obligated to pay any such royalties. Under the terms of Company’s funding from the Israeli Government, royalties of 3%-3.5% are payable on sales of products developed from projects so funded up to 100% of the amount of the grant received by the Company (dollar linked) with the addition of an annual interest based on Libor. As of December 31, 2014, the total royalty amount payable by the Company, before the additional Libor interest, is approximately $16.1 million ($19.2 million including interest).

 

  c. In September 2012 and December 2013, the Company entered into agreements, according to which it will receive project management services from two Contact Research Organizations (“CROs”) for the execution of a clinical trial in the field of anti-inflammatory small molecules, in consideration for up to €2.8 million. Through December 31, 2014, expenses in the total amount of €2.4 million ($ 3.3 million) were incurred.

 

  d. In November 2012, the Company signed an agreement according to which it will receive project management services from a CRO for the execution of another clinical trial in the field of anti-inflammatory small molecules in consideration for up to €2.4 million. Through December 31, 2014, expenses in the total amount of €2.3 million ($3.2 million) were incurred.

 

  e.

In February 2013, the Company entered into an agreement with Tel Hashomer—Medical Research, Infrastructure and Services Ltd. (“Tel Hashomer”). The agreement with Tel Hashomer provides that the Company will pay 1% of any net sales of any product covered by the intellectual property covered under the agreement and 2% of any consideration received by the Company for granting a license or similar rights to such intellectual property. Such amounts will be recorded as part of the Company’s

 

F-20


Table of Contents

VASCULAR BIOGENICS LTD.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 9—COMMITMENTS  (continued) :

 

  cost of revenues. In addition, upon the occurrence of an exit event such as a merger, sale of all shares or assets or the closing of an initial public offering such as the IPO, the Company is required to pay to Tel Hashomer 1% of the proceeds received by the Company or its shareholders as the case may be. Royalty and all other payment obligations under this agreement will expire once the Company has paid an aggregate sum of NIS 100 million (approximately $26 million) to Tel Hashomer by way of pay out, exit proceeds and licensing consideration. Amounts previously paid as royalties on any net sales will not be taken into account when calculating this aggregate sum. Amounts payable upon occurrence of an exit event is not considered to be probable until actual occurrence. Upon occurrence of such event, as such event does not represent a substantive milestone with regard to the Company’s intellectual property, the amount to be paid is recorded in the Statement of Comprehensive Loss under research and development costs.

In November 2014, following the completion of an IPO the Company paid to Tel Hashomer amount of $0.4 million.

 

  f. In April 2011, the Company executed a Commercial License Agreement with Crucell Holland B.V. (“Crucell”), for incorporating the adenovirus 5 in VB-111 and other drug candidates for cancer for consideration including the following potential future payments:

 

    an annual license fee of €100 thousand ($121 thousand), continuing until the termination of the agreement, which will occur upon (i) the later of the expiration date of the last related patent or 10 years from the first commercial sale of VB-111 or (ii) the termination of the agreement by the Company, which is permitted, upon three months’ written advance notice to Crucell;

 

    a milestone payment of €400 thousand ($484 thousand) upon receipt of the first regulatory approval for the marketing of the first indication for each product covered under the agreement; and

 

    royalties of 0.5%-2.0% on net sales.

There are no limits or caps on the amount of potential royalties. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company has the right to terminate the agreement by giving Crucell three months’ written notice.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

VASCULAR BIOGENICS LTD.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 10—SHARE CAPITAL:

 

  a. Composed of shares of NIS 0.01 par value, as follows:

 

     Number of shares  
     December 31  
     2014      2013  

Authorized:

     

Ordinary Shares

     49,200,000         2,044,005   

Preferred A Shares

     1,100,000         132,586   

Preferred B Shares

     4,600,000         570,217   

Preferred C Shares

     2,400,000         342,778   

Preferred D Shares

     10,000,000         1,585,414   

Preferred D-1 Shares

        325,000   

Preferred E Shares

     2,700,000      
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  70,000,000      5,000,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Issued:

Ordinary Shares (1)

  19,898,674      1,098,248   

Preferred A Shares

  596,638   

Preferred B Shares

  2,565,982   

Preferred C Shares

  1,293,782   

Preferred D Shares

  5,613,164   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  19,898,674      11,167,814   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The Ordinary Shares confer upon their holders the following rights: (i) the right to vote in any general meeting of the Company; (ii) the right to receive dividends; and (iii) the right to receive upon liquidation of the Company a sum equal to the nominal value of the share, and if a surplus remains, to receive such surplus.

On July 10, 2014, the Company increased its authorized capital to 70,000,000 shares, NIS 0.01 par value.

On July 10, 2014, the Company executed a 1-to-4.5 share split of the Company’s shares by way of an issuance of bonus shares for each share. Upon the effectiveness of the share split, (i) 3.5 bonus shares were issued for each outstanding share, (ii) the number of ordinary shares into which each outstanding option to purchase ordinary shares is exercisable was proportionally increased, and (iii) the exercise price of each outstanding option to purchase ordinary shares was proportionately decreased. Unless otherwise indicated, and except for authorized capital, all of the share numbers, loss per share amounts, share prices and option exercise prices in these financial statements have been adjusted, on a retroactive basis, to reflect this 1-to-4.5 share split.

Following the completion of an IPO and the decision of the holders of all outstanding Preferred Shares from March 2014 to waive their preferential conversion rights with respect to the currently contemplated public offering the Company converted all outstanding Preferred Shares into Ordinary Shares in a ratio of 1:1.

 

  b. In January 2014 and May 2014, two former employees exercised options to purchase an aggregate of 132,134 Ordinary Shares. The total cash exercise price received by the Company in those transactions was $266 thousand.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

VASCULAR BIOGENICS LTD.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 10—SHARE CAPITAL  (continued) :

 

  c. On May 15, 2014, the Company closed a round of financing, selling an aggregate of 413,096 Preferred E Shares in consideration of $4,938 thousand.

 

  d. On October 6, 2014, the Company completed its IPO on the NASDAQ Stock Market in a public offering according to which it issued 6,760,418 Ordinary Shares in consideration for $40.6 million, before issuance costs.

 

  e . On October 2014, immediately prior to the IPO, the Company gave effect to an anti-dilution right held by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and issued him 342,977 ordinary shares.

 

  f. Share based compensation plans

In February 2000, the Company’s board of directors approved an option plan (the “Plan”) as amended through 2008. Under the Plan, the Company reserved up to 1,423,606 Ordinary Shares of NIS 0.01 par value of the Company for allocation to employees and non-employees. Each option is exercisable to acquire one Ordinary Share.

In April 2011, the Company’s board of directors approved a new option plan (the “New Plan”). Under the New Plan, the Company reserved up to 766,958 Ordinary Shares (of which 159,458 Ordinary Shares shall be taken from the unallocated pool reserved under the Plan) for allocation to employees and non-employees.

In September 2014, the Company’s shareholders approved the adoption of the Employee Share Ownership and Option Plan (2014) (“2014 Plan”) effective as of the closing of the public offering. Under the 2014 Plan, the Company reserved up to 928,0000 Ordinary Shares (of which 28,000 Ordinary Shares shall be taken from the unallocated pool reserved under the New Plan). The Ordinary Shares to be issued upon exercise of the options confer the same rights as the other Ordinary Shares of the Company, immediately upon allotment. Any option granted under the Plan that is not exercised within ten years from the date upon which it becomes exercisable, will expire. Any option which was granted under the New Plan, and was not exercised within twenty years from the date when it becomes exercisable, will expire.

In April 2013, the Company shareholders approved the extension of the exercise period of options granted to employees and officers during 2003-2005 by additional ten years. As a result of such extension, the Company recorded during 2013 additional expense of $115 thousand.

Option exercise prices and vesting periods shall be as determined by the board of directors of the Company on the date of the grant.

The options granted to employees through December 31, 2002 are subject to the terms stipulated by section 102 of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance (the “Ordinance”). Among other things, the Ordinance provides that the Company will be allowed to claim as an expense for tax purposes the amounts credited to the employees as a benefit upon sale of the shares allotted under the plans at a price exceeding the exercise price, when the related tax is payable by the employee.

The options granted to employees after December 31, 2002, are subject to the terms stipulated by section 102(b)(2) of the Ordinance. According to these provisions, the Company will not be allowed to claim as an expense for tax purposes the amounts credited to the employees as a capital gain benefit in respect of the options granted.

Options granted to related parties or non-employees of the Company are governed by Section 3(i) of the Ordinance. The Company will be allowed to claim as an expense for tax purposes the amounts equal to the expenses it recorded in the financial statements in the year in which the related parties or non-employees exercised the options into shares.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

VASCULAR BIOGENICS LTD.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 10—SHARE CAPITAL  (continued) :

 

Options granted in 2012:

 

     Number of options granted
according to option plan
of the Company (1)
     Exercise
price per
Ordinary
Share ($)
     The fair value of
options on date
of grant (in
thousands) (2)
 

Date of grant

   Other than
directors
     To
directors
     Total        

December 2012

     *114,306         22,500         136,806       $ 3.32       $ 446   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

* 45,000 options were allocated to an officer who also serves as a director.
1) The options will vest as follows: over 4 years from the date of grant; 1/16 of the options shall vest at the end of each quarter in the course of the 4 years.
2) The fair value of the options on the date of grant was computed using the Black-Scholes model. The underlying data used for computing the fair value of the options are mainly as follows: Ordinary Share price, based on a valuation prepared by the Company : $4.32; expected volatility based on comparable companies in the healthcare sector: 68.6%; risk-free interest rate: 1.76% (the risk-free interest rate is determined based on rates of return on maturity of unlinked treasury bonds with time to maturity that equals the average life of the options); expected dividend: zero; and expected life to exercise: 9 years.

Options granted in 2013:

 

     Number of options granted
according to option plan of the
Company (1)
     Exercise
price per
ordinary
share ($)
     The fair value of
options on date
of grant (in
thousands) (2)
 

Date of grant

   Other than
directors
     To
directors
     Total        

September 2013

     *116,331         22,500         138,831         3.32       $ 459   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

* 45,000 options were allocated to an officer who also serves as a director.
1) The options will vest as follows:
  a. 125,331 options over 4 years from the date of grant; 1/16 of the options at the end of each quarter in the course of the 4 years.
  b. 13,500 options over 1 year from the date of grant; 1/2 of the options vested on the date of grant and 1/2 will vest within a year from date of grant.
2) The fair value of the options on the date of grant was computed using the Black-Scholes model. The underlying data used for computing the fair value of the options are mainly as follows: Ordinary Share price, based on a valuation prepared by the Company with the assistance of an external independent expert: $4.15; expected volatility based on comparable companies in the healthcare sector: 69.0%; risk-free interest rate: 2.62% (the risk-free interest rate is determined based on rates of return on maturity of unlinked treasury bonds with time to maturity that equals the average life of the options); expected dividend: zero; and expected life to exercise: 9 years.

Options granted in 2014:

 

     Number of options granted
according to option plan
of the Company (1)
     Exercise
price per
Ordinary
Share ($)
     The fair value of
options on date
of grant (in
thousands) (2)
 

Date of grant

   Other than directors      Total        

October 2014

     *374,909         374,909       $ 0.002       $ 2,249   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

* was allocated to an officer who also serves as a director.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

VASCULAR BIOGENICS LTD.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 10—SHARE CAPITAL (continued) :

 

1) The options are fully vested.
2) The fair value of the options on the date of grant was computed using the Black-Scholes model. The underlying data used for computing the fair value of the options are mainly as follows: Ordinary Share price, based on a market price : $6; expected volatility based on comparable companies in the healthcare sector: 85.0%; risk-free interest rate: 2.42% (the risk-free interest rate is determined based on rates of return on maturity of unlinked treasury bonds with time to maturity that equals the average life of the options); expected dividend: zero; and expected life to exercise: 10 years

 

  g. Changes in the number of options and weighted average exercise prices are as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2014      2013      2012  
     Number of
options
    Weighted
average
exercise
price
     Number of
options
    Weighted
average
exercise
price
     Number of
options
    Weighted
average
exercise
price
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

     1,642,348      $ 2.47         1,543,288      $ 2.41         1,467,223      $ 2.27   

Granted

     374,909        0.002         138,831        3.32         136,806        3.32   

Exercised

     (132,134     2.01             

Forfeited

          (39,771     2.79         (60,741     1.04   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at end of year

  1,885,123      2.01      1,642,348      2.47      1,543,288      2.41   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercisable at end of year

  1,360,183      1.96      1,304,847      2.25      1,203,359      2.14   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  h. The following is information about exercise price and remaining contractual life of outstanding options at year-end:

 

December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  
Number of
options
outstanding
at end of
year
     Exercise
price
     Weighted
average of
remaining
contractual
life
     Number of
options
outstanding
at end of
          year          
     Exercise
Price
     Weighted
average of
remaining
contractual
life
     Number of
options
outstanding
at end of
year
     Exercise
price
     Weighted
average of
remaining
contractual
life
 
  411,755       $ 0.002         19.63         36,846       $ 0.002         9.3         36,846       $ 0.002         10.3   
  229,172       $ 1.21         6.24         287,672       $ 1.21         7.4         296,672       $ 1.21         8.2   
  729,064       $ 2.47         3.08         786,664       $ 2.47         4.1         788,914       $ 2.47         5.1   
  515,132       $ 3.32         17.62         531,166       $ 3.32         18.6         420,856       $ 3.32         19.2   

 

 

          

 

 

          

 

 

       
  1,885,123      1,642,348      1,543,288   

 

 

          

 

 

          

 

 

       

 

  i. Expenses for share based compensation recognized in profit or loss were as follows:

 

     Year ended
December 31
 
     2014      2013      2012  
     U.S. dollars
in thousands
 

Research and development expenses

   $ 711       $ 122       $ 246   

Administrative and general expenses

     1,906         372         219   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 2,617    $ 494    $ 465   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

VASCULAR BIOGENICS LTD.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 10—SHARE CAPITAL  (continued) :

 

The remaining unrecognized compensation expenses as of December 31, 2014 are $225 thousand; this amount will be expensed in full by September 2017.

NOTE 11—TAXES ON INCOME

The Company is taxed according to Israeli tax laws:

 

  a. Measurement of results for tax purposes

The Company measures its results for tax purposes in nominal terms in NIS based on financial reporting under Israeli accounting principles, while (as detailed in note 2) the functional currency of the Company is the dollar and the Company’s financial statements are measured in dollars and in accordance with IFRS. Therefore, there are differences between the Company’s taxable income (loss) and income (loss) reflected in these financial statements.

 

  b. Tax rates

The income of the Company, other than income from Benefitted Enterprises (see c below), is subject to the normal corporate tax rate. The corporate tax rate for 2014 and 2013 were 26.5% and 25%, respectively.

 

  c. Tax benefits under the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959 (the “Investment Law”)

Under the Investment Law, including Amendment No. 60 to the Investment Law that was published in April 2005, by virtue of the Benefited Enterprise program for certain of its production facilities, the Company may be entitled to various tax benefits.

The main benefit arising from such status is the reduction in tax rates on income derived from a Benefited Enterprise. The extent of such benefits depends on the location of the enterprise. Since the Company’s facilities are not located in “national development zone A,” income derived from Benefited Enterprises will be tax exempt for a period of two years and then have a reduced tax rate for a period of up to an additional eight years.

The period of tax benefits, as described above, is limited to 12 years from the beginning of the Benefited Enterprise election year (2012). As of December 31, 2014, the period of benefits has not yet commenced.

In the event of distribution of cash dividends from income which was tax exempt as above, the amount distributed will be subject to the tax rate it was exempted from.

The Company is entitled to claim accelerated depreciation in respect of equipment used by the approved enterprises during five tax years.

Entitlement to the above benefits is conditioned upon the Company fulfilling the conditions stipulated by the Investment Law and regulations published thereunder.

In the event of failure to comply with these conditions, the benefits may be canceled and the Company may be required to refund the amount of the benefits, in whole or in part, with the addition of linkage differences to the Israeli consumer price index and interest.

The Investment Law was amended as part of the Economic Policy Law for the years 2011—2012 (the “Amendment”), which became effective on January 1, 2011.

The Amendment sets alternative benefit tracks to the ones currently in place under the provisions of the Investment Law, including a reduced corporate tax rate. Tax rate for “Preferred Enterprise” income of companies not located in national development zone A is 16% for fiscal year 2014 and thereafter.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

VASCULAR BIOGENICS LTD.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 11—TAXES ON INCOME  (continued)

 

The benefits are granted to companies that qualify under criteria set forth in the Investment Law; for the most part, those criteria are similar to the criteria that have existed in the Investment Law prior to its amendment and the benefit period is unlimited in time. However, in accordance with the Amendment, the classification of licensing income as Preferred income is subject to the issuance of a pre-ruling by the Israel Tax Authority.

Under the transitional provisions of the Investment Law, a company is allowed to continue to enjoy the tax benefits available under the Investment Law prior to its amendment until the end of the period of benefits, as defined in the Investment Law.

In each year during the period of benefits of its Benefitted Enterprise, the Company will be able to opt for application of the Amendment, thereby making available to itself the tax rate described above. The Company’s election to apply the Amendment is irrevocable.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s management decided not to adopt the application of the Amendment.

There is no assurance that future taxable income of the Company will qualify as Benefited or Preferred income or that the benefits described above will be available to the Company in the future.

 

  d. Losses for tax purposes carried forward to future years

The balance of carry forward losses as of December 31, 2014 is $102 million.

Under Israeli tax laws, carryforward tax losses have no expiration date.

Deferred tax assets on losses for tax purposes carried forward to subsequent years are recognized if utilization of the related tax benefit against a future taxable income is expected.

The Company has not created deferred taxes on its carry forward losses since their utilization is not expected in the foreseeable future.

 

  e. Tax assessments

The Company has tax assessments that are considered to be final through tax year 2009.

NOTE 12 – SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION:

 

     December 31  
     2014      2013  
     U.S. dollars
in thousands
 

a. Other current assets:

     

Institutions

   $ 460       $ 123   

Prepaid expenses

     366         127   

Government grants receivable

     135         256   

Employees

        1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 961    $ 507   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

b. Accounts payable— other:

Expenses payable

$ 1,895    $ 2,543   

Employees and employees institutions

  185      213   

Provision for vacation

  126      141   

Sundry

  29      —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 2,235    $ 2,897   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

VASCULAR BIOGENICS LTD.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 12—SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION  (continued) :

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2014      2013      2012  
     U.S. dollars
in thousands
 

c. Research and development expenses, net:

        

Payroll and related expenses

   $ 3,412       $ 3,366       $ 2,630   

Subcontractors and consultation

     6,289         7,527         6,092   

Materials

     530         569         1,127   

Patent expenses

     1,380         1,606         2,111   

Depreciation

     102         126         185   

Office rent and maintenance

     434         440         393   

Other

     403         473         404   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  12,550      14,107      12,942   

Government grants (see note 9b)

  (1,576   (599   (2,370
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 10,974    $ 13,508    $ 10,572   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

d. Administrative and general expenses:

Payroll and related expenses

$ 2,588    $ 1,305    $ 960   

Management and professional fees

  687      847      585   

Foreign travel

  212      141      138   

Depreciation

  33      43      12   

Other

  284      116      202   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 3,804    $ 2,452    $ 1,897   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 13—LOSS PER SHARE

Basic and diluted loss per share:

Basic

Basic loss per share is calculated by dividing the result attributable to equity holders of the Company by the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares in issue during the year.

Diluted

All Ordinary Shares underlying Preferred Shares and outstanding options have been excluded from the calculation of the diluted loss per share for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 since their effect was anti-dilutive. The total number of options excluded from the calculations of diluted loss per share were—1,885,123, 1,642,348 and 1,543,288 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2014      2013      2012  
     U.S. dollars in thousands,
except per share data
 

Basic and diluted :

        

Loss attributable to equity holders of the Company

   $ 17,407       $ 17,370       $ 12,225   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares in issue

  5,627,324      1,098,248      1,098,248   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss per Ordinary Share

$ 3.09    $ 15.82    $ 11.13   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

VASCULAR BIOGENICS LTD.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 14—FINANCIAL INCOME, NET:

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2014      2013      2012  
     U.S. dollars
in thousands
 

Financial income :

        

Interest from deposits

   $ 15       $ 27       $ 236   

Exchange differences

        213         59   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  15      240      295   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial expenses:

Loss from change in fair value of convertible loan

  2,342      1,638      —     

Other financial expenses:

Bank fees

  12      12      14   

Exchange differences

  290      —        37   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL FINANCIAL EXPENSES

  2,644      1,650      51   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL FINANCIAL EXPENSES (INCOME), net

$ 2,629    $ 1,410    $ (244
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 15—RELATED PARTIES—TRANSACTIONS AND BALANCES:

 

  a. Transactions with related parties

Key management personnel include members of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer and all Vice Presidents of the Company and companies controlled by them .

 

        Year ended December 31  
        2014     2013     2012  
        U.S. dollars
in thousands
 
1)  

Expenses—

     
 

Administrative and general expenses

  $ —        $ 4      $ 7   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial expenses—

Loss from change in fair value of convertible loan

$ 2,342    $ 1,638    $ —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
2)

Key management compensation:

Labor cost and related expenses

$ 1,910    $ 2,376    $ 1,749   

Share-based payments

  2,517      301      315   

Other Others

$ 378    $ 277      283   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
$ 4,805    $ 2,954    $ 2,347   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  b. Balances with related parties:

 

     December 31  
     2014      2013      2012  
     U.S. dollars
in thousands
 

Related parties and shareholders—convertible loan

   $ —         $ 31,039       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Key management—payables and accrued expenses

$ 353    $ 713    $ 52   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Severance pay obligations

$ 61    $ 71    $ 124   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for vacation

$ 54    $ 80    $ 83   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

VASCULAR BIOGENICS LTD.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 16—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

In February 2015, the Company announced that its Phase 2 studies in patients with psoriasis and ulcerative colitis, in the immune-inflammatory field, did not meet their primary endpoints. The Company does not plan to continue development of VB-201 in these indications.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Item 19. Exhibits

 

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

  1.1    Articles of Association of the Registrant, as currently in effect (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 30, 2014).
  1.2    Memorandum of Association of the Registrant, as currently in effect (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 30, 2014).
  2.1    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 13, 2008, by and among the Registrant and the other parties thereto, as amended. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 6, 2014).
  2.2    Form of Certificate for Ordinary Shares (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 29, 2014).
  2.3    Warrant to purchase ordinary shares, dated May 8, 2014, issued to S.R. Horn Assets Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 6, 2014).
  2.4    Warrant to purchase ordinary shares, dated April 1, 2001, issued to Dror Harats, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 6, 2014).
  2.5    Warrant to purchase ordinary shares, dated May 14, 2001, issued to Dror Harats, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 6, 2014).
  2.6    Warrant to purchase ordinary shares, dated December 28, 2001, issued to Dror Harats, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 6, 2014).
  4.1    Employee Ownership and Share Option Plan (2011) of the Registrant, and form of agreement thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 6, 2014).
  4.2    Form of Release and Indemnification Agreement to be entered into between the Registrant and its officers and directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 25, 2014).
  4.3†    Commercial Gene Therapy License Agreement, dated April 15, 2011, between the Registrant and Crucell Holland B.V. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 18, 2014).
  4.4†    Agreement, dated February 3, 2013, between the Registrant and Tel Hashomer—Medical Research, Infrastructure and Services Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 18, 2014).
  4.5†    Manufacturing Services Agreement, dated January 5, 2012, between the Registrant and Lonza Houston, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 18, 2014).
  4.6    Master Services Agreement, dated May 14, 2008, between the Registrant and Genzyme Pharmaceuticals (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 6, 2014)..
  4.7†    Technical Agreement on the Manufacture of Capsules, dated April 29, 2008, between the Registrant and Encap Drug Delivery and standard terms and conditions of purchase order (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 18, 2014).


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

  4.8†    Technical Agreement on the Manufacture of Capsules, dated August 3, 2012, between the Registrant and Encap Drug Delivery and standard terms and conditions of purchase order (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 18, 2014).
  4.9†    Material Transfer and Confidentiality Agreement, effective as of September 19, 2005, among the Registrant, Crucell Holland B.V. and BioReliance Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 18, 2014).
  4.10†    General Services Agreement, dated September 24, 2012, between the Registrant and BioClinica, Inc., and Addendum dated November 19, 2012 and August 29, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 18, 2014).
  4.11†    Clinical Trial Agreement, dated September 9, 2012, between the Registrant and SCIderm GmbH (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 18, 2014).
  4.12†    Service Agreement, dated November 8, 2012, between the Registrant and KCR S.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 18, 2014).
  4.13†    Service Agreement, dated December 16, 2013, between the Registrant and KCR S.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 18, 2014).
  4.14#    Lease Agreement, dated January 2013, between the Registrant and Matzlawi Building Company Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 6, 2014).
  4.15†    Material Transfer and Confidentiality Agreement, effective February 6, 2012 between the Registrant, Crucell Holland B.V. and Lonza Houston, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 18, 2014).
  4.16    Agreement between the Registrant and Prof. Jacob George, dated January 24, 2010, as amended on August 1, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 6, 2014)..
  4.17    Employee Share Ownership and Option Plan (2014) of the Registrant, and form of Capital Gains Option Agreement thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 25, 2014)..
  4.18†    Master Services Agreement, effective as of January 30, 2015, by and between PPD Development, L.P. and the Registrant.
12.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a).
12.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a).
13.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
15.1    Consent of Kesselman & Kesselman, a member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers International Limited, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and the non-public information has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
# English summary of original Hebrew document.


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

VASCULAR BIOGENICS LTD.
By:

/s/ Dror Harats

Dror Harats
Chief Executive Officer

Date: March 25, 2015

Exhibit 4.18

MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

T HIS M ASTER S ERVICES A GREEMENT (the “Agreement” ) is effective as of January 30, 2015 (the “Effective Date” ) by and between PPD D EVELOPMENT , L.P. , a Delaware limited partnership, with its principal executive offices located at 929 North Front Street, Wilmington, North Carolina ( “PPD” ) and V ASCULAR B IOGENICS , L TD . , an Israeli company with its principal executive offices located at 6 Jonathan Netanyahu Street, Or Yehuda, Israel 60376 ( “Sponsor” ).

WHEREAS, Sponsor is engaged in the development of pharmaceutical products; and

WHEREAS, PPD is a clinical research organization engaged in the business of managing clinical research programs and providing clinical development and other related services; and

WHEREAS, Sponsor may wish to retain the services of PPD from time to time to perform clinical development services in connection with certain clinical research programs Sponsor is conducting (individually, a “Project” ), in which case the terms and conditions for each such Project shall be set forth in a project addendum to be attached to this Agreement and incorporated herein by reference (individually, a “Project Addendum” and collectively, the “Project Addenda” ); and

WHEREAS, PPD is willing to provide such services to Sponsor in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the attached Project Addenda.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration contained herein, the exchange, receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. S ERVICES .

1.1 Services to be Provided by PPD . PPD hereby agrees to provide to Sponsor the services identified and described in the Services section of each Project Addendum attached to this Agreement (the “Services” ). PPD shall perform the Services for each Project set forth in the applicable Project Addendum in compliance with (i) the protocol for the Project ( “Protocol” ), which may be attached to and as amended or updated from time to time, and made a part of the applicable Project Addendum, (ii) the terms and conditions of this Agreement, (iii) the terms and conditions of the applicable Project Addendum, (iv) PPD’s standard operating procedures ( “SOPs” ), which will be available for review upon written request, and (v) all applicable laws, rules and regulations including standards of Good Clinical Practices; (VI) the standards and practices that are generally accepted in the industry and exercised by other persons engaged in performing similar services; and (vii) the instructions of Sponsor, from time to time. Sponsor agrees that PPD is responsible only for those Services set forth on a properly executed Project Addendum. PPD shall at all times make available a sufficient number of appropriately-trained and qualified clinical research personnel on a given Project to meet the demands of said Project. PPD shall use its commercially reasonable efforts, skills and abilities to promote the interests of Sponsor and to diligently and competently perform its duties hereunder.

1.2 Project Addendum . In the event that the parties hereto shall reach agreement with respect to the provision of Services for a Project, PPD and Sponsor shall execute a Project Addendum evidencing such Services. Each Project Addendum shall be attached to this Agreement and incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement by reference, and each such Project Addendum and this Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement for the applicable Project. To the extent any terms set forth in a Project Addendum conflict with the terms set forth in this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control unless otherwise specifically set forth in the Project Addendum.

1.3 Sponsor Cooperation . Sponsor will, and will cause its affiliates and their respective agents, employees and contractors to, cooperate with PPD in providing information to PPD, taking action and executing documents, as appropriate, to achieve the objectives of this Agreement and any Project Addendum executed under this Agreement. Sponsor acknowledges and agrees that PPD’s performance under this Agreement is dependent on Sponsor’s and Sponsor’s representatives’ timely

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.

 

 

Page 1


PPD PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

and effective cooperation with PPD. Accordingly, Sponsor acknowledges that any delay by Sponsor may result in PPD being released from a schedule deadline or in Sponsor having to pay extra fees in order for PPD to meet a specific obligation or deadline despite the delay. In addition, PPD shall not be responsible for any delays due to (1) Sponsor or its agents, employees and contractors, (2) any third party except for (a) those who have been solely selected by PPD and (b) PPD’s Subcontractors, (3) a force majeure event, or (4) any other factors outside of the direct and reasonable control of PPD. In the event of any such delays, the study timelines will be revised accordingly provided that PPD shall act in good fate to prevent such delays. Sponsor shall comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations governing the performance of its obligations hereunder and the subject matter of this Agreement.

1.4 Serious Adverse Event and Medical Management Plan . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event PPD and Sponsor agree upon a serious adverse event and medical management plan relating to a specific Project (“SMMP”), the parties shall comply with the terms and conditions of any such SMMP. In the event of any conflict between the terms and conditions of the SMMP and the relevant Project Addendum, the terms and conditions of the SMMP shall control. Sponsor shall be responsible for any additional costs associated with compliance with the SMMP, which will be captured in an amendment to the applicable Project Addendum.

1.5 Patient Enrollment . The parties agree that enrollment numbers are good faith estimates and that various factors outside of PPD’s control can affect the rate of enrollment. PPD shall exercise all reasonable efforts to meet such enrollment estimates, but cannot guarantee that enrollment numbers or enrollment timelines will be met, provided however that the Sponsor shall not be responsible for delays in enrollment timelines as a result of PPD’s negligence or willful misconduct.

1.6 Final Protocol . PPD shall not be liable or responsible for the final review, approval, adoption, and content of the Protocol, and, accordingly, Sponsor shall be solely liable and responsible in this regard.

 

2. C OMPENSATION AND P AYMENT .

2.1 Charges for Services . Sponsor shall pay PPD for all Services performed under this Agreement and any Project Addendum ( “Direct Fees” ) in accordance with the rates for such Services set forth in such Project Addendum. Sponsor shall also reimburse PPD for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the performance of the Services with respect to a Project, including, without limitation, investigator grants and fees, travel expenses, shipping and postage costs, copying and printing fees, copyright fees, third party drug storage and distribution fees, required Institutional Review Board or similar board or committee fees, and other “pass through” expenses reasonably expected to be incurred in connection with performing the Services (collectively, the “Pass Through Costs” ). Except as otherwise expressly provided in a Project Addendum, PPD shall submit to Sponsor for each Project a monthly invoice describing the Services performed on such Project, the Direct Fees due for such Services, and all Pass Through Costs paid by PPD. Sponsor shall pay each invoice within forty five (45) days of receipt of said invoice. If payment is not received by PPD within such forty five-day period, PPD shall provide notice to Sponsor in writing (e-mail is sufficient) of such unpaid invoice. If any portion of an invoice is disputed, Sponsor shall pay the undisputed amounts in accordance with the terms above, and the Parties shall use good faith efforts to resolve differences or discrepancies with regard to any disputed amount as soon as practicable. PPD shall have no obligation to pay Subcontractor (as defined in Section 14.11) costs, vendor costs, or investigator grant payments to any Subcontractor, vendor or investigator site (the “Site” ) for conduct of services related to a Project until PPD has received payment of such Pass Through Costs from Sponsor. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Sponsor acknowledges and agrees that certain vendor and Subcontractor contracts, including without limitation, contracts for investigator meetings and patient recruitment services, must be advanced and paid up front by Sponsor. PPD shall be under no obligation to incur any such vendor or Subcontractor fees until such fees are received from Sponsor. In addition, all investigator grants shall be advanced by Sponsor at timeframes mutually agreed upon by the parties.

2.2 Payment after Termination . Upon termination of any Project Addendum or this Agreement pursuant to Section 3 below, Sponsor shall pay PPD all Direct Fees and Pass Through Costs for all Services, and any portion of Services, performed through the termination date. In

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.

 

 

Page - 2


PPD PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

addition, Sponsor shall reimburse PPD for all future non-cancelable obligations (where such obligations were created as a result of a Project being authorized by Sponsor). Any funds held by PPD which shall be determined to be unearned shall be returned to Sponsor within ninety (90) days following conclusion of the Project including any wind down services, as long as no further funds are outstanding to PPD from Sponsor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain Services of PPD require greater utilization of resources at the outset such that compensation for such Services based on a percentage of milestones completed prior to PPD fully completing the milestones would work to the detriment of PPD. Accordingly, the parties agree that in the event of early termination, PPD shall be entitled to compensation for all completed and partially completed Services on a time and materials basis according to a calculation agreed upon by both parties.

2.3 Pre-Execution Services . In the event Sponsor requests PPD to begin providing the Services for a Project prior to the execution by Sponsor of a Project Addendum or other mutually agreed upon writing, Sponsor agrees that PPD shall be compensated for Services performed at Sponsor’s request in accordance with the PPD Proposal for Services.

2.4 Taxes . All fees stated in this Agreement or any Project Addendum are net of Value Added Tax (“VAT”) or similar taxes. If any VAT or similar taxes are due, these will be payable by Sponsor in addition to the fees paid to PPD. In order to allow payment PPD shall submit to the Sponsor a valid Certificate of Residency from its Tax Authorities.

2.5 Payments . Unless otherwise set forth in a Project Addendum, all payments to PPD under this Agreement or any Project Addendum shall be made as follows:

 

If made by check, payment mailed to: PPD Development, L.P.
26361 Network Place
Chicago, IL 60673-1263
***
***
If made by wire transfer, payment wired to: ***

Any changes to the payee information set forth above require a writing signed by PPD’s Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer.

 

3. T ERM AND T ERMINATION .

3.1 Term . The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue for a period of five (5) years unless extended by mutual written agreement by the parties. Each Project Addendum shall be effective upon the date set forth in such Project Addendum and shall terminate upon (i) the completion of the Services to be provided thereunder, and (ii) PPD’s receipt of all Direct Fees, Pass Through Costs, and any other payments due to PPD related to the Services provided thereunder, unless earlier terminated in accordance with this Section 3.

3.2 Early Termination. Any Project Addendum may be terminated with or without cause by the Sponsor upon thirty (30) days prior written notice. PPD may terminate any Project Addendum upon Sponsor’s material breach of Agreement upon sixty (60) days prior written notice, provided that such breach is not cured within such sixty (60) day period.

3.3 Insolvency . Either party hereto may terminate this Agreement immediately upon the occurrence of an “Insolvency Event” with respect to the other party. For purposes of this Agreement, “Insolvency Event” shall mean (1) a party or any of its subsidiaries shall commence a voluntary proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, or shall consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due, or shall take any action to authorize any of the foregoing; (2) an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.

 

 

Page - 3


PPD PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

against a party or any of its subsidiaries seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to it or its debts under bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, and such involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain un-dismissed and un-stayed for a period of sixty (60) days; or (3) an order for relief shall be entered against a party or any of its subsidiaries under the federal bankruptcy laws now or hereafter in effect.

3.4 Effect of Termination . The termination of this Agreement by either party shall not automatically terminate all Project Addenda, unless otherwise agreed in writing. In the event of termination or expiration of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall continue to apply to all Project Addenda still in effect after such termination or expiration.

3.5 Wind Down . Upon the termination of this Agreement or a Project Addendum, PPD shall cooperate with Sponsor to provide for an orderly wind-down of the Services provided by PPD hereunder. Costs associated with such wind-down activities shall be billed to Sponsor on a time and materials basis, based on the then-current PPD rates.

3.6 Provisions Surviving Termination . The expiration, termination or cancellation of this Agreement will not extinguish the rights of either party that accrue prior to expiration, termination or cancellation or any obligations that extend beyond expiration, termination or cancellation, either by their inherent nature or by their express terms, including, without limitation, the obligations contained in Sections 2 (Compensation and Payment), 3.4 (Effect of Termination), 3.5 (Wind Down), 3.6 (Provisions Surviving Termination), 6 (Confidentiality), 7 (Data Privacy), 8 (Intellectual Property), 9 (Indemnification), 10 (Limitation of Liability), 11 (Insurance) 12.2 (Record Maintenance after Expiration or Termination), 14.2 (Publicity), 14.5 (Notices), 14.6 (Governing Law), 14.7 (Severability), 14.10 (Assignment), 14.11 (Subcontracting), 14.12 (Arbitration) and 14.13 (Construction) hereof and herein shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

4. C URRENCY M ANAGEMENT

4.1 Direct Fees . All Direct Fees owed to PPD for Services performed under this Agreement or any Project Addendum shall be invoiced to and paid by Sponsor in the “Contract Currency”, which shall be defined as the currency, or currencies, designated in any budget or payment schedule set forth in a Project Addendum. The parties agree that where possible, PPD will provide its budget for each Project Addendum in US Dollars (“USD”) globally with the exception of Services performed in Europe, Middle East and Africa (the “EMEA Region”), which will be in Euros.

In the event Sponsor desires to be invoiced in any currency other than Euros for Services performed in the EMEA Region, and other than USD for Services performed in all other regions, the parties shall specify in the Project Addendum the exchange rate or rates (“Contracted Exchange Rate”) to be used for the Project Addendum. The Contracted Exchange Rate will be used for the preparation of each invoice for Services and payment by Sponsor. The “Spot Rate” for purposes of reconciliation, shall mean the actual spot rate in the Wall Street Journal for the date on which the invoice is raised. At the conclusion of each calendar year, a reconciliation shall be undertaken by PPD. PPD shall compare the total value of the invoices billed to Sponsor at the Contracted Exchange Rate to the value of the same invoices when converted using the Spot Rates. In the event the comparison demonstrates that the total difference in such amounts is five percent (5%) or more of the annual invoice value or is greater than USD $50,000 (or the contracted currency equivalent when measured against the current spot rate), such difference shall be invoiced or credited, as the case may be, to Sponsor. The reconciliation invoice or credit note will be issued by PPD in Contract Currency. The process of reconciliation is not cumulative, but shall be conducted on a calendar year basis and completed by the end of March in the subsequent year.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.

 

 

Page - 4


PPD PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

4.2 Pass Through Costs . Where PPD incurs Pass Through Costs in a currency other than the Contract Currency, PPD shall, for Sponsor invoicing and payment purposes, convert such costs to the Contract Currency based on an average exchange rate between the local currency and the Contract Currency for the month in which such costs were incurred. This average exchange rate will be based on the monthly average of the daily exchange rates as published in the Wall Street Journal.

4.3 Investigator Fees . At the beginning of each study Sponsor shall advance PPD a pre-agreed value for the sole purpose of paying Investigator Fees. All future amounts invoiced to Sponsor will be based upon an accrual of costs owed to investigators, with the pre-agreed advance serving to provide available funds for PPD to make payments to investigator sites, while said invoices are processed by Sponsor. PPD shall pay investigator fees in the currency specified in the investigator agreements. For Sponsor invoicing and payment purposes, PPD shall convert all investigator fees that are to be paid in a currency other than the Contract Currency to the Contract Currency based on the average exchange rate between the currencies for the month prior to the month the invoice is raised. As each Project Addendum comes to a close, the original advance will be used to pay the final Investigator Fees with a reconciliation provided by PPD at the conclusion of the study reflecting how the funds were applied. This reconciliation will also compare the estimated exchange rate used for the purposes of invoicing on the basis of accrued costs versus the exchange rate when the actual payment was made to the investigator sites, and any variation will be invoiced or credited to Sponsor as applicable.

 

5. P ERSONNEL .

5.1 Project Management . The Services with respect to each Project shall be performed by PPD under the direction of the person identified as the operational lead in the applicable Project Addendum or such other person subject to the Sponsor’s prior approval as PPD may from time to time designate as the Project Manager. PPD’s Project Manager will remain assigned to perform the services under a project addendum as long as the individual remains employed by PPD, unless (a) the individual is unavailable for reasons of disability, death, maternity leave, leave of absence, illness, promotion, demotion or other reasons not reasonably within PPD’s control, or (b) Sponsor requests the replacement of the Project Manager due to such individual not performing to commercially reasonable standards. Sponsor acceptance of the designated Project Manager not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed in all instances.

5.2 Covenant Not to Interfere . During the term of a Project Addendum, neither party will solicit for employment any employee of the other party who is providing services under that Project Addendum. As used in this section “solicit” means the initiation by a party or its agent of a contact with any of the other party’s then current employees who are performing services under this Agreement for the purpose of offering employment to such employees, but shall not include the circumstance where any such employee initiates a contact with the other party for the purpose of obtaining employment whether in response to a general advertisement of employment or where such contact is initiated by a third party who was not instructed to contact such employee by the hiring party.

5.3 Personnel Retention . In the event of delays in the performance of the Project, i.e., after PPD is authorized to commence work, which are beyond the control of PPD, and where Sponsor desires for PPD to keep PPD Project personnel assigned to the Project, in addition to any other sums payable to PPD hereunder, Sponsor agrees that Sponsor shall pay a personnel fee calculated on an FTE-day basis. Said personnel fees shall be invoiced by PPD on a monthly basis, and shall be due and payable by Sponsor within 30 days of receipt of invoice.

 

6. C ONFIDENTIALITY .

6.1 Sponsor Confidential Information . PPD and any of its Affiliates or third party on its behalf shall treat all information and materials including any Project drug obtained from Sponsor or a third party on its behalf, and any Project results, data and records generated or developed during any Project, any deliverable under a Project Addendum and any Sponsor’s Property (as defined below) ( “Sponsor Confidential Information” ) as the confidential and exclusive property of Sponsor. In addition, any of PPD’s Affiliates or third parties performing on PPD’s behalf receiving information from Sponsor or any Sponsor’s affiliate shall be bound by the confidentiality obligations.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.

 

 

Page - 5


PPD PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

6.2 PPD Confidential Information . Sponsor shall treat all information obtained from PPD or any of PPD’s Affiliates which is not considered Sponsor Confidential Information and includes without limitation, any PPD bids or proposals, standard operating procedures, third party confidential information, personnel information, all PPD Property (as defined below) and any revisions, improvements or enhancements thereto ( “PPD Confidential Information” ) as the confidential and exclusive property of PPD. In addition, any affiliate of Sponsor receiving information from PPD or any PPD Affiliate shall be bound by these confidentiality obligations. Further, any information disclosed, obtained, or observed by Sponsor or any affiliate of Sponsor during an audit of PPD or an Affiliate of PPD, or the facilities of either, with the exception of Sponsor Confidential Information, shall be treated as confidential by Sponsor in accordance with the terms contained herein. For the purposes of this Agreement, Sponsor Confidential Information and PPD Confidential Information shall collectively be referred to as “ Confidential Information .”

6.3 Use of Sponsor Confidential Information and PPD Confidential Information . Each party shall use the other’s Confidential Information solely for the purposes contemplated by this Agreement and for no other purpose without the prior written consent of the other party. Neither party shall publish, disseminate or otherwise disclose Confidential Information of the other to any third party without first obtaining the written consent of such other party. Each party shall restrict the dissemination of the other’s Confidential Information with its organization to only those persons who have a need to know, shall ensure that all of its directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives and advisors (collectively, “Associates” ) are aware of this Agreement and bound by terms of confidentiality no less stringent than those stated herein and shall remain liable at all time for the compliance of the confidentiality obligations of such Associates. In addition, prior to providing any Confidential Information to a permitted third party other than an Associate, the receiving party will ensure that such third parties are bound to written obligations of confidentiality that are not less stringent than those contained herein. The Sponsor may disclose this Agreement or any Project Addendum if required during a due diligence process.

6.4 Exceptions to Confidential Information . The above provisions of confidentiality shall not apply to that part of disclosing party’s Confidential Information which the receiving party is able to demonstrate by documentary evidence: (i) was in the receiving party’s possession prior to receipt from the disclosing party or is independently developed by or for the receiving party; (ii) was in the public domain at the time of receipt from disclosing party; (iii) subsequently becomes a part of the public domain through no fault of the receiving party or its Associates; or (iv) is lawfully received by the receiving party from a third party having a right of further disclosure.

6.5 Disclosure Required by Law . The non-disclosure obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall not apply to Confidential Information that a receiving party is required to disclose pursuant to any judicial action, order of the court or other governmental agency; provided, however, that the receiving party shall make all reasonable efforts to notify the disclosing party prior to the disclosure of Confidential Information and allow the disclosing party the opportunity to contest and avoid such disclosure, and further provided that the receiving party shall disclose only that portion of such Confidential Information that it is legally required to disclose.

6.6 Return of Information . Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement or at the disclosing party’s earlier written request, the receiving party shall return, and shall cause its Associates to return, all documentary, electronic or other tangible forms of Confidential Information provided by the disclosing party including, without limitation, any and all copies thereof, or, at the disclosing party’s request, destroy all or such parts of the disclosing party’s Confidential Information as the disclosing party shall direct. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the receiving party may retain copies of such of the disclosing party’s Confidential Information as is reasonably necessary for regulatory and business archival purposes, subject to the ongoing obligation to maintain the confidentiality of such information.

6.7 Remedy . Each party agrees that its obligations hereunder are necessary and reasonable in order to protect the other party and the other party’s business, and expressly agrees that monetary damages would be inadequate to compensate the other party for any breach of the

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.

 

 

Page - 6


PPD PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

terms of this Agreement. Accordingly, each party agrees and acknowledges that any such violation or threatened violation will cause irreparable injury to the other party, and that, in addition to any other remedies that may be available, in law, in equity or otherwise, the other party shall be entitled to obtain injunctive relief against the threatened breach of this Agreement or a Project Addendum or the continuation of any such breach, without the necessity of proving actual damages.

6.8 Survival . The obligations contained herein shall survive for a period of ten (10) years from the date of the disclosure of the Confidential Information.

 

7. D ATA P RIVACY .

7.1 Definitions . For the purpose of this Section 7, ‘Personal Data’, ‘Process/Processing’, ‘Data Controller’, ‘Data Processor’ and ‘Data Subject’ shall have the same meaning as in Directive 95/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 October 1995 on the protection of individuals with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data (“Directive 95/46/EC”) as implemented in the law of any EU Member State which is applicable to the provision of the Services or as defined in the law of any other country which is applicable to the provision of the Services (including, as applicable, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) Privacy and Security Rules, 45 C.F.R. Parts 160-164, and the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (HITECH), P.L. No. 111-005, Part I, Title XIII, Subpart D, 13401-13409, and state privacy laws) (collectively referred to as the “Applicable Data Privacy Laws”).

7.2 Compliance . Each party warrants to the other that it will Process the Personal Data in compliance with all Applicable Data Privacy Laws.

7.3 Data Processing . Sponsor and PPD acknowledge that Sponsor is the Data Controller and PPD is the Data Processor with respect to the Processing of Personal Data relating to the Services provided under this Agreement. In the event that the Services are performed by any PPD Affiliate then such PPD Affiliate shall be a sub-Processor. PPD shall Process the Personal Data only in accordance with instructions from Sponsor or as may be required or permitted by law. (The instructions may be specific instructions or instructions of a general nature as set out in this Agreement, a Project Addendum, Protocol, SOP or SMMP or as otherwise notified by Sponsor to PPD during the Term).

7.4 Representative . If Sponsor needs to appoint a representative to comply with Applicable Data Privacy Law in any EU Member State pursuant to Article 4 of Directive 95/46/EC and PPD is willing to provide such services to Sponsor, Sponsor and PPD shall enter into a mutually acceptable agreement for such representative purposes. Unless and until such an agreement is entered into, PPD shall not be deemed to be a representative under any Applicable Data Privacy Law.

7.5 Security . PPD shall implement appropriate technical and organisational measures to protect the Personal Data as required by ICH-GCP and Applicable Data Privacy Laws.

7.6 Data Privacy Requests . PPD shall promptly notify Sponsor in writing if it receives any communication with regard to data privacy relating to the Services from a Data Subject, a privacy authority or other regulatory authority, and provide Sponsor with cooperation and assistance in relation to any such communication. PPD shall be entitled to charge Sponsor for such assistance, at its usual hourly rate, unless the communication relates to a breach or violation by PPD or a PPD Affiliate of its obligations under this Section 7. However, PPD and Sponsor recognize that any fees charged to the requesting party must comply with Applicable Data Privacy Laws.

7.7 Security Breaches . If PPD becomes aware of any breach of an Applicable Data Privacy Law relating to the Services, then it shall promptly notify Sponsor and, if requested, assist Sponsor in meeting any obligations under Applicable Data Privacy Law to notify Data Subjects, regulatory authorities or other required parties. PPD shall be entitled to charge Sponsor for such assistance, at its usual hourly rate, unless PPD or a PPD Affiliate was solely responsible for such breach.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.

 

 

Page - 7


PPD PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

7.8 Data transfers . PPD shall only Process or otherwise transfer Personal Data outside the European Economic Area (“EEA”) (member states of the European Union plus, Norway, Iceland & Liechtenstein) as necessary to provide services under this Agreement, or any Project Addendum, Protocol, SOP or SMMP, or where otherwise instructed by Sponsor. Where Personal Data are transferred to PPD’s US based Affiliates, they shall be protected by PPD’s membership of the US Department of Commerce Safe Harbor scheme. In providing services, it may be necessary to sub-contract certain tasks to one or more third party vendors, including cloud based service providers, whose servers may be located outside the EEA. Transfers of Personal Data to said vendors shall be proceed on the basis of Data Subject consent and/or through a commitment by the vendor to comply with the Principles of the Safe Harbor scheme. Sponsor as Data Controller shall in any event take necessary measures to ensure data transfers are lawful.

 

8. I NTELLECTUAL P ROPERTY .

8.1 No License . Neither anything contained herein, nor the delivery of any information to a party hereto, shall be deemed to grant the receiving party any right or license under any patent or patent application or to any know-how, technology or invention of the disclosing party.

8.2 Sponsor Property . All (a) of Sponsor’s Confidential Information (including, without limitation, all original Project records and reports), (b) unused clinical supplies provided by Sponsor, and (c) complete and incomplete Case Report Forms, shall be and remain Sponsor’s property. Subject to Section 8.3 below, PPD hereby assigns to Sponsor all rights PPD or its Associates may have in any invention, technology, know-how or other intellectual property directly relating to a Project drug, Protocol, or Sponsor’s Confidential Information and which is (i) a direct and sole result of PPD’s provision of the Services or (ii) specifically set forth as a deliverable under a Project Addendum, (“Sponsor’s Property”) and PPD shall assist Sponsor, at Sponsor’s sole cost and expense, in obtaining or extending protection therefor. PPD warrants that it has and will continue to have agreements with its Associates to effect the terms of this Section 8.2. Sponsor and PPD agree that any Sponsor’s Property or revisions, improvements or enhancements thereto shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Sponsor, and PPD shall have no rights, title and interest to such Sponsor’s Property.

8.3 PPD Property . PPD possesses certain inventions, processes, technology, know-how, trade secrets, improvements, other intellectual property and assets, including, without limitation, those related to business or product plans or proposals, marketing strategies, standard operating procedures, data, composition of matter, research, experimental results, personnel data, financial information and conditions, pricing information, customer information, supplier/vendor information, raw materials, data collection and data management processes, laboratory analyses, analytical, biotechnology and clinical methods, procedures and techniques, computer technical expertise and software (including code) which have been independently developed without the benefit of any information provided by Sponsor or is not directly related to Sponsor’s Property (collectively, “PPD Property” ). Sponsor and PPD agree that any PPD Property or revisions, improvements or enhancements thereto shall be the sole and exclusive property of PPD, and Sponsor shall have no rights, title and interest to such PPD Property. PPD hereby grants to Sponsor a royalty-free, non-transferable and perpetual license to use that portion of the PPD Property necessary to develop and deliver the Services to Sponsor.

 

9. I NDEMNIFICATION .

9.1 Sponsor Indemnity . Sponsor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless PPD, PPD Affiliates (as that term is defined in Section 14.10), and their Associates ( PPD Indemnitees ) from and against any and all damages, liabilities, losses, fines, penalties, settlement amounts, costs and expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, expert witness fees, court costs, and amounts incurred by PPD Indemnitees under indemnity obligations imposed upon it by a third party provider to a Project, incurred in connection with any third party claim, demand, action, proceeding, investigation or hearing (collectively, a “Claim” ) directly or indirectly relating to or arising from this Agreement or any Services provided by PPD Indemnitees hereunder, including but not limited to, Project related services provided by PPD at the request of Sponsor yet prior to finalization of the relevant Project Addendum; provided however, that Sponsor shall have no obligation of indemnity hereunder with respect to any Claim to the extent such Claim

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.

 

 

Page - 8


PPD PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

arises from the negligence act error or omission, intentional misconduct or material breach of Agreement on the part of PPD or its Associates, including any (i) breach of warranties, (ii) failure to comply with the Protocols (with the exception of deviations for patient safety/welfare), good clinical practices, Sponsor’s written instructions or any FDA or other government requirements or law (as applicable).

9.2 PPD Indemnity . PPD shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Sponsor and its Associates from and against any and all damages, liabilities, losses, fines, penalties, settlement amounts, cost and expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees, expert witnesses and court costs, incurred in connection with any Claim, but only to the extent arising from the negligence, intentional misconduct, or material breach of Agreement of PPD or its Associates; provided however, that PPD shall have no obligation of indemnity hereunder with respect to any Claim which arose from the negligence act error or omission, intentional misconduct or material breach of Agreement on the part of Sponsor or its Associates.

9.3 Indemnification Procedure . Each indemnified party shall give the indemnifying party prompt notice of any Claim for which indemnification is sought hereunder. The indemnifying party shall have the right to control the defense and settlement of a Claim, at its sole expense, provided the indemnifying party shall act reasonably and in good faith with respect to all matters relating to the settlement or disposition of the Claim, and the indemnified party shall reasonably cooperate in the investigation, defense and settlement of such Claim at the indemnifying party’s expense. Neither party will enter into any settlement agreement that attributes fault or negligence to the other party, requires any payment by the other party, or restricts the future actions or activities of the other party, without the other party’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any indemnified party shall have the right to participate in, but not control, the defense and settlement of a Claim and to employ separate legal counsel of its own choice; provided, however, that such employment shall be at the indemnified party’s own expense, unless (i) the employment thereof has been specifically authorized by the indemnifying party, or (ii) the indemnifying party has failed to assume the defense and employ counsel (in which case the indemnified party shall control the defense and settlement of such Claim). The costs and expenses, including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel, incurred by any indemnified party in connection with any Claim shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis by the indemnifying party subject to refund in the event the indemnifying party is ultimately held not to be obligated to indemnify the indemnified party.

 

10. L IMITATION OF L IABILITY .

WITH THE EXCEPTION OF A PARTY’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS, NIETHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL LOSSES OR DAMAGES, WHETER IN CONTRACT OR TORT.

 

11. I NSURANCE .

11.1 Sponsor and PPD will each undertake to purchase and maintain insurance of such types and amounts reasonably adequate to cover any liabilities arising out of its obligations hereunder. Sponsor further undertakes to purchase and maintain insurance of such types and amounts and coverage reasonably adequate (including but not limited to that required by law) to cover any liabilities arising in relation to all clinical trials contracted to PPD pursuant to this Agreement. The following sets forth the minimum thresholds of insurance each party will maintain:

11.2 PPD Insurance . PPD shall, at its own cost and expense, obtain and thereafter maintain in full force and effect and with properly licensed and financially secure insurers (AM Best rating of A-VII in the United States and reasonably equivalent in countries outside the United States) the following insurance during the term of this Agreement and for a period of not less than three (3) years following termination of this Agreement:

Worker’s Compensation. In amounts as required by applicable law.

Automobile Liability Insurance. *** per occurrence covering all owned, leased and hired vehicles.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.

 

 

Page - 9


PPD PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

General Commercial Liability Insurance. *** per occurrence and *** in the aggregate.

Professional Liability Insurance. *** per occurrence and *** in the aggregate.

11.3 Sponsor Insurance . Sponsor shall, at its own cost and expense, obtain and thereafter maintain in full force and effect, and with properly licensed and financially secure insurers (AM Best rating of A-XV in the United States and reasonably equivalent in countries outside the United States) the following insurance during the term of this Agreement and for a period of not less than three (3) years following termination of this Agreement:

National security insurance as required by law and Employers liability insurance with limits of *** per occurrence and *** in the aggregate.

Products Liability or Clinical Trial Insurance combined with Public Insurance with a minimum limit of *** per occurrence and *** in the aggregate.

Each Party agrees to provide the other upon request, with an insurance certificate prior to commencement of any study.

11.4 Sponsor and PPD will each undertake, upon request, to provide the other party a certificate (or certificates) of insurance setting forth the liability limits, exclusions and deductibles of the insurance such party is required to carry pursuant to this Agreement. Each party shall obtain the prior written consent of the other party before implementing any material change or cancellation of the insurance coverage agreed upon herein. Neither party will make any material changes to coverage thresholds that bring such party’s required coverage below the minimum requirements stated in this Agreement. Unapproved reductions in any coverage threshold is a breach of this Agreement and at the non-breaching party’s option, can result in termination of this Agreement.

 

12. R ECORD S TORAGE , A UDITS , AND I NSPECTIONS .

12.1 Record Maintenance during Project . During the term of this Agreement, PPD shall maintain all materials and all other data obtained or generated by PPD in the course of providing the Services hereunder, including all computerized records and files.

12.2 Record Maintenance after Expiration or Termination . Upon the expiration or termination of the Services other than for Sponsor’s breach of required payment hereunder, all materials and all other data and information obtained or generated by PPD in the course of providing the Services hereunder (collectively, the “Records” ) shall, as agreed upon by the parties (and at Sponsor’s cost and expense), be (i) delivered to Sponsor at Sponsor’s risk to its offices identified herein in such form as is then currently in the possession of PPD, (ii) retained by PPD for Sponsor for an agreed upon period after the expiration or termination of the Services, or (iii) disposed of as directed by written request of Sponsor, unless the Records are otherwise required to be stored or maintained by PPD under applicable law. If PPD is required or requested to maintain and/or store the Records for a period beyond the termination or expiration of the Services under the applicable Project Addendum, Sponsor shall reimburse PPD for its maintenance and storage costs. Sponsor will give PPD at least thirty (30) days prior written notice prior to the end of any agreed upon storage period if it wishes for PPD to return the Records, which shall be at Sponsor’s expense. PPD shall be entitled at its expense to retain copies of the Records reasonably necessary for regulatory purposes or to demonstrate the satisfaction of its obligations hereunder, all subject to the confidentiality obligations set forth in Section 6 above.

12.3 Sponsor Audits . Representatives of Sponsor (who shall not be competitors of PPD) shall be permitted to review all documents, information, data and materials in the possession of PPD directly relating to the work performed hereunder, upon reasonable advance notice and at mutually agreeable times, for the sole purpose of determining PPD’s compliance with the applicable Project Addendum. PPD and Sponsor agree to one (1) no-cost audit per year, to include no more than three (3) days on-site at PPD’s facilities. All other audits shall be charged according to PPD’s personnel billable rates. All Sponsor representatives shall, in advance of such audit, execute a mutually agreeable confidentiality and non-disclosure agreement with PPD. Notwithstanding the foregoing,

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.

 

 

Page - 10


PPD PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

Sponsor shall not be permitted to review any such documents, information, data and/or materials that contain information deemed, in good faith by PPD, to be confidential, privileged, proprietary, or not directly related to the performance of this Agreement or any Project Addendum. Sponsor and its agents and consultants shall observe all confidentiality obligations concerning all documents, information, data or materials that it comes in contact with in connection with the audit.

12.4 Regulatory Inspections .

 

  a. Inspections of Investigator Sites . Both parties shall promptly notify the other party of any regulatory inspections of investigator sites of which it becomes aware. Where reasonable practicable and permitted by the Regulatory Authority, Sponsor will have the right to be present at any inspections which are directly related to the Services. PPD shall reasonably act to secure the cooperation of investigators with respect to regulatory review.

 

  b. Inspections of PPD . PPD agrees to promptly notify Sponsor of a regulatory inspection of PPD in which Sponsor’s project is the scope of the inspection. Sponsor agrees to provide PPD support during the inspection as needed relative to the Services contracted and Project. PPD agrees to provide updates to Sponsor as to the progress of the inspection relative to the Services and Sponsor project.

 

  c. Inspection of Sponsor . Sponsor agrees to notify PPD of a regulatory inspection of Sponsor which are directly related to the Services. PPD agrees to provide Sponsor with support relative to the Services. Sponsor agrees to provide PPD with updates of inspection activities relative to the Services.

 

  d. In the event that the inspection relates to the activities being performed on behalf of Sponsor, CRO’s participation in any regulatory inspection shall be subject to reimbursement by Sponsor of the cost of CRO’s personnel time and expense. The parties shall review costs associated with participation and shall agree to a reasonable rate of compensation in advance of the performance of any regulatory services.

12.5 PPD Audits . As part of PPD’s Quality Management System, Global Quality & Compliance conducts audits of PPD processes and systems. If the outcome of such audits identify significant findings that impact the Services and/or Sponsor Project, PPD agrees to inform Sponsor of such findings.

12.6 Suspected Scientific Misconduct . Both parties agree to notify the other party of instances of suspected scientific misconduct as it relates to the Services.

12.7 Non-Compliance of Clinical Investigators and Related Parties . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event PPD or Sponsor identify continued non-compliance on the part of the clinical investigator/institution or related supporting staff, Sponsor agrees to support all actions required by PPD procedures/actions to secure compliance. Should the decision be made to terminate or suspend the trial as a result of serious and persistent non-compliance by these parties, Sponsor agrees to report the clinical investigator according to applicable regulatory requirement and authorizes PPD to report in the absence of such appropriate Sponsor action.

 

13. D EBARMENT .

PPD hereby certifies that it or any of its Affiliates has not been debarred, and, to the best of its knowledge, is not under any type of investigation which it reasonably believes could lead to debarment, under the Generic Drug Enforcement Act of 1992. If PPD or any of its Associates who perform Services for a Project is debarred or receives notice of an investigation or action or threat of action of debarment during the terms of this Agreement, PPD shall promptly notify Sponsor of same. The debarment of PPD or any of its Associates (which are providing services on a Project under this Agreement) that remains in place for a period of at least thirty (30) days shall be deemed to be a material breach of this Agreement, unless, with respect to the debarment of an Associate which is providing services hereunder, PPD is able to replace the Associate within such 30-day period, in which case the debarment of the replaced Associate shall not be a material breach of this Agreement.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.

 

 

Page - 11


PPD PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

14. M ISCELLANEOUS .

14.1 Independent Contractor Relationship . The parties hereto are independent contractors, and nothing contained in this Agreement is intended, and shall not be construed, to place the parties in the relationship of partners, principal and agent, employer/employee or joint venturer. Neither party shall have any right, power or authority to bind or obligate the other, nor shall either hold itself out as having such right, power or authority.

14.2 Publicity . Neither party shall mention or otherwise use the name, insignia, symbol, trademark, trade name or logotype of the other party (or any abbreviation or adaptation thereof) in any publication, press release, promotional material or other form of publicity without the prior written approval of the other party in each instance. The restrictions imposed by this Section shall not prohibit a party from making any disclosure identifying the other party that is required by any applicable law, rule or regulation or during a due diligence process.

14.3 Publication . PPD may not publish any articles or make any presentations relating to the Services provided to Sponsor hereunder with respect to a Project or referring to data, information or materials generated as part of the Services without the prior written consent of Sponsor.

14.4 Force Majeure . If either party shall be delayed, hindered, or prevented from the performance of any act required hereunder by reason of strike, lockouts, labor troubles, restrictive governmental or judicial orders or decrees, riots, insurrection, war, acts of God, inclement weather, or other cause beyond such party’s reasonable control (each, a “Disability” ), then performance of such act shall be excused for the length of time necessary to cure such Disability and resume performance. A party shall not be liable for any delays resulting from a Disability, and any affected timelines shall be extended for a period at least equal to that of the Disability. The party incurring the Disability shall provide notice to the other of the commencement and termination of the Disability. The Sponsor shall not be required to pay for Services that were not completed as a result of such force majeure until such Services are completed.

14.5 Notices . Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder by either party hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed given on the date delivered if delivered (i) personally, (ii) on the first business day after the date sent if sent by recognized overnight courier, (iii) on the date transmitted if sent via facsimile (with confirmation of receipt generated by the transmitting machine), or (iv) on the second business day after the date deposited if mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. All notices to each party shall be sent to the address for said party set forth in the applicable Project Addendum. If no address is provided in the Project Addendum, then notices shall be sent to the following address:

 

If to PPD: PPD Development, L.P.
929 North Front Street
Wilmington, North Carolina 28401
***
If to Sponsor: Vascular Biogenics, Ltd.
6 Jonathan Netanyahu Street
Or Yehuda, Israel 60376
Attention: Yael Cohen, MD, VP, Clinical Development
Tel: 972-3-6346450
Fax: 972-3-6346449

Either party may change its notice address by notice to the other party hereto in the form and manner provided in this Section 14.6.

14.6 Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England without reference to its conflicts of laws provisions.

14.7 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or any Project Addendum is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under any present or future law, and if the rights or obligations of

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.

 

 

Page - 12


PPD PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

any party hereto under this Agreement or such Project Addendum will not be materially or adversely affected thereby, (a) such provision will be fully severable, (b) this Agreement or such Project Addendum will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never compromised a part hereof, (c) the remaining provisions of this Agreement or such Project Addendum will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance herefrom, and (d) in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a party of this Agreement or such Project Addendum, a legal, valid and enforceable provision as similar in terms as to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and reasonably acceptable to the parties herein.

14.8 Waiver . Any term or condition of this Agreement or a Project Addendum may be waived at any time by the party that is entitled to the benefit thereof, but no such waiver shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument duly executed by or on behalf of the party waiving such term or condition. No waiver by any party hereto of any term or condition of this Agreement or a Project Addendum, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a waiver of the same or any other term or condition of this Agreement or such Project Addendum on any future occasion.

14.9 Amendments . No amendment, change or modification to this Agreement or any Project Addendum shall be effective unless in writing and executed by the parties hereto.

14.10 Assignment . This Agreement and any Project Addendum may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party; provided, however, that (i) a party hereto may assign this Agreement or a Project Addendum hereunder to a successor-in-interest to the party’s business (ii) PPD may assign this Agreement or a Project Addendum or subcontract all or part of the Services to be performed hereunder to PPD Affiliates_and (iii) without such consent, either party may assign this Agreement in connection with the transfer or sale of all or substantially all of its assets, stock or business, or its merger, reorganization, consolidation or combination with or into another entity. “PPD Affiliates” shall mean entities which can provide the Services and which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with PPD or PPD’s parent company Pharmaceutical Product Development, LLC. In the event the Services shall be performed by a PPD Affiliate, such PPD Affiliate may be the contracting party to any Project Addendum for the Services.

14.11 Subcontracting . In the event that PPD subcontracts all or part of the Services under a Project Addendum to a third party Subcontractor, PPD shall be responsible and retain primary liability for the performance of all obligations of Subcontractors selected, managed and contracted by PPD. When used in this Agreement, the term “Subcontractor” shall mean and refer to any third party to whom PPD has subcontracted or delegated PPD’s obligation to perform any portion of the Services hereunder, but shall exclude any third party vendor whose expenses are considered a Pass Through Cost.

14.12 Arbitration . Except for disputes regarding breaches of Section 6 and the right to pursue the remedies set forth in Section 6.7 above, the parties hereby agree to submit any dispute arising hereunder to binding arbitration pursuant to the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce. The arbitration shall be conducted in London, England. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the parties hereto and shall be enforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction. By agreeing to arbitration, the parties do not intend to deprive any competent court of such court’s jurisdiction to issue a pre-arbitral injunction, pre-arbitral attachment or other order in aid of the arbitration proceedings and the enforcement of any award or judgment. Without prejudice to such provisional remedies in aid of arbitration as may be available under the jurisdiction of a national court, the court of arbitration shall have full authority to grant provisional remedies and to award damages for failure of any party to respect the court of arbitration’s order to that effect. The expenses of any arbitration shall be borne by the parties in proportion as to which each party prevails or is defeated in arbitration. Each party shall bear the expenses of its counsel and other experts.

14.13 Construction . Except where the context otherwise requires, wherever used the singular shall include the plural, the plural the singular, the use of any gender shall be applicable to all genders and the word “or” is used in the inclusive sense. The captions of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and in no way define, describe, extend or limit the scope or intent of

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.

 

 

Page - 13


PPD PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

this Agreement or the intent of any provision contained in this Agreement. The language of this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language mutually chosen by the parties and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against either party hereto.

14.14 MedDRA and WHODrug Dictionary License.  The parties acknowledge that MedDRA and Uppsala Monitoring Centre product licenses are required by all parties who wish to distribute or receive MedDRA or WHODrug dictionary terminology. Each party represents and warrants that it possesses a current MedDRA and/or Uppsala Monitoring Centre product license. In the event Sponsor requests that PPD perform services which require PPD to distribute MedDRA terminology or WHODrug dictionary to third parties, Sponsor shall be responsible for ensuring that all such third parties possess the necessary MedDRA and/or Uppsala Monitoring Centre product licenses.

14.15 Counterparts and Electronic Signatures . This Agreement, any Project Addendum hereunder, and all associated amendments may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Each party may execute this Agreement, any Project Addendum, and all amendments by facsimile transmission or in Portable Document Format sent by electronic means. Signatures of authorized signatories of the parties transmitted by facsimile or sent by electronic means in Portable Document Format shall be deemed to be original signatures, shall be valid and binding, and, upon delivery, shall constitute due execution of this Agreement, any Project Addendum, or any amendments hereunder.

14.16 Representative . With regard to any Project conducted under this Agreement, Sponsor represents and warrants that it shall not name any PPD employee, contractor, or other PPD representative on Line 16 of Form FDA 1571. Sponsor acknowledges and understands that if Sponsor desires that any PPD employee, contractor, or other PPD representative be named as the Senior Medical Officer in Canada on Line 89 of Form HC/SC 3011 or in any similar capacity for clinical trials conducted in other countries, Sponsor must first submit such a request to PPD in writing for the performance of services pursuant to such naming, including, without limitation, responsibility for review and evaluation of information relevant to the safety of the study drug. If PPD agrees to perform such services, the parties shall enter into good faith negotiations and enter into either a separate agreement or written amendment to the applicable Project Addendum prior to PPD initiating the services.

14.17 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and delivered by the parties hereto by their duly authorized officers as of the date of last signature below.

 

PPD DEVELOPMENT, L.P. VASCULAR BIOGENICS, LTD.
BY: PPD GP, LLC
ITS: GENERAL PARTNER
By:

/s/ Paul Colvin

By:

/s/ Amos Ron

Name:

Paul Colvin

Name:

Amos Ron

Title:

Exec. VP Global Clinical Development

Title:

CFO

Date:

2/2/15

Date:

February 2, 2015

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.

 

 

Page - 14


PROJECT ADDENDUM

T HIS P ROJECT A DDENDUM (the “ Project Addendum ”) is made and entered into as of December 15, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between PPD D EVELOPMENT , LP , a Delaware limited partnership, with its principal executive offices located at 929 North Front Street, Wilmington, North Carolina 28401 ( “PPD” ) and V ASCULAR B IOGENICS , L TD . , an Israeli company with its principal executive offices located at 6 Jonathan Netanyahu Street, Or Yehuda, Israel 60376 ( “Sponsor” ).

WHEREAS, PPD and Sponsor entered into a certain Master Services Agreement (“ Agreement ”) dated January 30, 2015; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Agreement, the parties now wish to enter into this Project Addendum for the purposes of setting forth the responsibilities and obligations of the parties in regards to PPD providing services for Sponsor’s Phase III Study of VB-111 in patients with recurrent Gioblastoma (GBM), (the “Study”).

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration contained herein, the exchange, receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Services.

PPD shall perform those certain services set forth in the proposal submitted to Sponsor by PPD, which proposal is attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by reference (“ Services ”).

 

2. Compensation and Payment.

2.1 - Compensation - For its performance of Services under this Project Addendum, PPD shall receive a total sum anticipated not to exceed $*** of which $*** shall be direct costs (“Direct Costs”), and of which $*** shall be handled as indirect reimbursable costs as set forth in the Study Budget attached hereto as Exhibit B and subject to the Milestone Payment Schedule attached hereto as Exhibit C. PPD shall only invoice and Sponsor shall only be responsible for paying those costs that are actually incurred by PPD in the performance of the Services, and further subject to the amount limitation set forth herein unless otherwise agreed by the parties. Should a change in any of the key Study parameters, e.g., countries included, number or country distribution of sites, number of patients, number of CRF pages, number of statistical tables or listings, study timeline or protocol design result in an increase or decrease in the Study budget, such financial implications will be summarized in writing and approved by Sponsor.

The indirect reimbursable costs are estimated and may vary as circumstances require.

2.2 - Payment - PPD shall submit to Sponsor a monthly invoice describing the Services performed on the Study, the Direct Costs due for such Services, and all Pass Through Costs paid by PPD. Sponsor shall pay each monthly invoice within forty five (45) days of receipt of said invoice.

2.3 – Payments to PPD shall be made to:

***

Any changes to the payee information set forth above require a writing signed by PPD’s treasurer or chief financial officer.

 

3. Standard Operating Procedure

PPD shall conduct the Study according to PPD’s Standard Operating Procedures (“SOPs”). These SOPs are subject to revision by PPD in which case PPD shall notify Sponsor of revision. If any such SOP revision can be reasonably expected to affect the budget or timelines for the Study, PPD shall submit to Sponsor revised cost estimates or timelines for the relevant Services which will become a part of this Project Addendum upon written approval by Sponsor. The current SOPs for conducting and monitoring clinical trials are available for review upon request by Sponsor.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.

 

 

PA - 1


PPD PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

Upon mutual agreement in writing, the parties may conduct the Study under Sponsor’s standard operating procedures. In such case, Sponsor shall provide prompt and reasonable training to any PPD personnel subject to such SOPs at Sponsor’s expense.

 

4. Term and Termination.

The term of this Project Addendum shall commence on the Effective Date and end upon the completion of Services unless otherwise terminated in accordance with the Agreement.

 

5. Incorporation by Reference/Conflict of Terms.

The terms and conditions of this Project Addendum and Exhibits hereto are hereby incorporated into and made a part of the Agreement. To the extent any terms contained in an Exhibit hereto conflict with this Project Addendum, the terms of this Project Addendum shall govern and control. In the event of any inconsistency between the Agreement, the Project Addendum, and the Protocol, the terms of the Protocol shall govern first, followed by the Project Addendum, and then by the Agreement unless otherwise specified.

 

6. Modifications.

Any changes to this Project Addendum or its Exhibits shall be documented by written Amendments executed by both parties and shall be attached hereto.

 

7. Notices .

Each Party represents that its respective contact person set forth below shall have the authority to make all executive decisions regarding this Project Addendum. Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder by either party hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given on the date received if delivered personally or by fax or five (5) days after the date postmarked if sent by registered or certified U.S. mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid to the following address:

 

If to PPD: ***
If to Sponsor: Vascular Biogenics, Ltd.
6 Jonathan Netanyahu Street
Or Yehuda, Israel 60376
Attention:
Tel: 972-3-6346450
Fax: 972-3-6346449

 

8. Counterparts and Facsimiles.

This Project Addendum may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Each party may execute this Agreement by facsimile transmission or in Portable Document Format sent by electronic means. Signatures of authorized signatories of the parties transmitted by facsimile or sent by electronic means in Portable Document Format shall be deemed to be original signatures, shall be valid and binding, and, upon delivery, shall constitute due execution of this Project Addendum.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.

 

 

Page - 2


PPD PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Project Addendum has been executed and delivered by the parties hereto by their duly authorized officers as of the Effective Date.

 

PPD D EVELOPMENT , LP V ASCULAR B IOGENICS , L TD .
By: PPD GP, LLC
Its General Partner
By:

/s/ William J. Sharbaugh

By:

/s/ Dror Harats

Name:

William J. Sharbaugh

Name:

Dror Harats

Title:

Chief Operating Officer

Title:

CEO

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.

 

 

Page - 3


Exhibit A

Proposal

(Specs/Assumptions and Statement of Services)

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


1 Specifications and Assumptions

 

  1.1 General

 

    

North America

  

Europe, Middle East, Africa

Number of Screened Subjects    ***    ***
Number of Randomized Subjects    ***    ***
Number of Completed Subjects    ***    ***
Participating Countries (sites)    ***    ***
Estimated Enrollment Period (months)*    ***    ***
Estimated Enrollment Rate (patients/site/month)    ***    ***
PPD Assumption or VBL    ***    ***
Maximum Duration of Subject Participation in Months    ***    ***
Number of Face-to-face Client Meetings    ***    ***
Number of Conference Calls With VBL    ***    ***
SAE (serious adverse event) Rate (%)    ***    ***

 

* PPD regards subject enrollment as fundamental to a successful study but also recognizes that factors outside its control can affect the rate of enrollment. On this basis, PPD commits to employing all reasonable efforts to meet or exceed enrollment expectations but cannot offer contractual guarantees on enrollment.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


  1.2 Clinical

 

    

North America

  

Europe, Middle East, Africa

Number of Protocol Summary Translations    ***    ***
Protocol Summary Translations Languages    ***    ***
Number of Informed Consent Form Translations    ***    ***
Informed Consent Form Translations Languages    ***    ***
Clinical Trial Agreement Template*    ***    ***
Number of Sites Using Local IRB/EC    ***    ***
Number of Sites Using Central IRB/EC    ***    ***
Number of Sites Identified by PPD    ***    ***
Number of Pre-study Evaluation Visits    ***    ***
Number of Initiation Visits    ***    ***
Number of Active Sites    ***    ***
Total Number of Interim Monitoring Visits**    ***    ***
Average Time on Site per Monitoring Visit in Hours***    ***    ***
Total Number of Remote Interim Monitoring Visits    ***    ***
Number of Close-out Visits    ***    ***
% Source Data Verification    ***    ***
Number of Protocol Amendments per Site    ***    ***
Frequency of Status Reports    ***    ***
Frequency of Investigator Payments    ***    ***

 

* PPD’s proposal is based on use of PPD’s standard clinical trial agreement templates. Deviations from these templates can considerably extend the site start-up process. If alterations are required involving negotiations with trusts/investigators, additional review cycles and/or translations/back translations, PPD will work with VBL to identify the workload impact. Should this lead to extensions in the total study timelines or additional labor requirements, a revised study budget will be required.
** Adjustments to monitoring visit cycles and their budgetary impact will be discussed as needed with VBL.
*** Time on site may vary according to site recruitment, site performance and monitoring frequency. This average time on site will allow PPD’s monitors to spend more time at some sites and less at others.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


  1.3 Biostatistics

 

     Protocol V4
Final Analysis:   
Number of Tables - Unique*    ***
Number of Tables - Repeat*    ***
Number of Listings - Unique*    ***
Number of Listings - Repeat*    ***
Number of Figures - Unique*    ***
Number of Figures - Repeat*    ***
Number of Interim Analysis:    ***
Number of Tables - Repeat    ***
Number of Listings - Repeat    ***
Number of Figures - Repeat    ***
Number of DSMBs:    ***
Number of Tables - Repeat    ***
Number of Listings - Repeat    ***
Number of Elapsed Weeks for Production of TLFs, After Corresponding Data Transfer or Lock    ***

 

* The unique and repeat TLF counts listed above are for the Final Analysis. All TLFs included in the Interim Analysis and DSMBs are assumed to be repeat TLFs of the Final Analysis.

Assumptions

The proposed biostatistics work scope for the study includes the following statistical services and deliverables:

 

    Project initiation and CRF review.

 

    Statistical support during the execution of the protocol and monthly statistical project maintenance.

 

    Randomization plan and schedule generation.

 

    Statistical Analysis Plan development (one draft and one final).

 

    DSMB Statistical Analysis Plan development (one draft and one final).

 

    Three (3) Data and Safety Monitoring Board (DSMB) safety data summaries (assuming one final for each)

 

    One (1) interim analysis (two productions: one draft and one final).

 

    Production of statistical TLFs for final analysis.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


    Up to three productions of the TLFs for final analysis (data review meeting [DRM], after database lock, one additional if needed).

 

    Statistical collaboration on final report.

 

    Final analysis database transfer.

 

    Electronic case report tabulations (eCRT).

 

  1.4 Central Labs

 

# of Subjects Screened ***
# of Subjects Enrolled ***
# of Subjects Completed ***
# of Sites ***
# of Countries ***
Study Start Date or First Patient In (FPI) ***
Study End Date or Last Patient Out (LPO) ***
Any Third-party Lab ***

Assumptions

General

 

    The detailed PPD Central Labs Budget Estimates are found in 3 Central Labs Estimate.

 

    Computerized billing is generated monthly and is based upon the actual volume of specimens analyzed.

Analysis

 

    All analysis with the exception of the assays listed below will be performed at PPD’s Central Labs facilities in Highland Heights, Kentucky and Brussels, Belgium.

 

    ***

 

    ***

 

    PPD will provide sample handling for the above samples. These specimens will be shipped with the safeties on the day of collection and forwarded to the designated referral lab at monthly intervals.

 

    PPD Central Labs can provide a quote for the above mentioned assay from our BioA lab, per the clients request.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


Supply/Kits

 

    PPD Central Labs provides all the kits and materials needed for sampling and sample handling.

 

    All kits are visit specific and standardized across all the PPD Central Labs.

 

    Kits and materials provided by PPD Central Labs are in compliance with International Air Transport Association (IATA) regulations for the transport of diagnostic specimens.

Transportation

 

    Transportation estimates are based on first-tier cities. Prices are subject to fuel charges and import duties/taxes.

 

    No local dry ice supply is included for US sites, but may be provided with the charge passed through upon request. Pass-through charges will equal the actual courier charge, dry ice if supplied plus a logistics handling fee.

 

    For budgeting purposes, the number of inbound ambient shipments represents *** patient visits/shipment. It is assumed frozen shipments will occur monthly.

 

    Adeno Antibody specimens will be sent to PPD as collected and stored when they will be forwarded to a referral lab designated by sponsor.

 

    PPD Central Labs assumes the site will ship the Biopsy samples directly to the testing facilities.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


  1.5 Data Management

 

Total Number of eCRF Pages Per Patient (inclusive of eCRF, diary, and other pages):

 

•    Total number of eCRF Pages Per Patient: 110

 

•    Total Number of Rating Scale Pages Per Patient: 10

***
Number of Unique Pages (data collection modules) Per eCRF: ***
Number of Unique Pages (data collection modules) Copied from PPD Standards or Previous VBL protocol Per eCRF: ***

Total eCRF Pages Processed:

 

•    Total eCRF Pages Processed: 26,545

 

•    Total Rating Scale Pages Processed: 2,400

***
Maximum Number of Edit Checks: ***
Maximum Number of Internal Data Cleaning Listings: ***
Maximum Number of VBL Listings: ***
Expected Terms Requiring Medical Coding per Enrolled Patient: ***
Maximum Number of Manual Discrepancies/Queries (based on eCRF pages only - Rating Scale pages not included in Query Processing: ***
Maximum Import File Formats: ***
Maximum Number of Imports (one file format/one time): ***
Maximum Number of Custom or SDTM domains: ***
Maximum Transfer Formats: ***
Maximum Number of Interim Transfers (all included files /one time): ***
Maximum Number of Clean Transfers (all included files /one time) ***

Assumptions:

 

    PPD based this proposal on ***.

 

    PPD will perform coding on adverse events and concomitant medications. It is assumed that *** will not be required for this study.

 

    If VBL-supplied dictionaries are required for coding of AEs and concomitant medications, they must be received in the same format as their standard counterpart (i.e., MedDRA, WHOART, COSTART, WHO Drug).

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


    PPD’s proposal does not include costs for licensing and does not allow distribution of coded items for standard dictionaries (e.g., MedDRA, WHO Drug) unless the recipient holds a valid license.

 

    Costs for patient summaries or other custom data listings to be sent to VBL have not been included in this bid.

 

    PPD has included data transfers as part of this bid assuming the clinical data is to be transferred in VBL or CDISC SDTM compliant format according to PPD’s interpretation of the v3.2 implementation guidance. PPD will evaluate and accommodate any additional transfer requirements from VBL, and depending on the scope and impact, costs for the SDTM data transformation may need to be adjusted.

 

    The PPD SDTM domain costs are determined by the following:

 

    ***

 

    ***

 

    ***

 

    All data imports files will contain cumulative data from the external vendors.

 

    One representative from data management will attend one (1) investigator’s meeting to present the CRF, general completion guidelines and the query guidelines and process.

 

    Costs include providing CDs to each site and to VBL with final eCRF data. Note: these are directly out of the clinical database and are not submission ready eCRFs (including bookmarking, relational hyperlinks, embedding fonts, margins, etc). Please refer to the Medical Writing section for these assumptions.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


  1.6 Electronic Data Capture (EDC)

 

EDC System

•     ***.

 

•     *** user access request management.

 

•     45 standard *** reports.

 

•     Integrated dictionary coding.

 

•     Integrated IVRS data loads.

Help Desk (provided by Medidata)

•     24/7 support coverage.

 

•     Global toll free phone support.

 

•     Multilingual staff covers ten core languages within the associated working time zones. Core languages supported by in-house help desk staff are English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Russian, Bulgarian, Japanese, Mandarin and Korean. An additional 170 languages are accommodated by use of a third-party translation service. This on-demand translation service provides real-time support in a three-way call between the caller, Medidata and the translator. Medidata finds this approach to be highly effective in resolving calls to the help desk. Regardless of the language or site location, all calls are handled and processed using Medidata’s standard support methodology.

Training Options

•     Computer-based training.

 

•     Training tools and materials.

Assumptions

 

    PPD will assign an *** manager for study start-up and close-out.

 

    PPD assumes all sites will have adequate Internet capabilities for ***.

 

    PPD assumes that all sites will use ***. The inclusion of any sites using paper CRFs will result in additional costs.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


  1.7 Investigational Product Services

The following clinical supply chain management services will be provided globally by the assigned PPD clinical supplies services team:

 

Services Required

•     Clinical supplies contact for study team (PPD and VBL). Including drug clinical supply project management.

 

•     Investigational product (IP) label text development and translation verification support ensuring country regulatory requirements are met.

 

•     Global import/export consultancy, management and coordination.

 

•     Development of a global distribution and site resupply strategy for both investigational products (IP) and ancillary supplies ( AS) to clinical sites according to needs using PPD GCS global depot network. (Depots in USA and Israel)

Products Forecast and Number of Forecast Reviews for Each Product

•     *** forecast reviews for IP.

Drugs to be Procured by PPD

•     Not applicable.

Number of Label Translations (assumes one review cycle)

•     Up *** different label_ texts (***).

 

•     One review per text per country-language. Up to 7 country-languages.

Number of Packaging Runs

•     *** runs.

Ancillary Supplies, Concomitant, Co-medication, Continuing Medications to be Procured by PPD

•     ***

 

•     ***

Length of Depot Management

•     ***

 

•     ***

 

•     ***

 

•     ***

 

•     ***

 

•     ***

 

•     ***

 

•     ***

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


Assumptions

 

    Estimated storage costs have been included in this proposal. Assuming approximately two storage location per month per depot per trial. Client will be billed on a monthly basis in accordance to actual number of locations occupied per month. (Associated with third party Depot costs in Israel and USA).

 

    Domestic freight charges have been included in this proposal as initial/standard estimations only due to weight and box size variations for each shipment.

 

    Estimated material costs associated with shipments (e.g., normal packaging material, temperature recording devices, normal filling material) have been included in this proposal.

 

    Estimated destruction costs have been included in this proposal. Final values will be driven by both actual weight and actual volume/size of materials that will be disposed. These costs will be invoiced as pass-through costs to VBL at actual rates.

 

    Costs associated with external translations of study drug labels have been included in this proposal. Final values will be driven by actual number of texts to translate and actual number of countries/languages considered for the trial. These costs will be invoiced to client as pass through costs at actual rates.

 

    This proposal includes estimated costs for payment of duties and import taxes where applicable. Final costs will be dependent on material description, quantities and valuation price(s) declared by the client or supplier. Client will be billed actual costs as pass through. The client is responsible for the description and valuation of all material imported or exported to be used on all required import/export documents.

 

    Estimated costs associated with third-party depots have been included in this proposal. These costs include estimations for storage fees assuming two storage locations per depot per month during 41.7 months. Final values will be driven by actual quantities and actual volume/sizes of materials that will be handled. These costs will be invoiced as pass-through costs to Client on a monthly basis. (Depot in Israel and USA).

 

    This proposal does include a provisional cost estimate for acquisition of ancillary supplies (e.g., thermometers, pregnancy kits) based upon the information made available to PPD by VBL at this time. Once VBL has provided PPD with complete and final specifications necessary to obtain product cost detail (e.g., product name, quantities, manufacturer, enrollment rates, amount of lots, shelf life per lot) from any relevant third-party provider, PPD will provide that cost detail back to VBL. Nonetheless, VBL should be aware that circumstances outside PPD’s control (e.g., market conditions affecting availability, price, ability to source in certain regions) can impact product costs, sometimes significantly. Accordingly, PPD reserves the right to re-quote product and shipping costs when PPD’s prior estimate is affected by such factors. In accepting this quotation, VBL acknowledges and agrees to the same. PPD shall make all reasonable efforts to keep VBL informed of such actual or anticipated circumstances, when known, and where unknown, shall bring them to the attention of VBL promptly when discovered to assist VBL in evaluating such costs. Assuming up to $*** USD per randomized patient per trial.

 

    This proposal does not include estimated costs for acquisition of any AS (AS may include lab kits, thermometers, pregnancy kits, equipment, papers, etc.). These costs will be added as soon as more specifications are received with this regard (e.g., product name, quantities, brand, models).

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


  1.8 IVRS/IWRS

The table below outlines the general specifications PPD has assumed for this study.

 

IVRS/IWRS Study Specification

  

Details

Type of System    Phone (IVRS) and Web (IWRS)
Number of System Users per Site    ***
Language Options   

IWRS: 1 (English)

IVRS: 1 (English)

User Guides: 1 (English)

Number of Data Transfers    4
Support Coverage   

•    24x5

 

•    If the call estimates are exceeded by more than 10% (based on the expected time to address/resolve issues for any subjects and active sites), a contract modification may be required to cover the extra support.

 

•    If a caller does not speak English (or another language spoken by IVRS Support), a professional interpreter will be conferenced into the call to assist.

 

•    Costs for calls requiring the service of an interpreter will be passed through on a monthly basis and have not been estimated in this proposal.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


IVR/IWR System

Functionality

  

Complexity

  

Details

Site Status Management   

Simple (follows

PPD

standards)

   Statuses applicable based on the study specific modules (activate access to certain functionality/deactivate access to certain functionality).
Screening    Simple   

Collect date of birth (or age) and gender.

Assign subject number.

Randomization    Complex   

Enter subject number.

Verify DOB (or age)/gender.

Verify visit being recorded.

Block stratified design (with stratification factors).

Assign kit(s).

Subject Visit Tracking and Drug Re-supply    Simple   

Enter subject number.

Verify DOB (or age)/gender.

Verify Visit being recorded.

Assign re-supply kit(s).

6 post-randomization visits per subject.

Subject Status Change   

Simple (follows

PPD

standards)

  

Enter subject number.

Verify DOB (or age)/gender.

Select new subject status (e.g., screen failure, withdrawn, completed).

Select reason for status change (if needed).

Select date of status change (if needed).

Study Drug Ordering    Simple   

Site level ordering.

Threshold based for accrual and visit predictive for subject re-supply at visits.

Confirmation of receipt of shipment module.

Confirmation Notifications    N/A    Generated real-time after completion of each module (excluding change PIN/password).
System Integration Service (internal)    Standard Interface    Transferring of subject enrollment and visit information into PPD’s clinical trial management system (CTMS) and PPD’s EDC system.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


IVR/IWR System Reports

  

Standard/Configurable/Custom

Overall Study Summary Report    Fully Customizable
Site Status Report    Standard
Site Summary Report    Configurable
Site PIN Packet Report    Standard
Subject Screening Detail Report    Configurable
Subject Randomization Detail Report    Configurable
Subject Visit Detail Report    Configurable
Subject Status Change History Report    Configurable
Study Drug Inventory Report    Configurable
Study Drug Shipping Summary Report    Configurable
Warehouse Study Drug Inventory Report    Configurable

 

IVR/IWR Process (must be completed in order)

  

Duration

System Design    ***
System Development/Programming    ***
System Validation    ***
System User Acceptance Testing    ***
System Live    ***

 

  1.9 Medical Writing

 

Clinical Study Report (CSR)    ***
Number of Patient Narratives    ***
Appendices    ***
CRF Submission Compliant Publishing    ***
Electronic Publishing   

Full agency-compliant study report completed within five days of receipt of

VBL’s executed CSR signature page

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


Assumptions

 

    Assumes use of PPD’s CSR template and the AMA Manual of Style or the Oxford Style Manual at no additional cost.

 

    Should VBL wish to use a different CSR template or style, VBL will also provide the necessary template along with requisite training and/or any associated style guide.

 

    VBL will supply consolidated comments. Assumes four weeks from receipt of final data to first draft of CSR.

 

    Includes 100% verification of the data in the CSR with the source documents.

 

    All patient narratives will be prepared from a locked clinical database.

 

    CRF Submission Compliant Publishing (252 patients/units):

 

    Create bookmarks for By Visit and By Domain using actual domain and visit names

 

    Linking the queries (first instance of queries) to the changes and back

 

    Does NOT include audit history bookmarking or hyperlinking

 

    Create bookmarks for the queries and place them under “By Visit” section

 

    Batch processing for margin adjustment, inherit zoom, and optimize to 1.4 PDF output

 

    Embed all available fonts

 

    File naming based on site_patient.pdf naming

 

    All files burned on a CD by Site then by Patient

 

    Each unit assumes 120 CRF pages and 6 query pages per CRF

 

    Includes quality review of the publishing and batch aspects by another publisher

 

    Does not include provision of paper copies of the CSR.

 

    Assumes only principal investigator information included in the appendices. If sub- investigator information is needed, additional hours will apply.

 

  1.10 Pharmacovigilance/Medical Monitoring

 

    

NA

 

EMEA

Serious Adverse Events (SAEs)    ***   ***
Protocol Inquiries    ***   ***
Physician Assessment Diagnostic Forms    ***   ***
Safety Listing Review    ***
Coding Listing Review    ***
Lab Draws (per randomized subject)    ***
Face-to-Face Data Monitoring Committee Organizational Meeting    ***
Data Monitoring Committee Teleconferences    ***

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


Services Included*

 

* PVG contracted services include set up and management, as applicable.

 

    Kick-off meeting attendance.

 

    Investigator meeting attendance.

 

    24-hour/7-day medical safety availability.

 

    Develop Safety and Medical Management Plan (SMMP)/Expedited and Periodic Safety Reporting Plan (ESRP), as applicable.

 

    Set up/maintain the safety database.

 

    Project team/sponsor meeting attendance, as applicable.

 

    Medical monitor consultation for protocol inquiries. (Note: PPD policy does not grant prospective exemptions to inclusion/exclusion criteria).

 

    Protocol deviation review.

 

    Medical monitor review of panic/alert labs (excluding screening labs) via the central lab. Follow-up as needed via physician assessment diagnostic forms.

 

    Medical review of safety listings; includes adverse event [AE] listing with cross reference to medical history and concomitant medications).

 

    Medical review of coding listings; includes AE, medical history and concomitant medications.

 

    SAE/event processing: receipt and follow-up assessment, database entry, database auto-narrative generation and medical review.

 

    SAE reconciliation - (frequency will be specified in the SMMP).

 

    Expedited and periodic safety report preparations.

 

    Analysis of Similar Events (AOSE), as required.

 

    Data monitoring committee (DMC).

 

    Charter development.

 

    Assistance with member selection.

 

    Coordination of DMC meetings.

Assumptions*

 

* VBL represents and warrants that it shall not name any PPD employee or other PPD representative on Line 16 of Form FDA 1571.

 

    PPD’s PVG global standard operating procedures (SOPs)/working practice documents (WPDs) and standard processes will be utilized for applicable services.

 

    Pass-through charges will be incurred for postage/shipping/courier, third-party electronic distribution tool transaction fees, regulatory authority fees for review of aggregate reports, translations, travel and meeting costs (e.g., teleconferences, materials), as applicable.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


    Costs associated with sponsor-requested audits have not been included, and if required, will be billed at time and materials expended.

 

    Changes to narrative template formats, procedures or edits of auto-generated narratives will incur additional costs.

 

    PPD utilizes ARISg as its validated safety database. ARISg is a well-established, industry leading safety system that provides comprehensive adverse event management and regulatory reporting capabilities for the biopharmaceutical industry.

 

    All SAEs will be processed in the US.

 

    If the number of SAEs is greater than specified in the accompanying budget, then each additional SAE will be billed on a per event basis (refer to the budget grid for per event costs).

 

    If the number of protocol inquiries is greater than specified in the table above, then each additional protocol inquiry will be billed on a per inquiry basis (refer to the budget grid for per inquiry costs).

 

    The PPD medical monitor is a member of a cross-functional team that identifies and reviews protocol deviations throughout the study. The medical monitor will:

 

    Assist the clinical operations team (as needed) in formulating site education strategies in an effort to decrease the frequency of protocol deviations.

 

    Assist in determining if protocol deviations are considered significant or non- significant.

 

    If the number of physician assessment diagnostic forms is greater than specified in the table above, then each additional physician assessment diagnostic form will be billed on a per form basis. (Refer to the budget grid for per form costs.)

 

    SAEs reported to PPD, processed, reviewed by a PPD medical monitor and subsequently downgraded to “not serious” will be billed at the cost of an SAE.

 

    Pregnancy events will be processed in the same fashion as an SAE and will be billed as such. These events are not included in the SAEs estimated for this proposal.

 

    Translation vendor coordination includes the submission, tracking and follow-up on documents that have been submitted to the third-party vendor for translation. In addition, all translated documents will be reviewed to ensure that all patient identifiers have been removed once translation is completed.

 

    Costs associated with an end-of-study safety database transfer have not been included and will require additional discussions to determine the transfer method and estimated costs.

 

    DMC:

 

    Assistance with member selection includes:

 

    Identification of three members.

 

    Obtaining documents such as CVs, W-9s and confidentiality agreements, as applicable.

 

    Distributing protocol and pertinent study information to DMC members.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


    Meeting materials and DMC master files are maintained electronically.

 

    Schedule and coordinate DMC meetings includes:

 

    Coordinating meeting logistics (e.g., travel, hotel, catering) as needed or requested.

 

    Receiving tables and listings in electronic format for inclusion in the DMC review packets.

 

    Preparing electronic meeting packets for DMC review (blinded and unblinded).

 

    Preparing meeting minutes (open and closed session versions).

 

    Meeting minutes consist of a brief summary of actions taken and decisions made in the meeting.

 

    Distributing meeting minutes and recommendations in accordance to charter requirements.

 

    DMC face-to-face organizational meeting will be in NA.

 

  1.11 Pharmacovigilance Safety Reporting

 

    

EMEA

Expedited Safety Report Submissions (assumes each expedited report requires 3 submissions)    ***
Quarterly/Six Monthly Report Submissions    ***
DSUR Submissions    ***

Services Included*

 

* PVG safety reporting contracted services include set up and management, as applicable.

Expedited and periodic safety report submissions.

 

    Receive routine expedited safety reports from VBL/third party (global safety reports relating to the concerned investigational medicinal product and comparator, regardless of originating protocol).

 

    Coordinate submission of routine periodic safety reports to applicable regulatory authorities, ethics committees/institutional review boards/research ethics boards** and investigators, as indicated in the statement of services.

 

** Includes ethics committees, institutional review board and research ethics boards where VBL has reporting responsibility.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


Assumptions

 

    PPD has made standard general volume assumptions for budget purposes based on regions, not country-specific reporting requirements. VBL will be invoiced based on actual submissions.

 

    Due to the diversity of country requirements, units for safety reporting to local offices have been estimated based on a percentage of SAEs in each region. These units will only be billed as incurred. Upon award, further discussions related to expedited reporting will occur during the start-up phase of the study while preparing the ESRP.

 

    Costing includes the production of necessary cover letters, submission and tracking.

 

    If PPD does not have access to a report that requires submission, VBL will provide PPD with the completed report in English (CIOMS or MedWatch).

 

    Pass-through charges will be incurred for postage/shipping/courier, third-party electronic distribution tool transaction fees, translations, travel and meeting costs (e.g., teleconferences, materials), as applicable.

 

    Electronic Reporting via E2B:

 

    VBL will serve as the responsible person (RP) for EudraVigilance, remain responsible for agency testing activities and provide PPD with the necessary EudraVigilance account access.

 

    VBL will provide PPD with RP affiliate rights.

 

    PPD will perform E2B reporting by uploading an XML file from the safety database into EVWEB. If VBL cannot provide XML files, additional charges will apply for manual re-entry of data into EVWEB.

 

    Where applicable, reporting to the United Kingdom Medicines and Health Care Products Regulatory Agency (UK MHRA) will be via E2B. If this is not possible, additional charges will apply for manual re-entry of data into the MHRA “eSUSAR” portal.

 

    VBL will grant PPD all necessary Power of Attorney to accomplish contracted safety reporting responsibilities.

 

    Unless otherwise directed by VBL, all SUSARs will be deemed IND safety reports for the purposes of reporting within the US.

 

    PPD utilizes a third-party, Web-based secure electronic distribution tool as the standard method for SUSAR reporting to investigator sites, providing enhanced security, traceability and efficiency over traditional distribution methods. The tool also has the flexibility to accommodate fax and e-mail distribution, when required, for which additional pass-through charges may apply.

 

    For efficiency, PPD submits reports remotely from central locations, except in countries where this is not practical due to local regulatory requirements. In this situation, the submission will be made via a local PPD office or third-party vendor, incurring additional charges.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


  1.12 Quality Assurance

 

    

North America

Clinical Supplies Quality Assurance (QA) Project Support    Yes

Assumptions

 

    PPD Clinical Supplies Quality Assurance group will provide current good manufacturing practice QA support to PPD’s investigational product packaging and labelling, storage and distribution operations.

 

    PPD will not provide any Clinical QA audit or support services in the first instance. If required by VBL, PPD Clinical QA’s global team of experienced auditors are able to conduct a range of activities intended to give assurance of protocol and quality system compliance. Our services include:

 

    Routine clinical investigator site audits to evaluate Phase I-IV clinical study conduct and compliance.

 

    Directed clinical investigator site audits to investigate specific Good Clinical Practice (GCP) non-compliance issues or scientific misconduct.

 

    Independent evaluation of the complete trial master file and/or selected investigator files for compliance, completeness and accuracy.

 

    Vendor or contract supplier audits for regulatory, quality system and specification compliance.

 

    Regulatory authority inspection preparation and training visits that can be combined with a targeted assessment of the status of study documents at the site.

 

    Database audits to evaluate clinical database accuracy, quality control and conformity with specifications.

 

    Clinical study report reviews or audits to assess internal consistency, conformity with specifications and accuracy of reporting.

 

    Process/system audits of client SOPs, documents and training to improve efficiency and compliance.

 

    GCP quality and regulatory guidance.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


  1.13 Regulatory

PPD will appoint a global regulatory affairs lead (RAL) to the study. This person will be VBL’s regulatory contact and will have overall responsibility for the following:

 

    Management of the regulatory aspects/timelines of the study and coordination of the regulatory submissions in the countries participating in the study.

 

    Attendance at a kick-off meeting to establish a communication plan, discuss responsibilities for document provision and establish deliverables and timelines.

 

    Preparation of a comprehensive list of documents required for the CTAs for the countries participating in the study, indicating the responsibilities for their provision.

 

    Arranging the master CTA to create the country-specific CTA submission packages for the countries participating in the study in compliance with the regulations in force at that time.

 

    Submission of the CTA documents to the regulatory and local authorities (where applicable) in the countries participating in the study, following review and approval by VBL.

 

    Provision of the necessary follow-up and act as local agent and regulatory affairs contact in the countries participating in the study and as instructed by VBL.

 

    Provision of electronic copies of regulatory documents to the regulatory counterpart at VBL at the frequency/interval agreed in the contract with VBL.

 

    Preparation and submission of end of trial notifications and submission of the study report.

PPD will also assign a country approval specialist (CAS) from each market involved in this study to support local submission activities and other regional assessments as required.

PPD will review and provide regulatory intelligence input into study documents (e.g., protocol, investigator’s brochure, IMPD) and locally translated documents (e.g., customized ICF, study drug labels) in order to minimize potential for questions during authority review and maximize successful outcome.

It is PPD’s understanding that PPD will only be responsible for test article release in the US and VBL has an investigational new drug (IND) filed with the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA). PPD regulatory affairs will review essential documents for compliance with Good Clinical Practice (GCP) regulations and guidelines and will approve shipment of clinical trial material to each site that meets review criteria.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


Assumptions

PPD assumes the following:

 

    No pre-CTA meetings with local agencies are included. PPD will separately inform VBL if one is considered advantageous and will provide a separate quotation for the cost.

 

    The global RAL is the VBL contact, and hours allocated to that interaction are included in this proposal.

 

    Provision for local professionals to participate on sponsor calls is not included; however, if a specific regional issue arises and VBL requires the local regulatory professional to participate in such calls, an estimate of additional hours can be provided.

 

    Translations management is generally organized by Clinical Management.

 

    PPD will maintain an effective CTA on behalf of VBL. CTA maintenance activities include but are not limited to:

 

    Acting as the liaison between regulatory authority and VBL.

 

    Preparing and submitting notifications and/or amendments to the CTA (see below).

 

    Reporting SAEs to the regulatory authority when PPD is contracted to do so.

 

    Registering the participating investigator to the CTA, as appropriate.

 

    Maintaining a chronology of all submissions and correspondence with the regulatory authority.

CTA Amendments/Notifications

 

    Assuming any advice provided by PPD during CTA preparation is adhered to, PPD will not charge extra for responses to agencies during the initial CTA approval process prior to submission.

 

    Costs for one amendments is included as part of the CTA service. Additional amendments are not included as the timing and frequency of these amendments cannot be predicted. The following costs are identified as chargeable for any CTA amendments/notifications required during the course of the study.

EMEA

 

     Notification (A)      Substantial (B)      Substantial Complex (IMPD)(C)  

Amendment Unit Rates

   $ ***       $ ***       $ ***   

 

    Cost in column (A) for central team preparation of notification plus cost in column (A) multiplied by the number of countries for local submissions.

 

    Cost in column (B) for central team preparation of substantial amendments plus cost in column (A) multiplied by the number of countries for local submissions.

 

    Cost in column (C) for central team preparation of complex amendment plus cost in column (A) multiplied by the number of countries for local submissions.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


  1.14 Regulatory Inspections

Should VBL require assistance from PPD in responding to a sponsor or investigative site regulatory inspection, VBL and PPD will mutually agree the scope of services to be provided in writing. For these services VBL will compensate PPD based on the unit pricing table below, unless the inspection occurs as a result of PPD’s inadequate service delivery or negligence. Each unit represents eight hours of PPD effort to aid in VBL response to the inspection(s).

 

     Unit Cost
NA (USD)*
     Unit Cost
EMEA (EUR)*
     Unit Cost
APAC (USD)*
     Unit Cost
LA (USD)*
 

Regulatory Inspection of Sponsor - 8 Hour Unit

   $ ***       ***       $ ***       $ ***   

Inspection of Site - 8 Hour Unit

   $ ***       ***       $ ***       $ ***   

 

* Inspection costs will be converted to the contract currency at the time of invoicing.

 

  1.15 Patient Recruitment Services

 

Oversight and Recruitment Management

    
Recruitment Regulatory Submission & Approval    ***
Translation & Layout Coordination of all materials    ***
Shipment of Supplies/Materials to sites    ***

 

Retention & Compliance Items

    
Branded 12-month study calendar    ***
Patient Resource Guide    ***
Seasonal Greeting Cards    ***
Thank You Card    ***
Visit Reminder Card    ***
Patient Reimbursement Program    ***
Patient Travel Program    Please note actual patient travel expenses not included in the budget

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


PRS Recruitment Tactics

    
Recruitment Tactics   

•       Study Branding & Message Development

 

•       Translation & Layout Coordination of materials

 

•       Social Media Awareness and Advertising

 

•       Patient Advocacy Group Outreach

 

•       Travel Stipend

Study Awareness Tactics   

•       Online Advertising

 

•       Website

Assumptions

 

    All material production and media costs must be received by PPD at least 15 business days prior to the scheduled distribution/air time.

 

    Final number of sites and countries supported by the PRS website and/or outreach campaign will be determined pending final site selection, media market evaluation, a recruitment needs assessment and an evaluation of the current regulatory guidelines of each country.

 

    Costs for advertising placement fees have not been included.

 

  1.16 Estimated Timeline

 

    

North America

  

Europe, Middle East,

Africa

Start-up Period

   ***

Enrollment Period

   ***

Treatment Period

   ***

Follow-up Period

   ***

Close down Period

   ***
  

 

Total Duration of PPD Involvement

***
  

 

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


2 Statement of Services

 

  2.1 Project Set-Up Activities

 

Task/Activity

  

VBL

  

PPD

Design/Prepare Protocol    X   
Review Protocol       X
Produce Protocol Translations       X
Review Protocol Translations       X
Produce Investigator Brochure    X   
Review Investigator Brochure    X   
Case Report Form (CRF) Design       X
Review CRF       X
Prepare CRF Completion Guidelines       X
Set-up Master Action Plan (MAP)       X
Translate Study Drug Labels       X
Database Design/Review/Build       X
Data Validation Manual Design/Review       X
Edit Check Design/Review/Build       X
Data Management Listing Design/Review/Build       X
Prepare Monitoring Plan       X
Project Familiarization & Initial Team Training       X
Kick-off Meeting Preparation and Attendance    X    X
Clinical Trial Management System (CASCADE) Setup       X
Investigator Meeting Preparation, Presentation and Attendance    X    X

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


  2.2 Project Management and Team Meetings

 

Task/Activity

  

VBL

  

PPD

Project Management and Administration       X
Vendor Management       X
Face-to-Face Client Meetings    X    X
Internal Team Meetings and Ongoing Training       X
Client Teleconferences    X    X

 

  2.3 Site Set Up

 

Task/Activity

  

VBL

  

PPD

Site Identification       X
Site Evaluation Visits       X
Design Master Informed Consent Form    X   
Translate Master Informed Consent Form       X
Essential Document Collection       X
Essential Document Review       X
Regulatory Compliance Review of Essential Documents for Test Article Release       X
Develop and Negotiate Site Contract Language       X
Investigator Payment Negotiation       X
Site Initiation Visits       X

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


  2.4 Ongoing Clinical Operations

 

Task/Activity

  

VBL

  

PPD

Interim Monitoring Visits       X
Site Management       X
Drug Supply Management       X
Investigator Payment Administration       X
Investigator Files Set-up and Maintenance       X
Trial Master Files Set-up and Maintenance       X
Clinical Participation at Site Audits    X   
Investigational New Drug Safety Report Distribution       X
Management of Non-Drug Trial Supplies       X
Newsletters Development and Distribution    X   
Query Resolution       X
Site Close-out Visits       X

 

  2.5 Biostatistics

 

Task/Activity

  

VBL

  

PPD

Provide Randomization Schedule       X
Produce Statistical Analysis Plan (SAP) Text       X
Produce Table, Listing and Figure Shells       X
Produce and Validate Tables, Listings and Figures       X
Interim Statistical Analysis       X
Final Statistical Analysis       X
Provide Data Safety Monitoring Board Statistical Support       X

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


  2.6 Central Labs

 

Task/Activity

  

VBL

  

Sites

  

PPD

Site Selection and Import/Export Permits    X      
Kits, Supplies and Investigators Manual          X
Sample collection       X   
Courier notification for pick-up       X   
Forward Samples to Third-party Lab       X    X
Traceability of Shipments          X
Patient Demographic Details into Database          X
Analysis          X
Laboratory Reports to Sites          X
PPD Clicks TM for Study Status and Reports    X       X

 

  2.7 Data Management/Programming Ongoing Activities

 

Task/Activity

  

VBL

  

PPD

Database Maintenance       X
Data Cleaning       X
Medical Terminology Coding       X
Serious Adverse Event Reconciliation       X
Data Imports From External Vendors       X
Data Transfers       X
Archival       X

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


  2.8 EDC

 

Task/Activity

  

VBL

  

PPD

Software Licensing       X
Start-up ad hoc Support       X
Access request management       X
Initial Training - Site, Clinical Team, Other       X
Medidata Help Desk Support       X
Site Training - Ongoing, Close-out       X
Database Lock Support       X
EDC Site Close-out       X

 

  2.9 Test Article Management

 

Task/Activity

  

VBL

  

PPD

Identify, Select and Negotiate Contracts With Clinical Supply Vendors       X
Coordinate and Execute Logistics Prior to First Shipment of Drug       X
Prepare Clinical Supplies Procedures       X
Clinical Supply Vendor Audit    N/A    N/A
Study Drug - Receipt, Storage and Shipment to Sites       X
Final Drug Accountability and Return to Client/Destruction       X
Monitor/Track Study Progress and Communicate With Team/VBL       X
Purchase Ancillary Supplies ( Thermometers and Pregnancy Test kits)       X
Purchase of comparator (Avastin)       X
Label and Package Study Drug       X
Label Text Translation       X
Import/Export Coordination       X

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


  2.10 IVRS/IWRS

 

Task/Activity

  

VBL

  

PPD

Personal Identification Number Packets/User Guides       X
Site Status Management Module       X
Screening Module       X
Randomization Module       X
Subject Visit and Drug Re-supply Module       X
Subject Status Change Module       X
Study Drug Management Module       X
System Reports       X
System Support and Maintenance       X
Interface with Internal Systems (CTMS & EDC)       X
Project Close-out/Archival       X

 

  2.11 Medical Writing

 

Task/Activity

  

VBL

  

PPD

Draft Final Integrated Report       X
Final Integrated Report       X
Serious Adverse Event Narratives       X
CRF and CSR Publishing       X
Appendices       X

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


  2.12 Pharmacovigilance

 

Task/Activity

  

VBL

  

PPD

Safety Database - Set Up and Maintenance       X
SAE Processing (receipt and follow-up assessment)       X
SAE Narrative Creation       X
SAE Database Entry       X
Medical Review of SAEs and Assign Preliminary Causality Assessment       X
Assign Final Causality Assessment    X   
Preparation of Analysis of Similar Events (AOSE)       X
Prepare Expedited Safety Reports       X
Prepare Development Safety Update Reports (DSUR)/Periodic Reports    X   
Set Up and Manage a Data Monitoring Committee       X

 

  2.13 Medical Monitoring

 

Task/Activity

  

VBL

  

PPD

Consultation for Project-Related Inquiries       X
Review of Alert Labs and Physician Assessment Diagnostic Forms       X
Review of Coding Listings (AEs, concomitant medications, medical history)       X
Review of Safety Listings (AE listing with cross reference to medical history and concomitant medications)       X

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


  2.14 Pharmacovigilance Safety Reporting

 

Task/Activity

  

VBL

  

PPD

Notify Expedited Safety Reports to Regulatory Authorities (non E2B Reporting)*       X
Notify Expedited Safety Reports to European Economic Area Regulatory Authorities via E2B       X
Notify Expedited Safety Reports to Ethics Committees       X
Notify Expedited Safety Reports to Investigators       X
Responsible Person for Eudravigilance    X   

 

* When contracted to PPD, expedited and periodic reporting to the US FDA is included in the Regulatory Affairs section of this proposal.

 

  2.15 Quality Assurance

 

Task/Activity

  

VBL

  

PPD

Clinical Supplies QA - Project Support       X

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


  2.16 Regulatory Affairs

 

Task

  

VBL

  

PPD

Canada and Israel      
Preparation of Core CTA dossier*       X
Compilation of CTA Documents for the Countries Participating in the Study       X
Submission of CTA to Regulatory Authorities in the Countries Participating in the Study       X
IP Labels Country-specific Review       X
Maintenance of CTAs       X
Support of CTA Submission to ECs       X
Regulatory Compliance Review (Essential Documents Review) for IP Shipment to a Site and/or Site Initiation       X
Safety Reports Submission to Regulatory Authorities       X
End of Trial Notifications       X
Clinical Summary Report Submission       X

 

* This activity includes RAL management activities as described in Specification and Assumptions. It does not equate simply to preparation of IMPD and/or other ‘core’ documents common across participating countries.

 

  2.17 Patient Recruitment

 

Task/Activity

  

VBL

  

PPD

Protocol Training       X
Retention & Compliance Oversight & Management       X
Retention and Compliance Items       X
Review of Design Concepts       X
Study Branding & Message Development       X
Study Teleconferences - Recruitment Training via Webex       X
Social Media Awareness and Advertising       X
Patient Advocacy Group Outreach       X
Study Wrap up Report & Analysis       X

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


Task/Activity

  

VBL

  

PPD

Translation & Layout Coordination of all materials       X
Patient Reimbursement Program       X
Patient Travel Program       X
Shipping       X

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


3 Central Labs Estimate

The central labs budget estimate is attached on the following pages.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


PPD’s Central Lab, LLC

Budget Estimate

PPD Central Labs

07-Jan-2015

Vascular Biogenics Ltd.

VB-111-215 V4

BC: 57076-01 Sc1 R4

Central Lab BC: 57076-02

 

  Revision #4   

Budget Summary

   Total Charge (USD)  

VB-111-215 V4

  

Laboratory Testing

   $ ***   

Sample Management

   $ ***   

Kits and Supplies

   $ ***   

Clinical Trial Services Fees

   $ ***   

Direct Costs Estimate:

   $ ***   

Logistics (Pass-Through) Estimate:

   $ ***   
  

 

 

 

Total Estimate:

$ ***   
  

 

 

 

 

Regional Budget Summary

   NA & LA Region      EMEA Region      AsiaPac Region      China  

VB-111-215 V4

           

Laboratory Testing

   $ ***       $ ***       $                $            

Sample Management

   $ ***       $ ***       $         $     

Kits and Supplies

   $ ***       $ ***       $         $     

Clinical Trial Services Fees

   $ ***       $ ***       $         $     

Regional Direct Costs Estimate:

   $ ***       $ ***       $         $     

Regional Logistics (Pass-Through) Estimate:

   $ ***       $ ***       $         $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Regional Total Estimate:

$ ***    $ ***    $      $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Countries

   Sites    Screened Subjects    Enrolled Subjects    Completed
Subjects
   %

United States

   ***    ***    ***    ***   

Canada

   ***    ***    ***    ***   

North America

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Israel

   ***    ***    ***    ***   

Eastern Europe

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

TOTAL

*** *** *** ***
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


PPD’s

Central

Labs, LLC

Budget

Estimate

# Patients:            141                126                   123            355            114             114            141            126             123            355

114                    114               1945            94%            6%

***

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


PPD’s Central Labs, LLC

Budget Estimate

 

Estimate    US    EU

Screened:

   ***    ***

Enrolled:

   ***    ***

Completed:

   ***    ***

 

***

 

* If both PPD Central Labs and PPD Clinical/Data Management are awarded the opportunity this fee will be waived.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


PPD’s

Central

Labs, LLC

Budget

Estimate

 

Exchange Rates:

      

SGD/USD

     0.8585   

EUR/USD

     1.4403   

USD/EUR

     0.7801   

 

***

 

* Transportation costs do not include Saturday delivery charges, taxes, tariffs, duties and fuel surcharge. This will be invoiced at the prevailing rate.
* Transportation fees are estimates only and based on primary cities.
* Client will be invoiced based on actual fees incurred.
* Laboratory kits may accommodate more than one patient visit/per inbound shipping box. For purposes of the estimate, 1.5 patient visits per inbound box has been assumed as average standard.
* Drive-away and trans-shipment to international port of departure may apply. Applicable customs fees charged as pass through cost.
* Inbound transport costs are based on Weekday priority overnight shipments.
* Outbound kits have standard transit time of 2-5 days. Overnight priority shipping provided with sponsor approval at additional shipping cost.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


PPD’s

Central

Labs, LLC

Budget

Estimate

 

 

Terms and Conditions

GENERAL

 

  Study set up will commence upon written acceptance of Contract and Central Laboratory Specification (CLS).

 

  The costs contained within this Proposal are valid for 45 days from date of proposal.

 

  The prices contained within this Proposal are estimates based upon information provided by the Sponsor. Cost will be revised if the Sponsor provides an amended protocol or updated information.

 

  Access to PPD Clicks or Clicks for Sites is included at no charge, regardless of number of users.

 

  All protocol materials will be archived for 15 years from the end of PPD involvement. Requests for protocol materials will be shipped at the expense of the Sponsor/CRO.

SET-UP

 

  PPD Global Central Labs requires 20 business days from signed CLS for study initiation. Study initiation is defined as the first Investigational site to receive specimen collection kits.

 

  An acceleration fee will be applied, if study initiation is required within 20 business days of awarding the protocol. The acceleration fee will be invoiced at 25% of the set-up costs with a minimum charge of $5,000.

 

  Sponsor requested changes to the fully executed CLS will result in additional charges to be determined based upon the complexity of the revisions.

 

  PPD Global Central Labs has one global database that supports all regions within the study. Global set-up fees will be invoiced upon project initiation once database set-up activities are complete.

TRAINING/TRAVEL

 

  If requested to attend a Kick off meeting or Investigator meeting, a fee of US$ 2,000.00 per day per meeting for attendance of PPD Central Labs presenter at one meeting including preparation, excluding travel expenses billed as pass through. This cost assumes a one day meeting with one day for travel. Each additional day will be US$1,000 per day. Sponsor request of technical attendees will be charged additional fees of US$ 2,000.00 per day, plus travel expenses.

 

  Attendance at the investigator meeting via WebEx will be charged US$ 500.00 per meeting per attendee.

 

  Site training via conference call for protocol specific laboratory procedures is available at sponsor’s request. This will be invoiced at US$ 200.00 per hour.

 

  On site training visits to outline protocol specific laboratory procedures at the sponsor’s request, will be invoiced at a rate of US$ 750.00 per site visit, plus travel expenses.

TRANSPORTATION

 

  Transportation fees are based on primary cities only.

 

  Transportations costs do not include Saturday delivery charges, taxes, tariffs, duties and fuel surcharges. Sponsor will be invoiced at the prevailing rate.

 

  Dry ice supply is included in the estimated cost of all inbound frozen shipments except for those shipments originating in the United States and Canada. Pass-through charges will equal the actual courier charge plus dry ice if supplied.

 

  Logistics Management Fee will be billed at 15% of the Indirect costs.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


MODIFICATIONS

 

  Any services requested by Sponsor (or sites) and not included in this cost estimate will be charged separately. Services rendered will be invoiced as performed and a Contract Modification will be issued.

 

  Out of protocol testing will be invoiced per the unit price with an additional US$ 25.00 Project Management fee, per request.

 

  Additional charges will apply for any off-cycle or expedited testing.

 

  Specimens requiring off-hour technician/processing time, will be invoiced with an added service charge of US$ 65.00 per hour.

 

  Any sample that is UTP (Unable To Perform) will be charged a Sample Handling fee.

 

  A sample destruction fee will be invoiced for any sample that is required to be destroyed. This fee will be charged per sample destroyed.

 

  Expedited shipping fees will be applied at US$ 150.00 per shipment with less then 5 business days notice, plus shipping costs.

 

  Additional label sets provided at an additional fee of US$ 2.00 per set.

 

  Additional requisition forms provided at an additional fee of US$ 1.50 per requisition.

 

  Additional collection flow charts (CFC) provided at an additional fee of US$ 5.00 per chart.

 

  Set up of additional sites will incur additional site initiation fees and other applicable charges.

 

  Database modifications will be invoiced at $150 per hour.

 

  Non-Standard Services for Data Management and Custom programming will be supplied upon request and billed at a programming rate of US$ 200.00 per hour for services included but not limited to:

a. Custom data file formats

b. Custom data management reports

c. Data reconciliation requirements

 

  Returned kit fee of US$ 4.00 each (break-down and disposal of kit contents) plus return shipping charges.

 

  Hard copy reports will be invoiced at US$ 5.00 per report

 

  Translation costs reflect the average cost to translate a typical manual. Translation costs for other documents besides the manual, will be charged to the client based on the actual translation fees plus 20%.

 

  Lab Manuals will be supplied to all sites upon initiation as part of the study set-up. Amended or revised manuals will be supplied at US$ 30.00 each.

 

  If adjustments to kits are required, the kit tier may be revised and billed at the following rates:

 

Kit Tier

   NA & LATAM   EMEA   China   AsiaPac

***

   ***   ***   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***   ***   ***

This budget for central laboratory services is based upon protocol requirements provided at the time of the RFP and is an estimate only. PPD Central Labs will invoice Sponsor for actual services rendered and testing performed. Invoices may, therefore, differ from the Budget due to differences in actual services rendered versus those contained within this Budget.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


Exhibit B

Budget

 

Department/Activity

   Unit
Type
   Total
Hours NA
   Unit
Cost
NA
(USD)
   # of
Units
NA
   Budget
NA
(USD)
   Total
Hours
EMEA
   Unit
Cost
EMEA
(USD)
   # of
Units
EMEA
   Budget
EMEA
(USD)
   Total
Hours
APAC
   Unit
Cost
APAC
(USD)
   # of
Units
APAC
   Budget
APAC
(USD)
   Total
Budget
(USD)

***

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.


Exhibit C

Milestone Payment Schedule

Vascular Biogenics

BC Number: 57056-01

***

1. PPD will not release payment for investigator grants or investigator meeting costs until sponsor has remitted the applicable amount.

2. In the event that the study is delayed or put on hold for a period greater than 30 days, PPD will invoice sponsor on a pro-rated basis for all milestones that are partially completed.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request and are indicated by ***.

Exhibit 12.1

I, Dror Harats, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Vascular Biogenics Ltd.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the company and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (c) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 25, 2015

 

/s/ Dror Harats

Dror Harats
Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 12.2

I, Amos Ron, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Vascular Biogenics Ltd.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the company and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (c) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 25, 2015

 

/s/ Amos Ron

Amos Ron
Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 13.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT

TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-

OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Vascular Biogenics Ltd. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the period ended December 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), I, Dror Harats, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge:

 

  (1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  (2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 25, 2015

 

/s/ Dror Harats

Dror Harats
Chief Executive Officer

In connection with the Annual Report of Vascular Biogenics Ltd. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the period ended December 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), I, Amos Ron, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge:

 

  (1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  (2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 25, 2015

 

/s/ Amos Ron

Amos Ron
Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 15.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-202463) of Vascular Biogenics Ltd. (the “Company”), of our report dated March 19, 2015, relating to the financial statements of the Company, which appears in this Form 20-F.

 

/s/ Kesselman & Kesselman
Tel-Aviv, Israel Kesselman & Kesselman
March 19, 2015 Certified Public Accountants (Isr.)
A member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers International Limited